Annual Statements Open main menu

OFG BANCORP - Annual Report: 2011 (Form 10-K)

10-K

 

 

UNITED STATES SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

Form 10-K

 

þ ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(D) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

 

  For the Fiscal Year Ended December 31, 2011

or

 

¨ TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(D) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

 

  For the Transition Period from to                      to                     .

Commission File No. 001-12647

ORIENTAL FINANCIAL GROUP INC.

Incorporated in the Commonwealth of Puerto Rico

IRS Employer Identification No. 66-0538893

Principal Executive Offices:

997 San Roberto Street

Oriental Center 10th Floor

Professional Office Park

San Juan, Puerto Rico 00926

Telephone Number: (787) 771-6800

 

 

Securities Registered Pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

Common Stock

($1.00 par value per share)

7.125% Noncumulative Monthly Income Preferred Stock, Series A

($1.00 par value per share, $25.00 liquidation preference per share)

7.0% Noncumulative Monthly Income Preferred Stock, Series B

($1.00 par value per share, $25.00 liquidation preference per share)

Securities Registered Pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: None

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.    Yes  ¨        No  þ

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act.    Yes  ¨        No  þ

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.    Yes  þ        No  ¨

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§ 232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files).    Yes  þ        No  ¨

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filings pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K.    ¨

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one):

 

Large accelerated filer  ¨

     Accelerated filer  þ      Non-accelerated filer  ¨    Smaller reporting company  ¨
                                      (Do not check if a smaller reporting company)

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act).    Yes  ¨        No  þ

The aggregate market value of the common stock held by non-affiliates of Oriental Financial Group Inc. (the “Group”) was approximately $567.3 million as of June 30, 2011 based upon 44,011,107 shares outstanding and the reported closing price of $12.89 on the New York Stock Exchange on that date.

As of February 28, 2012, the Group had 40,980,081 shares of common stock outstanding.

DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE

Portions of the Group’s definitive proxy statement relating to the 2012 annual meeting of shareholders are incorporated herein by reference in response to Items 10 through 14 of Part III.

 

 

 


ORIENTAL FINANCIAL GROUP INC.

FORM 10-K

For the Year Ended December 31, 2011

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

PART I

Item 1.

  Business    4-19

Item 1A.

  Risk Factors    19-28

Item 1B.

  Unresolved Staff Comments    28

Item 2.

  Properties    28-29

Item 3.

  Legal Proceedings    29
PART II

Item 5.

  Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities    29-31

Item 6.

  Selected Financial Data    32-34

Item 7.

  Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations    34-88

Item 7A.

  Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk    88-93

Item 8.

  Financial Statements and Supplementary Data    94-185

Item 9.

  Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure    186

Item 9A.

  Controls and Procedures    186

Item 9B.

  Other Information    186
PART III

Item 10.

  Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance   

Item 11.

  Executive Compensation   

Item 12.

  Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters    187

Item 13.

  Certain Relationship and Related Transactions, and Director Independence   

Item 14.

  Principal Accountant Fees and Services   
PART IV

Item 15.

  Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules    187-190

 

2


FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

The information included in this annual report on Form 10-K contains certain forward-looking statements within the meaning of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. These forward-looking statements may relate to the financial condition, results of operations, plans, objectives, future performance and business of Oriental Financial Group Inc. (the “Group”), including, but not limited to, statements with respect to the adequacy of the allowance for loan losses, delinquency trends, market risk and the impact of interest rate changes, capital markets conditions, capital adequacy and liquidity, and the effect of legal proceedings and new accounting standards on the Group’s financial condition and results of operations. All statements contained herein that are not clearly historical in nature are forward-looking, and the words “anticipate,” “believe,” “continues,” “expect,” “estimate,” “intend,” “project” and similar expressions and future or conditional verbs such as “will,” “would,” “should,” “could,” “might,” “can,” “may,” or similar expressions are generally intended to identify forward-looking statements.

These statements are not guarantees of future performance and involve certain risks, uncertainties, estimates and assumptions by management that are difficult to predict. Various factors, some of which by their nature are beyond the Group’s control, could cause actual results to differ materially from those expressed in, or implied by, such forward-looking statements. Factors that might cause such a difference include, but are not limited to:

 

 

the rate of growth in the economy and employment levels, as well as general business and economic conditions;

 

 

changes in interest rates, as well as the magnitude of such changes;

 

 

the fiscal and monetary policies of the federal government and its agencies;

 

 

a credit default by the U.S. or Puerto Rico governments or a downgrade in the credit ratings of the U.S. or Puerto Rico governments;

 

 

changes in federal bank regulatory and supervisory policies, including required levels of capital;

 

 

the impact of the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act (the “Dodd-Frank Act”) on the Group’s businesses, business practices and cost of operations;

 

 

the relative strength or weakness of the consumer and commercial credit sectors and of the real estate market in Puerto Rico;

 

 

the performance of the stock and bond markets;

 

 

competition in the financial services industry;

 

 

additional Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (“FDIC”) assessments; and

 

 

possible legislative, tax or regulatory changes.

Other possible events or factors that could cause results or performance to differ materially from those expressed in these forward-looking statements include the following: negative economic conditions that adversely affect the general economy, housing prices, the job market, consumer confidence and spending habits which may affect, among other things, the level of non-performing assets, charge-offs and provision expense; changes in interest rates and market liquidity which may reduce interest margins, impact funding sources and affect the ability to originate and distribute financial products in the primary and secondary markets; adverse movements and volatility in debt and equity capital markets; changes in market rates and prices which may adversely impact the value of financial assets and liabilities; liabilities resulting from litigation and regulatory investigations; changes in accounting standards, rules and interpretations; increased competition; the Group’s ability to grow its core businesses; decisions to downsize, sell or close units or otherwise change the Group’s business mix; and management’s ability to identify and manage these and other risks.

All forward-looking statements included in this annual report on Form 10-K are based upon information available to the Group as of the date of this report, and other than as required by law, including the requirements of applicable securities laws, the Group assumes no obligation to update or revise any such forward-looking statements to reflect occurrences or unanticipated events or circumstances after the date of such statements.

 

3


PART I

ITEM 1.    BUSINESS

General

The Group is a publicly-owned financial holding company incorporated on June 14, 1996 under the laws of the Commonwealth of Puerto Rico, providing a full range of banking and wealth management services through its subsidiaries. The Group is subject to the provisions of the U.S. Bank Holding Company Act of 1956, as amended, (the “BHC Act”) and, accordingly, subject to the supervision and regulation of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (the “Federal Reserve Board”).

The Group provides comprehensive banking and wealth management services to its clients through a complete range of banking and financial solutions, including mortgage, commercial and consumer lending; leasing; checking and savings accounts; financial planning, insurance, wealth management, and investment brokerage; and corporate and individual trust and retirement services. The Group operates through three major business segments: Banking, Wealth Management, and Treasury, and distinguishes itself based on quality service and marketing efforts focused on mid and high net worth individuals and families, including professionals and owners of small and mid-sized businesses, primarily in Puerto Rico. The Group has 30 financial centers in Puerto Rico and a subsidiary, Caribbean Pension Consultants Inc. (“CPC”), based in Boca Raton, Florida. The Group’s long-term goal is to strengthen its banking and wealth management franchise by expanding its lending businesses, increasing the level of integration in the marketing and delivery of banking and wealth management services, maintaining effective asset-liability management, growing non-interest revenues from banking and wealth management services, and improving operating efficiencies.

The Group’s strategy involves:

(1) Strengthening its banking and wealth management franchise by expanding its ability to attract deposits and build relationships with individual customers and professionals and mid-market commercial businesses through aggressive marketing and expansion of its sales force;

(2) Focusing on greater growth in mortgage, commercial and consumer lending; trust and wealth management services, insurance products; and increasing the level of integration in the marketing and delivery of banking and wealth management services;

(3) Matching its portfolio of investment securities with the related funding to achieve favorable spreads, and primarily investing in U.S. government agency obligations.

(4) Improving operating efficiencies, and continuing to maintain effective asset-liability management; and

(5) Implementing a broad ranging effort to instill in employees and make customers aware of the Group’s determination to effectively serve and advise its customer base in a responsive and professional manner.

Together with a highly experienced group of senior and mid level executives and the benefits from the Eurobank FDIC-assisted acquisition, this strategy has resulted in sustained growth in the Group’s mortgage, commercial, consumer lending and wealth-management activities, allowing the Group to distinguish itself in a highly competitive industry. The Group is not immune from general and local financial and economic conditions. Past experience is not necessarily indicative of future performance, especially given market uncertainties, but based on a reasonable time horizon of three to five years, the strategy is expected to maintain its steady progress towards the Group’s long-term goal.

The Group’s principal funding sources are securities sold under agreements to repurchase, branch deposits, Federal Home Loan Bank (“FHLB”) advances, Federal Reserve Bank (“FRB”) advances, wholesale deposits, and

 

4


subordinated capital notes. Through its branch network, the Bank offers personal non-interest and interest-bearing checking accounts, savings accounts, certificates of deposit, individual retirement accounts (“IRAs”) and commercial non-interest bearing checking accounts. The FDIC insures the Bank’s deposit accounts up to applicable limits. Management makes retail deposit pricing decisions periodically, adjusting the rates paid on retail deposits in response to general market conditions and local competition. Pricing decisions take into account the rates being offered by other local banks, the London Interbank Offered Rate (“LIBOR”), and mainland U.S. market interest rates.

Segment Disclosure

The Group has three reportable segments: Banking, Wealth Management, and Treasury. Management established the reportable segments based on the internal reporting used to evaluate performance and to assess where to allocate resources. Other factors such as the Group’s organizational structure, nature of products, distribution channels and economic characteristics of the products were also considered in the determination of the reportable segments. The Group measures the performance of these reportable segments based on pre-established goals involving different financial parameters such as net income, interest rate spread, loan production, and fees generated.

For detailed information regarding the performance of the Group’s operating segments, please refer to Note 19 to the Group’s accompanying consolidated financial statements.

Banking Activities

Oriental Bank and Trust (the “Bank”), the Group’s main subsidiary, is a full-service Puerto Rico commercial bank with its main office located in San Juan, Puerto Rico. The Bank has 30 branches throughout Puerto Rico and was incorporated in October 1964 as a federal mutual savings and loan association. It became a federal mutual savings bank in July 1983 and converted to a federal stock savings bank in April 1987. Its conversion from a federally-chartered savings bank to a commercial bank chartered under the banking law of the Commonwealth of Puerto Rico, on June 30, 1994, allowed the Bank to more effectively pursue opportunities in its market and obtain more flexibility in its businesses. As a Puerto Rico-chartered commercial bank, it is subject to examination by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (the “FDIC”) and the Office of the Commissioner of Financial Institutions of Puerto Rico (the “OCFI”). The Bank offers banking services such as commercial, leasing and consumer lending, savings and time deposit products, financial planning, and corporate and individual trust services, and capitalizes on its commercial banking network to provide mortgage lending products to its clients. The Bank operates an international banking entity (“IBE”) pursuant to the International Banking Center Regulatory Act of Puerto Rico, as amended (the “IBE Act”), which is a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Bank, named Oriental International Bank Inc. (the “IBE subsidiary”) organized in November 2003. The IBE subsidiary offers the Bank certain Puerto Rico tax advantages and its services are limited under Puerto Rico law to persons and assets/liabilities located outside of Puerto Rico.

Banking activities include the Bank’s branches and mortgage banking activities with traditional retail banking products such as deposits and mortgage, commercial, consumer loans, and leasing. The Bank’s lending activities are primarily with consumers located in Puerto Rico. The Bank’s loan and lease transactions include a diversified number of industries and activities, all of which are encompassed within four main categories: mortgage, commercial, consumer, and leasing.

The Group’s mortgage banking activities are conducted through a division of the Bank. The mortgage banking activities include the origination of mortgage loans for the Bank’s own portfolio, and the sale of loans directly into the secondary market or the securitization of conforming loans into mortgage-backed securities. The Bank originates Federal Housing Administration (“FHA”)-insured mortgages, Veterans Administration (“VA”)-guaranteed mortgages, and Rural Housing Service (“RHS”)-guaranteed loans that are primarily securitized for issuance of Government National Mortgage Association (“GNMA”) mortgage-backed securities which can be

 

5


resold to individual or institutional investors in the secondary market. Conventional loans that meet the underwriting requirements for sale or exchange under standard Federal National Mortgage Association (the “FNMA”) or the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation (the “FHLMC”) programs are referred to as conforming mortgage loans and are also securitized for issuance of FNMA or FHLMC mortgage-backed securities. The Bank is an approved seller of FNMA, as well as FHLMC, mortgage loans for issuance of FNMA and FHLMC mortgage-backed securities. The Bank is also an approved issuer of GNMA mortgage-backed securities. The Group outsources the servicing of the GNMA, FNMA and FHLMC pools that it issues, and its residential mortgage loan portfolio.

Loan Underwriting

All loan originations, regardless of whether originated through the Group’s retail banking network or purchased from third parties, must be underwritten in accordance with the Group’s underwriting criteria, including loan-to-value ratios, borrower income qualifications, debt ratios and credit history, investor requirements, and title insurance and property appraisal requirements. The Group’s mortgage underwriting standards comply with the relevant guidelines set forth by the Department of Housing and Urban Development (“HUD”), VA, FNMA, FHLMC, federal and Puerto Rico banking regulatory authorities, as applicable. The Group’s underwriting personnel, while operating within the Group’s loan offices, make underwriting decisions independent of the Group’s mortgage loan origination personnel.

Commercial loans include lines of credit and term facilities to finance business operations and to provide working capital for specific purposes, such as to finance the purchase of assets, equipment or inventory. Since a borrower’s cash flow from operations is generally the primary source of repayment, the Group’s analysis of the credit risk focuses heavily on the borrower’s debt repayment capacity. Commercial term loans are typically made to finance the acquisition of fixed assets, provide permanent working capital or to finance the purchase of businesses. Commercial term loans generally have terms from one to five years, may be collateralized by the asset being acquired or other available assets, and bear interest rates that float with the prime rate, LIBOR or another established index, or are fixed for the term of the loan. Lines of credit are extended to businesses based on an analysis of the financial strength and integrity of the borrowers and are generally secured primarily by real estate, accounts receivable or inventory, and have a maturity of one year or less. Such lines of credit bear an interest rate that floats with a base rate, the prime rate, LIBOR, or another established index.

Sale of Loans and Securitization Activities

The Group may engage in the sale or securitization of a portion of the residential mortgage loans that it originates and purchases and utilizes various channels to sell its mortgage products. The Group is an approved issuer of GNMA-guaranteed mortgage-backed securities which involves the packaging of FHA loans, RHS loans or VA loans into pools of mortgage-backed securities for sale primarily to securities broker-dealers and other institutional investors. The Group can also act as issuer in the case of conforming conventional loans in order to group them into pools of FNMA or FHLMC-issued mortgage-backed securities which the Group then sells to securities broker-dealers. The issuance of mortgage-backed securities provides the Group with flexibility in selling the mortgage loans that it originates or purchases and also provides income by increasing the value and marketability of such loans. In the case of conforming conventional loans, the Group also has the option to sell such loans through the FNMA and FHLMC cash window programs.

Wealth Management Activities

Wealth management activities are generated by such businesses as securities brokerage, trust services, retirement planning, insurance, pension administration, and other wealth management services.

Oriental Financial Services Corp. (“OFSC”) is a Puerto Rico corporation and the Group’s subsidiary engaged in securities brokerage and investment banking activities in accordance with the Group’s strategy of providing fully

 

6


integrated financial solutions to the Group’s clients. OFSC, a member of the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority (“FINRA”) and the Securities Investor Protection Corporation, is a registered securities broker-dealer pursuant to Section 15(b) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. OFSC does not carry customer accounts and is, accordingly, exempt from the Customer Protection Rule (SEC Rule 15c3-3) pursuant to subsection (k)(2)(ii) of such rule. It clears securities transactions through Pershing LLC, a clearing agent that carries the accounts of OFSC’s customers on a “fully disclosed” basis.

OFSC offers securities brokerage services covering various investment alternatives such as tax-advantaged fixed income securities, mutual funds, stocks, and bonds to retail and institutional clients. It also offers separately managed accounts and mutual fund asset allocation programs sponsored by unaffiliated professional asset managers. These services are designed to meet each client’s specific needs and preferences, including transaction-based pricing and asset-based fee pricing.

OFSC also manages and participates in public offerings and private placements of debt and equity securities in Puerto Rico and engages in municipal securities business with the Commonwealth of Puerto Rico and its instrumentalities, municipalities, and public corporations. Investment banking revenue from such activities include gains, losses, and fees, net of syndicate expenses, arising from securities offerings in which OFSC acts as an underwriter or agent. Investment banking revenue also includes fees earned from providing merger-and-acquisition and financial restructuring advisory services.

Oriental Insurance Inc. (“Oriental Insurance”) is a Puerto Rico corporation and the Group’s subsidiary engaged in insurance agency services. It was established by the Group to take advantage of the cross-marketing opportunities provided by financial modernization legislation. Oriental Insurance currently earns commissions by acting as a licensed insurance agent in connection with the issuance of insurance policies by unaffiliated insurance companies and anticipates continued growth as it expands the products and services it provides and continues to cross market its services to the Group’s existing customer base.

CPC, a Florida corporation, is the Group’s subsidiary engaged in the administration of retirement plans in the U.S., Puerto Rico, and the Caribbean.

Treasury Activities

Treasury activities encompass all of the Group’s treasury-related functions. The Group’s investment portfolio consists of mortgage-backed securities, obligations of U.S. Government sponsored agencies, Puerto Rico Government and agency obligations, structured credit investments, and money market instruments. Agency mortgage-backed securities, the largest component, consist principally of pools of residential mortgage loans that are made to consumers and then resold in the form of pass-through certificates in the secondary market, the payment of interest and principal of which is guaranteed by GNMA, FNMA or FHLMC.

Market Area and Competition

The main geographic business and service area of the Group is in Puerto Rico, where the banking market is highly competitive. Puerto Rico banks are subject to the same federal laws, regulations and supervision that apply to similar institutions in the United States of America. The Group also competes with brokerage firms with retail operations, credit unions, savings and loan cooperatives, small loan companies, insurance agencies, and mortgage banks in Puerto Rico. The Group encounters intense competition in attracting and retaining deposits and in its consumer and commercial lending activities. Management believes that the Group has been able to compete effectively for deposits and loans by offering a variety of transaction account products and loans with competitive terms, by emphasizing the quality of its service, by pricing its products at competitive interest rates, by offering convenient branch locations, and by offering financial planning and wealth management services at each of its branch locations. The FDIC-assisted acquisitions of three Puerto Rico banks in 2010 has created an environment for more rational loan and deposit pricing. The Group’s ability to originate loans depends primarily on the service it provides to its borrowers, in making prompt credit decisions, and on the rates and fees that it charges.

 

7


Regulation and Supervision

General

The Group is a financial holding company subject to supervision and regulation by the Federal Reserve Board under the BHC Act, as amended by the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act and the Dodd-Frank Act. The qualification requirements and the process for a bank holding company that elects to be treated as a financial holding company requires that a bank holding company and all of the subsidiary banks controlled by it at the time of election must be and remain at all times “well capitalized” and “well managed.”

The Group elected to be treated as a financial holding company as permitted by the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act. Under the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act, if the Group fails to meet the requirements for being a financial holding company and is unable to correct such deficiencies within certain prescribed time periods, the Federal Reserve Board could require the Group to divest control of its depository institution subsidiary or alternatively cease conducting activities that are not permissible for bank holding companies that are not financial holding companies.

Financial holding companies may engage, directly or indirectly, in any activity that is determined to be (i) financial in nature, (ii) incidental to such financial activity, or (iii) complementary to a financial activity provided it does not pose a substantial risk to the safety and soundness of depository institutions or the financial system generally. The Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act specifically provides that the following activities have been determined to be “financial in nature”: (a) lending, trust and other banking activities; (b) insurance activities; (c) financial, investment or economic advisory services; (d) securitization of assets; (e) securities underwriting and dealing; (f) existing bank holding company domestic activities; (g) existing bank holding company foreign activities; and (h) merchant banking activities. A financial holding company may generally commence any activity, or acquire any company, that is financial in nature without prior approval of the Federal Reserve Board. As provided by the Dodd-Frank Act, a financial holding company may not acquire a company, without prior Federal Reserve Board approval, in a transaction in which the total consolidated assets to be acquired by the financial holding company exceed $10 billion.

In addition, the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act specifically gives the Federal Reserve Board the authority, by regulation or order, to expand the list of financial or incidental activities, but requires consultation with the U.S. Treasury Department and gives the Federal Reserve Board authority to allow a financial holding company to engage in any activity that is complementary to a financial activity and does not pose a substantial risk to the safety and soundness of depository institutions or the financial system.

The Group is required to file with the Federal Reserve Board and the SEC periodic reports and other information concerning its own business operations and those of its subsidiaries. In addition, Federal Reserve Board approval must also be obtained before a bank holding company acquires all or substantially all of the assets of another bank or merges or consolidates with another bank holding company. The Federal Reserve Board also has the authority to issue cease and desist orders against bank holding companies and their non-bank subsidiaries.

The Bank is regulated by various agencies in the United States and the Commonwealth of Puerto Rico. Its main regulators are the OCFI and the FDIC. The Bank is subject to extensive regulation and examination by the OCFI and the FDIC, and is subject to the Federal Reserve Board’s regulation of transactions between the Bank and its affiliates. The federal and Puerto Rico laws and regulations which are applicable to the Bank regulate, among other things, the scope of its business, its investments, its reserves against deposits, the timing of the availability of deposited funds, and the nature and amount of and collateral for certain loans. In addition to the impact of such regulations, commercial banks are affected significantly by the actions of the Federal Reserve Board as it attempts to control the money supply and credit availability in order to control inflation in the economy.

The Group’s mortgage banking business is subject to the rules and regulations of FHA, VA, RHS, FNMA, FHLMC, HUD and GNMA with respect to the origination, processing and selling of mortgage loans and the sale

 

8


of mortgage-backed securities. Those rules and regulations, among other things, prohibit discrimination and establish underwriting guidelines which include provisions for inspections and appraisal reports, require credit reports on prospective borrowers and fix maximum loan amounts, and, with respect to VA loans, fix maximum interest rates. Mortgage origination activities are subject to, among others, the Equal Credit Opportunity Act, Federal Truth-in-Lending Act, the Real Estate Settlement Procedures Act and the regulations promulgated thereunder which, among other things, prohibit discrimination and require the disclosure of certain basic information to mortgagors concerning credit terms and settlement costs. The Group is also subject to regulation by the OCFI with respect to, among other things, licensing requirements and maximum origination fees on certain types of mortgage loan products.

The Group and its subsidiaries are subject to the rules and regulations of certain other regulatory agencies. OFSC, as a registered broker-dealer, is subject to the supervision, examination and regulation of FINRA, the SEC, and the OCFI in matters relating to the conduct of its securities business, including record keeping and reporting requirements, supervision and licensing of employees, and obligations to customers.

Oriental Insurance is subject to the supervision, examination and regulation of the Office of the Commissioner of Insurance of Puerto Rico in matters relating to insurance sales, including but not limited to, licensing of employees, sales practices, charging of commissions and reporting requirements.

Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act

The Dodd-Frank Act implements a variety of far-reaching changes and has been described as the most sweeping reform of the financial services industry since the 1930’s. It has a broad impact on the wealth management industry, including significant regulatory and compliance changes, such as: (1) enhanced resolution authority of troubled and failing banks and their holding companies; (2) enhanced lending limits strengthening the existing limits on a depository institution’s credit exposure to one borrower; (3) increased capital and liquidity requirements; (4) increased regulatory examination fees; (5) changes to assessments to be paid to the FDIC for federal deposit insurance; (6) prohibiting bank holding companies, such as the Group, from including in regulatory Tier 1 capital future issuances of trust preferred securities or other hybrid debt and equity securities; and (7) numerous other provisions designed to improve supervision and oversight of, and strengthening safety and soundness for, the wealth management sector. Additionally, the Dodd-Frank Act establishes a new framework for systemic risk oversight within the financial system to be distributed among new and existing federal regulatory agencies, including the Financial Stability Oversight Council, the Federal Reserve Board, the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency and the FDIC. Further, the Dodd-Frank Act addresses many corporate governance and executive compensation matters that will affect most U.S. publicly traded companies, including the Group. A few provisions of the Dodd-Frank Act are effective immediately, while various provisions are becoming effective in stages. Many of the requirements called for in the Dodd-Frank Act will be implemented over time and most will be subject to implementing regulations.

The Dodd-Frank Act also creates a new consumer financial services regulator, the Bureau of Consumer Financial Protection (the “Bureau”), which will assume most of the consumer financial services regulatory responsibilities currently exercised by federal banking regulators and other agencies. The Bureau’s primary functions include the supervision of “covered persons” (broadly defined to include any person offering or providing a consumer financial product or service and any affiliated service provider) for compliance with federal consumer financial laws. The Bureau will also have the broad power to prescribe rules applicable to a covered person or service provider identifying as unlawful, unfair, deceptive, or abusive acts or practices in connection with any transaction with a consumer for a consumer financial product or service, or the offering of a consumer financial product or service.

 

9


Holding Company Structure

The Bank is subject to restrictions under federal laws that limit the transfer of funds to its affiliates (including the Group), whether in the form of loans, other extensions of credit, investments or asset purchases, among others. Such transfers are limited to 10% of the transferring institution’s capital stock and surplus with respect to any affiliate (including the Group), and, with respect to all affiliates, to an aggregate of 20% of the transferring institution’s capital stock and surplus. Furthermore, such loans and extensions of credit are required to be secured in specified amounts, carried out on an arm’s length basis, and consistent with safe and sound banking practices.

Under the Dodd-Frank Act, a bank holding company, such as the Group, must serve as a source of financial strength for any subsidiary depository institution. The term “source of financial strength” is defined as the ability of a company to provide financial assistance to its insured depository institution subsidiaries in the event of financial distress at such subsidiaries. This support may be required at times when, absent such requirement, the bank holding company might not otherwise provide such support. In the event of a bank holding company’s bankruptcy, any commitment by the bank holding company to a federal bank regulatory agency to maintain capital of a subsidiary bank will be assumed by the bankruptcy trustee and be entitled to a priority of payment. In addition, any capital loans by a bank holding company to any of its subsidiary banks are subordinate in right of payment to deposits and to certain other indebtedness of such subsidiary bank. The Bank is currently the only depository institution subsidiary of the Group.

Since the Group is a financial holding company, its right to participate in the assets of any subsidiary upon the latter’s liquidation or reorganization will be subject to the prior claims of the subsidiary’s creditors (including depositors in the case of the Bank) except to the extent that the Group is a creditor with recognized claims against the subsidiary.

Dividend Restrictions

The principal source of funds for the Group’s holding company is the dividends from the Bank. The ability of the Bank to pay dividends on its common stock is restricted by the Puerto Rico Banking Act of 1933, as amended (the Banking Act”), the Federal Deposit Insurance Act, as amended (the “FDIA”) and FDIC regulations. In general terms, the Banking Act provides that when the expenditures of a bank are greater than receipts, the excess of expenditures over receipts shall be charged against the undistributed profits of the bank and the balance, if any, shall be charged against the required reserve fund of the bank. If there is no sufficient reserve fund to cover such balance in whole or in part, the outstanding amount shall be charged against the bank’s capital account. The Banking Act provides that until said capital has been restored to its original amount and the reserve fund to 20% of the original capital, the bank may not declare any dividends. In general terms, the FDIA and the FDIC regulations restrict the payment of dividends when a bank is undercapitalized, when a bank has failed to pay insurance assessments, or when there are safety and soundness concerns regarding a bank.

The payment of dividends by the Bank may also be affected by other regulatory requirements and policies, such as maintenance of adequate capital. If, in the opinion of the regulatory authority, a depository institution under its jurisdiction is engaged in, or is about to engage in, an unsafe or unsound practice (that, depending on the financial condition of the depository institution, could include the payment of dividends), such authority may require, after notice and hearing, that such depository institution cease and desist from such practice. The Federal Reserve Board has issued a policy statement that provides that insured banks and bank holding companies should generally pay dividends only out of operating earnings for the current and preceding two years. In addition, all insured depository institutions are subject to the capital-based limitations required by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation Improvement Act of 1991 (“FDICIA”).

Federal Home Loan Bank System

The FHLB system, of which the Bank is a member, consists of 12 regional FHLBs governed and regulated by the Federal Housing Finance Agency. The FHLB serves as a credit facility for member institutions within their

 

10


assigned regions. They are funded primarily from proceeds derived from the sale of consolidated obligations of the FHLB system. They make loans (i.e., advances) to members in accordance with policies and procedures established by the FHLB and the boards of directors of each regional FHLB.

As a system member, the Bank is entitled to borrow from the FHLB of New York (the “FHLB-NY”) and is required to invest in FHLB-NY stock in an amount equal to the greater of 1% of the Bank’s aggregate unpaid principal of its home mortgage loans, home purchase contracts, and similar obligations, or 5% of the Bank’s aggregate amount of outstanding advances by the FHLB-NY. The Bank is in compliance with the stock ownership rules described above with respect to such advances, commitments, home mortgage loans and similar obligations. All loans, advances and other extensions of credit made by the FHLB-NY to the Bank are secured by a portion of the Bank’s mortgage loan portfolio, certain other investments, and the capital stock of the FHLB-NY held by the Bank. The Bank is required to maintain a minimum amount of qualifying collateral with a fair value of at least 110% of the outstanding advances.

Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation Improvement Act

Under FDICIA the federal banking regulators must take prompt corrective action in respect to depository institutions that do not meet minimum capital requirements. FDICIA, and the regulations issued thereunder, established five capital tiers: (i) “well capitalized,” if it has a total risk-based capital ratio of 10.0% or more, has a Tier I risk-based capital ratio of 6.0% or more, has a Tier I leverage capital ratio of 5.0% or more, and is not subject to any written capital order or directive; (ii) “adequately capitalized,” if it has a total risk-based capital ratio of 8.0% or more, a Tier I risk-based capital ratio of 4.0% or more and a Tier I leverage capital ratio of 4.0% or more (3.0% under certain circumstances) and does not meet the definition of “well capitalized,” (iii) “undercapitalized,” if it has a total risk-based capital ratio that is less than 8.0%, a Tier I risk-based ratio that is less than 4.0% or a Tier I leverage capital ratio that is less than 4.0% (3.0% under certain circumstances), (iv) “significantly undercapitalized,” if it has a total risk-based capital ratio that is less than 6.0%, a Tier I risk-based capital ratio that is less than 3.0% or a Tier I leverage capital ratio that is less than 3.0%, and (v) “critically undercapitalized,” if it has a ratio of tangible equity to total assets that is equal to or less than 2.0%. A depository institution may be deemed to be in a capitalization category that is lower than is indicated by its actual capital position if it receives a less than satisfactory examination rating in any of the following categories: capital, asset quality, management, earnings, liquidity, and sensitivity to market risk. The Bank is a “well-capitalized” institution.

FDICIA generally prohibits a depository institution from making any capital distribution (including payment of a dividend) or paying any management fees to its holding company if the depository institution would thereafter be undercapitalized. Undercapitalized depository institutions are subject to restrictions on borrowing from the Federal Reserve System. In addition, undercapitalized depository institutions are subject to growth limitations and are required to submit capital restoration plans. A depository institution’s holding company must guarantee the capital plan, up to an amount equal to the lesser of 5% of the depository institution’s assets at the time it becomes undercapitalized or the amount of the capital deficiency when the institution fails to comply with the plan. The federal banking agencies may not accept a capital plan without determining, among other things, that the plan is based on realistic assumptions and is likely to succeed in restoring the depository institution’s capital. Significantly undercapitalized depository institutions may be subject to a number of requirements and restrictions, including orders to sell sufficient voting stock to become adequately capitalized, requirements to reduce total assets, and cessation of receipt of deposits from corresponding banks. Critically undercapitalized depository institutions are subject to the appointment of a receiver or conservator.

FDIC Insurance Assessments

The Bank is subject to FDIC deposit insurance assessments. The Federal Deposit Insurance Reform Act of 2005 (the “Reform Act”) merged the Bank Insurance Fund (“BIF”) and the Savings Association Insurance Fund (“SAIF”) into a single Deposit Insurance Fund, and increased the maximum amount of the insurance coverage

 

11


for certain retirement accounts, and possible “inflation adjustments” in the maximum amount of coverage available with respect to other insured accounts. In addition, it granted a one-time initial assessment credit (of approximately $4.7 billion) to recognize institutions’ past contributions to the fund. As a result of the merger of the BIF and the SAIF, all insured institutions are subject to the same assessment rate schedule.

The Dodd-Frank Act contains several important deposit insurance reforms, including the following: (i) the maximum deposit insurance amount was permanently increased to $250,000; (ii) the deposit insurance assessment is now based on the insured depository institution’s average consolidated assets minus its average tangible equity, rather than on its deposit base; (iii) the minimum reserve ratio for the Deposit Insurance Fund was raised from 1.15% to 1.35% of estimated insured deposits by September 30, 2020; (iv) the FDIC is required to “offset the effect” of increased assessments on insured depository institutions with total consolidated assets of less than $10 billion; (v) the FDIC is no longer required to pay dividends if the Deposit Insurance Fund’s reserve ratio is greater than the minimum ratio; and (vi) the FDIC will insure the full amount of qualifying “noninterest-bearing transaction accounts” for two years beginning December 31, 2010. As defined in the Dodd-Frank Act, a “noninterest-bearing transaction account” is a deposit or account maintained at a depository institution with respect to which interest is neither accrued nor paid, on which the depositor or account holder is permitted to make withdrawals by negotiable or transferrable instrument, payment orders of withdrawals, telephone or other electronic media transfers, or other similar items for the purpose of making payments or transfers to third parties or others, and on which the insured depository institution does not reserve the right to require advance notice of an intended withdrawal.

Effective April 1, 2011, the FDIC amended its regulations under the FDIA as amended by the Dodd-Frank Act, to modify the definition of a depository institution’s insurance assessment base; to revise the deposit insurance assessment rate schedules in light of the new assessment base and altered adjustments; to implement the dividend provisions of the Dodd-Frank Act; and to revise the large insured depository institution assessment system to better differentiate for risk and better take into account losses from large institution failures that the FDIC may incur. Since the new assessment base under the Dodd-Frank Act is larger than the current assessment base, the new assessment rates adopted by the FDIC are lower than the former rates.

The Temporary Liquidity Guarantee Program (“TLGP”) of the FDIC provided two limited guarantee programs: the Debt Guarantee Program (“DGP”) and the Transaction Account Guarantee Program (“TAGP”). The DGP guarantees all newly issued senior unsecured debt (e.g., promissory notes, unsubordinated unsecured notes and commercial paper) up to prescribed limits issued by participating entities, including bank holding companies, in the period from October 14, 2008 through October 31, 2009. For eligible debt issued in that period, the FDIC provides the guarantee coverage until the earlier of the maturity date of the debt or December 31, 2012. The TAGP offered a full guarantee for non interest-bearing transaction deposit accounts held at FDIC-insured depository institutions. The unlimited deposit coverage was voluntary for eligible institutions and in addition to the $250,000 FDIC deposit insurance per depositor that was included as part of the Emergency Economic Stabilization Act of 2008. The TAGP coverage became effective on October 14, 2008 and continued for participating institutions until December 31, 2011. The Group opted to become a participating entity on both of these programs and pays applicable fees for participation. Participants in the DGP program have a fee structure based on a sliding scale, depending on length of maturity. Shorter-term debt has a lower fee structure and longer-term debt has a higher fee. The range is 50 basis points on debt of 180 days or less, and a maximum of 100 basis points for debt with maturities of one year or longer, on an annualized basis. Any eligible entity that has not chosen to opt out of the TAGP was assessed, on a quarterly basis, an annualized 10 cents per $100 fee on balances in non-interest bearing transaction accounts that exceed the existing deposit insurance limit of $250,000. The Group’s banking subsidiary issued in March 2009 $105 million in notes guaranteed under the TLGP. These notes are due on March 16, 2012, bear interest at a 2.75% fixed rate, and are backed by the full faith and credit of the United States. Interest on the notes is payable on the 16th of each March and September. An annual fee of 100 basis points is paid to the FDIC to maintain the FDIC guarantee coverage until the maturity of the notes.

 

12


Brokered Deposits

FDIC regulations adopted under the FDIA govern the receipt of brokered deposits by banks. Well capitalized institutions are not subject to limitations on brokered deposits, while adequately-capitalized institutions are able to accept, renew or rollover brokered deposits only with a waiver from the FDIC and subject to certain restrictions on the interest paid on such deposits. Undercapitalized institutions are not permitted to accept brokered deposits. As of December 31, 2011, the Bank was a well capitalized institution and was therefore not subject to these limitations on brokered deposits.

Regulatory Capital Requirements

The Federal Reserve Board has risk-based capital guidelines for bank holding companies. Under the guidelines, the minimum ratio of qualifying total capital to risk-weighted assets is 8%. At least half of the total capital is to be comprised of qualifying common stockholders’ equity, qualifying noncumulative perpetual preferred stock (including related surplus), minority interests related to qualifying common or noncumulative perpetual preferred stock directly issued by a consolidated U.S. depository institution or foreign bank subsidiary, and restricted core capital elements (collectively “Tier 1 Capital”). Banking organizations are expected to maintain at least 50 percent of their Tier 1 Capital as common equity. Except as otherwise discussed below in light of the Dodd-Frank Act in connection with certain debt or equity instruments issued on or after May 19, 2010, not more than 25% of qualifying Tier 1 Capital may consist of qualifying cumulative perpetual preferred stock, trust preferred securities or other so- called restricted core capital elements. “Tier 2 Capital” may consist, subject to certain limitations, of allowance for loan and lease losses; perpetual preferred stock and related surplus; hybrid capital instruments, perpetual debt, and mandatory convertible debt securities; term subordinated debt and intermediate-term preferred stock, including related surplus; and unrealized holding gains on equity securities. “Tier 3 Capital” consists of qualifying unsecured subordinated debt. The sum of Tier 2 and Tier 3 Capital may not exceed the amount of Tier 1 Capital.

The Federal Reserve Board has regulations with respect to risk-based and leverage capital ratios that require most intangibles, including goodwill and core deposit intangibles, to be deducted from Tier 1 Capital. The only types of identifiable intangible assets that may be included in, that is, not deducted from, an organization’s capital are readily marketable mortgage servicing assets, nonmortgage servicing assets, and purchased credit card relationships.

In addition, the Federal Reserve Board has established minimum leverage ratio (Tier 1 Capital to total assets) guidelines for bank holding companies and member banks. These guidelines provide for a minimum leverage ratio of 3% for bank holding companies and member banks that meet certain specified criteria including that they have the highest regulatory rating. All other bank holding companies and member banks are required to maintain a minimum ratio of Tier 1 Capital to total assets of 4%. The guidelines also provide that banking organizations experiencing internal growth or making acquisitions are expected to maintain strong capital positions substantially above the minimum supervisory levels without significant reliance on intangible assets. Furthermore, the guidelines state that the Federal Reserve Board will continue to consider a “tangible Tier 1 leverage ratio” and other indicators of capital strength in evaluating proposals for expansion or new activities.

Under the Dodd-Frank Act, federal banking regulators are required to establish minimum leverage and risk-based capital requirements, on a consolidated basis, for insured institutions, depository institution holding companies, and non-bank financial companies supervised by the Federal Reserve Board. The minimum leverage and risk-based capital requirements are to be determined based on the minimum ratios established for insured depository institutions under prompt corrective action regulations. In effect, such provision of the Dodd-Frank Act, which is commonly known as the Collins Amendment, applies to bank holding companies the same leverage and risk-based capital requirements that will apply to insured depository institutions. Because the capital requirements must be the same for insured depository institutions and their holding companies, the Collins Amendment will generally exclude certain debt or equity instruments, such as cumulative perpetual preferred stock and trust

 

13


preferred securities, from Tier 1 Capital, subject to a three-year phase-out from Tier 1 qualification for such instruments issued before May 19, 2010, with the phase-out commencing on January 1, 2013. However, such instruments issued before May 19, 2010, by a bank holding company, such as the Group, with total consolidated assets of less than $15 billion as of December 31, 2009, are not affected by the Collins Amendment and may continue to be included in Tier 1 Capital as a restricted core capital element.

Failure to meet the capital guidelines could subject an institution to a variety of enforcement actions including the termination of deposit insurance by the FDIC and to certain restrictions on its business. At December 31, 2011, the Group was in compliance with all capital requirements. For more information, please refer to the accompanying consolidated financial statements.

Safety and Soundness Standards

Section 39 of the FDIA, as amended by FDICIA, requires each federal banking agency to prescribe for all insured depository institutions standards relating to internal control, information systems, and internal audit systems, loan documentation, credit underwriting, interest rate exposure, asset growth, compensation, fees and benefits, and such other operational and managerial standards as the agency deems appropriate. In addition, each federal banking agency also is required to adopt for all insured depository institutions standards relating to asset quality, earnings and stock valuation that the agency determines to be appropriate. Finally, each federal banking agency is required to prescribe standards for the employment contracts and other compensation arrangements of executive officers, employees, directors and principal stockholders of insured depository institutions that would prohibit compensation, benefits and other arrangements that are excessive or that could lead to a material financial loss for the institution. If an institution fails to meet any of the standards described above, it will be required to submit to the appropriate federal banking agency a plan specifying the steps that will be taken to cure the deficiency. If the institution fails to submit an acceptable plan or fails to implement the plan, the appropriate federal banking agency will require the institution to correct the deficiency and, until it is corrected, may impose other restrictions on the institution, including any of the restrictions applicable under the prompt corrective action provisions of FDICIA.

The FDIC and the other federal banking agencies have adopted Interagency Guidelines Establishing Standards for Safety and Soundness that, among other things, set forth standards relating to internal controls, information systems and internal audit systems, loan documentation, credit, underwriting, interest rate exposure, asset growth and employee compensation.

Activities and Investments of Insured State-Chartered Banks

Section 24 of the FDIA, as amended by FDICIA, generally limits the activities and equity investments of FDIC-insured, state-chartered banks to those that are permissible for national banks. Under FDIC regulations of equity investments, an insured state bank generally may not directly or indirectly acquire or retain any equity investment of a type, or in an amount, that is not permissible for a national bank. An insured state bank, such as the Bank, is not prohibited from, among other things, (i) acquiring or retaining a majority interest in a subsidiary engaged in permissible activities, (ii) investing as a limited partner in a partnership, or as a non-controlling interest holder of a limited liability company, the sole purpose of which is direct or indirect investment in the acquisition, rehabilitation or new construction of a qualified housing project, provided that such investments may not exceed 2% of the bank’s total assets, (iii) acquiring up to 10% of the voting stock of a company that solely provides or reinsures directors’, trustees’ and officers’ liability insurance coverage or bankers’ blanket bond group insurance coverage for insured depository institutions, and (iv) acquiring or retaining the voting stock of an insured depository institution if certain requirements are met, including that it is owned exclusively by other banks.

Under the FDIC regulations governing the activities and investments of insured state banks which further implemented Section 24 of the FDIA, as amended by FDICIA, an insured state-chartered bank may not, directly,

 

14


or indirectly through a subsidiary, engage as “principal” in any activity that is not permissible for a national bank unless the FDIC has determined that such activities would pose no risk to the Deposit Insurance Fund and the bank is in compliance with applicable regulatory capital requirements. Any insured state-chartered bank directly or indirectly engaged in any activity that is not permitted for a national bank must cease the impermissible activity.

Transactions with Affiliates and Related Parties

Transactions between the Bank and any of its affiliates are governed by sections 23A and 23B of the Federal Reserve Act. These sections are important statutory provisions designed to protect a depository institution from transferring to its affiliates the subsidy arising from the institution’s access to the Federal safety net. An affiliate of a bank is any company or entity that controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with the bank, including investment funds for which the bank or any of its affiliates is an investment advisor. Generally, sections 23A and 23B (1) limit the extent to which a bank or its subsidiaries may engage in “covered transactions” with any one affiliate to an amount equal to 10% of the bank’s capital stock and surplus, and limit such transactions with all affiliates to an amount equal to 20% of such capital stock and surplus, and (2) require that all such transactions be on terms that are consistent with safe and sound banking practices. The term “covered transactions” includes the making of loans, purchase of or investment in securities issued by the affiliate, purchase of assets, acceptance of securities issued by the affiliate as collateral for a loan or extension of credit, issuance of guarantees and other similar types of transactions. The Dodd-Frank Act expanded the scope of transactions treated as “covered transactions” to include credit exposure to an affiliate on derivatives transactions, credit exposure resulting from a securities borrowing, or lending transaction or derivative transaction, and acceptances of affiliate-issued debt obligations or securities as collateral for a loan or extension of credit. Most loans by a bank to any of its affiliates must be secured by collateral in amounts ranging from 100 to 130 percent of the loan amount, depending on the nature of the collateral. In addition, any covered transaction by a bank with an affiliate and any sale of assets or provision of services to an affiliate must be on terms that are substantially the same, or at least as favorable to the bank, as those prevailing at the time for comparable transactions with nonaffiliated companies. Regulation W of the Federal Reserve Board comprehensively implements sections 23A and 23B. The regulation unified and updated staff interpretations issued over the years prior to its adoption, incorporated several interpretative proposals (such as to clarify when transactions with an unrelated third party will be attributed to an affiliate), and addressed issues arising as a result of the expanded scope of non-banking activities engaged in by banks and bank holding companies and authorized for financial holding companies under the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act.

Sections 22(g) and 22(h) of the Federal Reserve Act place restrictions on loans by a bank to executive officers, directors, and principal shareholders. Regulation O of the Federal Reserve Board implements these provisions. Under Section 22(h) and Regulation O, loans to a director, an executive officer and to greater-than-10% shareholders of a bank and certain of their related interests (“insiders”), and insiders of its affiliates, may not exceed, together with all other outstanding loans to such person and his related interests, the bank’s single borrower limit (generally equal to 15% of the institution’s unimpaired capital and surplus). Section 22(h) and Regulation O also require that loans to insiders and to insiders of affiliates be made on terms substantially the same as offered in comparable transactions to other persons, unless the loans are made pursuant to a benefit or compensation program that (i) is widely available to employees of the bank and (ii) does not give preference to insiders over other employees of the bank. Section 22(h) and Regulation O also require prior board of directors’ approval for certain loans, and the aggregate amount of extensions of credit by a bank to all insiders cannot exceed the institution’s unimpaired capital and surplus. Furthermore, Section 22(g) and Regulation O place additional restrictions on loans to executive officers.

Community Reinvestment Act

Under the Community Reinvestment Act (“CRA”), a financial institution has a continuing and affirmative obligation, consistent with its safe and sound operation, to help meet the credit needs of its entire community,

 

15


including low and moderate income neighborhoods. The CRA does not establish specific lending requirements or programs for financial institutions nor does it limit an institution’s discretion to develop the types of products and services that it believes are best suited to its particular community, consistent with the CRA. The CRA requires federal examiners, in connection with the examination of a financial institution, to assess the institution’s record of meeting the credit needs of its community and to take such record into account in its evaluation of certain applications by such institution. The CRA also requires all institutions to make public disclosure of their CRA ratings. The Group has a Compliance Department that oversees the planning of products and services offered to the community, especially those aimed to serve low and moderate income communities.

USA Patriot Act

Under Title III of the USA Patriot Act, also known as the International Money Laundering Abatement and Anti-Terrorism Financing Act of 2001, all financial institutions, including the Group, OFSC and the Bank, are required in general to identify their customers, adopt formal and comprehensive anti-money laundering programs, scrutinize or prohibit altogether certain transactions of special concern, and be prepared to respond to inquiries from U.S. law enforcement agencies concerning their customers and their transactions.

The U.S. Treasury Department (the “US Treasury”) has issued a number of regulations implementing the USA Patriot Act that apply certain of its requirements to financial institutions. The regulations impose obligations on financial institutions to maintain appropriate policies, procedures and controls to detect, prevent and report money laundering and terrorist financing.

Failure of a financial institution to comply with the USA Patriot Act’s requirements could have serious legal consequences for the institution. The Group and its subsidiaries, including the Bank, have adopted policies, procedures and controls to address compliance with the USA Patriot Act under existing regulations, and will continue to revise and update their policies, procedures and controls to reflect changes required by the USA Patriot Act and the US Treasury’s regulations.

Privacy Policies

Under the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act, all financial institutions are required to adopt privacy policies, restrict the sharing of nonpublic customer data with nonaffiliated parties at the customer’s request, and establish procedures and practices to protect customer data from unauthorized access. The Group and its subsidiaries have established policies and procedures to assure the Group’s compliance with all privacy provisions of the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act.

Sarbanes-Oxley Act

The Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (“SOX”) implemented a range of corporate governance and accounting measures to increase corporate responsibility, to provide for enhanced penalties for accounting and auditing improprieties at publicly traded companies, and to protect investors by improving the accuracy and reliability of disclosures under federal securities laws. In addition, SOX established membership requirements and responsibilities for the audit committee, imposed restrictions on the relationship between the Group and external auditors, imposed additional responsibilities for the external financial statements on the chief executive officer and the chief financial officer, expanded the disclosure requirements for corporate insiders, required management to evaluate its disclosure controls and procedures and its internal control over financial reporting, and required the auditors to issue a report on the internal control over financial reporting.

The Group has included in this annual report on Form 10-K the management assessment regarding the effectiveness of the Group’s internal control over financial reporting. The internal control report includes a statement of management’s responsibility for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting for the Group; management’s assessment as to the effectiveness of the Group’s internal

 

16


control over financial reporting based on management’s evaluation as of year-end; and the framework used by management as criteria for evaluating the effectiveness of the Group’s internal control over financial reporting. As of December 31, 2011, the Group’s management concluded that its internal control over financial reporting was effective.

Puerto Rico Banking Act

As a Puerto Rico-chartered commercial bank, the Bank is subject to regulation and supervision by the OCFI under the Banking Act, which contains provisions governing the incorporation and organization, rights and responsibilities of directors, officers and stockholders, as well as the corporate powers, savings, lending, capital and investment requirements and other aspects of the Bank and its affairs. In addition, the OCFI is given extensive rulemaking power and administrative discretion under the Banking Act. The OCFI generally examines the Bank at least once every year.

The Banking Act requires that a minimum of 10% of the Bank’s net income for the year be transferred to a reserve fund until such fund (legal surplus) equals the total paid-in capital on common and preferred stock. At December 31, 2011, legal surplus amounted to $50.2 million (December 31, 2010 — $46.3 million). The amount transferred to the legal surplus account is not available for the payment of dividends to shareholders.

The Banking Act also provides that when the expenditures of a bank are greater than the receipts, the excess of the former over the latter must be charged against the undistributed profits of the bank, and the balance, if any, must be charged against the reserve fund. If there is no reserve fund sufficient to cover such balance in whole or in part, the outstanding amount must be charged against the capital account and no dividend may be declared until said capital has been restored to its original amount and the reserve fund to 20% of the original capital.

The Banking Act further requires every bank to maintain a legal reserve which cannot be less than 20% of its demand liabilities, except government deposits (federal, commonwealth and municipal), which are secured by actual collateral.

The Banking Act also requires change of control filings. When any person or entity will own, directly or indirectly, upon consummation of a transfer, 5% or more of the outstanding voting capital stock of a bank, the acquiring parties must inform the OCFI of the details not less than 60 days prior to the date said transfer is to be consummated. The transfer will require the approval of the OCFI if it results in a change of control of the bank. Under the Banking Act, a change of control is presumed if an acquirer who did not own more than 5% of the voting capital stock before the transfer exceeds such percentage after the transfer.

The Banking Act permits Puerto Rico commercial banks to make loans to any one person, firm, partnership or corporation, up to an aggregate amount of 15% of the sum of: (i) the bank’s paid-in capital; (ii) the bank’s reserve fund; (iii) 50% of the bank’s retained earnings, subject to certain limitations; and (iv) any other components that the OCFI may determine from time to time. If such loans are secured by collateral worth at least 25% more than the amount of the loan, the aggregate maximum amount will include 33.33% of 50% of the bank’s retained earnings. There are no restrictions under the Banking Act on the amount of loans that are wholly secured by bonds, securities and other evidence of indebtedness of the Government of the United States or of the Commonwealth of Puerto Rico, or by bonds, not in default, of municipalities or instrumentalities of the Commonwealth of Puerto Rico.

The Puerto Rico Finance Board is composed of the Commissioner of Financial Institutions of Puerto Rico; the Presidents of the Government Development Bank for Puerto Rico, the Economic Development Bank for Puerto Rico and the Planning Board; the Puerto Rico Secretaries of Commerce and Economic Development, Treasury and Consumer Affairs; the Commissioner of Insurance; and the President of the Public Corporation for Insurance

 

17


and Supervision of Puerto Rico Cooperatives. It has the authority to regulate the maximum interest rates and finance charges that may be charged on loans to individuals and unincorporated businesses in the Commonwealth, and promulgates regulations that specify maximum rates on various types of loans to individuals.

The current regulations of the Puerto Rico Finance Board provide that the applicable interest rate on loans to individuals and unincorporated businesses (including real estate development loans, but excluding certain other personal and commercial loans secured by mortgages on real estate property) is to be determined by free competition. The Puerto Rico Finance Board also has the authority to regulate maximum finance charges on retail installment sales contracts and for credit card purchases. There is presently no maximum rate for retail installment sales contracts and for credit card purchases.

Puerto Rico Internal Revenue Code

On January 31, 2011, the Governor of Puerto Rico signed into law the second and last phase of the Administration’s tax reform bill. It creates the Internal Revenue Code for a New Puerto Rico, which has been subsequently amended several times (the “2011 Code”). The 2011 Code provides for the gradual repeal of the Puerto Rico Internal Revenue Code of 1994 (the “1994 Code”), as its provisions started to take effect, with some exceptions, as of January 1, 2011. For corporate taxpayers, the 2011 Code retains the 20% flat rate on “normal-tax net income” but establishes significantly lower rates applicable to “surtax net income” which is the “normal-tax net income” less the allowed surtax deduction. The 2011 Code provides a surtax rate from 5% to 10% for taxable years commencing after December 31, 2010 and before January 1, 2014. For taxable years commencing after December 31, 2013, the surtax rate may be reduced to 5% if certain economic and budgetary control tests are met by the Government of Puerto Rico. If such economic tests are not met, the reduction of the surtax rate will be postponed until the year when such economic tests are met. In the case of a controlled group of corporations, the determination of which surtax rate applies will be made by adding the “normal-tax net income” of each of the entities that are members of the controlled group reduced by the surtax deduction. The 2011 Code also increased the surtax deduction to $750,000. In the case of a controlled group of corporations, the surtax deduction should be distributed among the members of the controlled group. The 2011 Code reduces the alternative minimum tax (“AMT”) from 22% to 20%. It also eliminates the 5% additional surtax which was established by Act No. 7 of March 9, 2009, and the 5% recapture of the benefit of the income tax tables, except for the income earned by international banking entities, which was fully exempt and is subject to a 5% income tax for the taxable years beginning after December 31, 2008 and ending before January 1, 2012. Under the 2011 Code, a corporate taxpayer has a one-time option of determining its income tax liability and filing its income tax return pursuant to the 1994 Code. This election must be made with the filing of the 2011 income tax return and, once made, is irrevocable for the taxable year when the election is made and for each of the next four taxable years. The Group decided to implement the 2011 Code. Under the 2011 Code, all companies are treated as separate taxable entities and are not entitled to file consolidated returns. The Group and its subsidiaries are subject to Puerto Rico regular income tax or AMT on income earned from all sources. The AMT is payable if it exceeds regular income tax. The excess of AMT over regular income tax paid in any one year may be used to offset regular income tax in future years, subject to certain limitations.

International Banking Center Regulatory Act of Puerto Rico

The business and operations of the Bank’s IBE subsidiary are subject to supervision and regulation by the OCFI. Under the IBE Act, no sale, encumbrance, assignment, merger, exchange or transfer of shares, interest or participation in the capital of an IBE may be initiated without the prior approval of the OCFI, if by such transaction a person would acquire, directly or indirectly, control of 10% or more of any class of stock, interest or participation in the capital of the IBE. The IBE Act and the regulations issued thereunder by the OCFI (the “IBE Regulations”) limit the business activities that may be carried out by an IBE. Such activities are limited in part to persons and assets/liabilities located outside of Puerto Rico. The IBE Act provides further that every IBE must have not less than $300 thousand of unencumbered assets or acceptable financial guarantees.

 

18


Pursuant to the IBE Act and the IBE Regulations, the Bank’s IBE subsidiary has to maintain books and records of all its transactions in the ordinary course of business. It is also required to submit quarterly and annual reports of their financial condition and results of operations to the OCFI, including annual audited financial statements.

The IBE Act empowers the OCFI to revoke or suspend, after notice and hearing, a license issued thereunder if, among other things, the IBE fails to comply with the IBE Act, the IBE Regulations or the terms of its license, or if the OCFI finds that the business or affairs of the IBE are conducted in a manner that is not consistent with the public interest.

Employees

At December 31, 2011, the Group had 725 employees. None of its employees is represented by a collective bargaining group. The Group considers its employee relations to be good.

Internet Access to Reports

The Group’s annual report on Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q, current reports on Form 8-K, and any and all amendments to such reports, filed or furnished pursuant to Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, are available free of charge on or through the Group’s internet website at www.orientalfg.com, as soon as reasonably practicable after the Group electronically files such material with, or furnishes it to, the SEC.

The Group’s corporate governance principles and guidelines, code of business conduct and ethics, and the charters of its audit and compliance committee, compensation committee, and corporate governance and nominating committee are available free of charge on the Group’s website at www.orientalfg.com in the investor relations section under the corporate governance link. The Group’s code of business conduct and ethics applies to its directors, officers, employees and agents, including its principal executive, financial and accounting officers.

ITEM 1A.    RISK FACTORS

In addition to the other information contained elsewhere in this report and the Group’s other filings with the SEC, the following risk factors should be carefully considered in evaluating the Group. The risks and uncertainties described below are not the only ones that the Group faces. Additional risks and uncertainties, not presently known to the Group or otherwise, may also impair its business operations. If any of the risks described below or such other risks actually occur, the Group’s business, financial condition or results of operations could be materially and adversely affected.

Changes in interest rates may hurt the Group’s business.

Changes in interest rates are one of the principal market risks affecting the Group. The Group’s income and cash flows depend to a great extent on the difference between the interest rates earned on interest-earning assets such as loans and investment securities, and the interest rates paid on interest-bearing liabilities such as deposits and borrowings. These rates are highly sensitive to many factors that are beyond the Group’s control, including general economic conditions and the policies of various governmental and regulatory agencies (in particular, the Federal Reserve Board). Changes in monetary policy, including changes in interest rates, will influence the origination of loans, the prepayment speed of loans, the value of loans and investment securities, the purchase of investments, the generation of deposits and the rates received on loans and investment securities and paid on deposits or other sources of funding.

 

19


The Group is at risk because most of its business is conducted in Puerto Rico, which is experiencing a downturn in the economy and in the real estate market.

Because most of the Group’s business activities are conducted in Puerto Rico and a significant portion of its credit exposure is concentrated in Puerto Rico, the Group’s profitability and financial condition may be adversely affected by an extended economic slowdown, adverse political or economic developments in Puerto Rico or the effects of a natural disaster, all of which could result in a reduction in loan originations, an increase in non-performing assets, an increase in foreclosure losses on mortgage loans, and a reduction in the value of its loans and loan servicing portfolio.

The Commonwealth of Puerto Rico is in the sixth year of economic recession, and its government faces a significant fiscal deficit. The Commonwealth’s access to municipal bond market and its credit ratings depend, in part, on achieving a balanced budget. Although the economic recession moderated in calendar year 2011 and the size of the Commonwealth’s deficit has decreased, the Puerto Rico economy continues to struggle.

On August 8, 2011, Moody’s lowered Puerto Rico’s credit rating with a negative outlook. In taking such action, Moody’s stated that the downgrade reflects the continued financial deterioration of the Commonwealth’s severely underfunded government retirement systems, continued weak economic trend, and weak finances, with a historical trend of funding budget gaps with borrowing. Moody’s negative outlook reflects the stress that the Commonwealth will face in the next few years as it continues to address the underfunding of the retirement systems from an already weak financial and economic position.

A period of reduced economic growth or a recession has historically resulted in a reduction in lending activity and an increase in the rate of defaults in commercial loans, consumer loans and residential mortgages. A recession may have a significant adverse impact on the Group’s net interest income and fee income. The Group may also experience significant losses on the loan portfolio due to a higher level of defaults on commercial loans, consumer loans and residential mortgages.

The decline in Puerto Rico’s economy has had an adverse effect in the credit quality of the Group’s loan portfolios as delinquency rates have increased in the short-term and may continue to increase until the economy stabilizes. Among other things, the Group has experienced an increase in the level of non-performing assets and loan loss provision, which adversely affects the Group’s profitability. If the decline in economic activity continues, additional increases in the allowance for loan and lease losses could be necessary, and there could be further adverse effects on the Group’s profitability. The reduction in consumer spending may also continue to impact growth in the Group’s other interest and non-interest revenue sources.

The level of real estate prices in Puerto Rico had been more stable than in other U.S. markets, but the current economic environment has accelerated the devaluation of properties and has increased portfolio delinquency when compared with previous periods. Additional economic weakness in Puerto Rico and the U.S. mainland could further pressure residential property values, loan delinquencies, foreclosures and the cost of repossessing and disposing of real estate collateral.

Financial results are constantly exposed to market risk.

Market risk refers to the probability of variations in the net interest income or the fair value of assets and liabilities due to changes in interest rates, currency exchange rates or equity prices. Despite the varied nature of market risks, the primary source of this risk to the Group is the impact of changes in interest rates on net interest income.

Net interest income is the difference between the revenue generated on earning assets and the interest cost of funding those assets. Depending on the duration and repricing characteristics of the assets, liabilities and off-balance sheet items, changes in interest rates could either increase or decrease the level of net interest

 

20


income. For any given period, the pricing structure of the assets and liabilities is matched when an equal amount of such assets and liabilities mature or reprice in that period.

The Group uses an asset-liability management software to project future movements in the balance sheet and income statement. The starting point of the projections generally corresponds to the actual values of the balance sheet on the date of the simulations. These simulations are highly complex, and use many simplifying assumptions.

The Group is subject to interest rate risk because of the following factors:

 

 

Assets and liabilities may mature or reprice at different times. For example, if assets reprice slower than liabilities and interest rates are generally rising, earnings may initially decline.

 

 

Assets and liabilities may reprice at the same time but by different amounts. For example, when the general level of interest rates is rising, the Group may increase rates charged on loans by an amount that is less than the general increase in market interest rates because of intense pricing competition. Also, basis risk occurs when assets and liabilities have similar repricing frequencies but are tied to different market interest rate indices that may not move in tandem.

 

 

Short-term and long-term market interest rates may change by different amounts, i.e., the shape of the yield curve may affect new loan yields and funding costs differently.

 

 

The remaining maturity of various assets and liabilities may shorten or lengthen as interest rates change. For example, if long-term mortgage interest rates decline sharply, mortgage-backed securities portfolio may prepay significantly earlier than anticipated, which could reduce portfolio income. If prepayment rates increase, we would be required to amortize net premiums into income over a shorter period of time, thereby reducing the corresponding asset yield and net interest income. Prepayment risk also has a significant impact on mortgage-backed securities and collateralized mortgage obligations, since prepayments could shorten the weighted average life of these portfolios.

 

 

Interest rates may have an indirect impact on loan demand, credit losses, loan origination volume, the value of financial assets and financial liabilities, gains and losses on sales of securities and loans, the value of mortgage servicing rights and other sources of earnings.

In limiting interest rate risk to an acceptable level, management may alter the mix of floating and fixed rate assets and liabilities, change pricing schedules, adjust maturities through sales and purchases of investment securities, and enter into derivative contracts, among other alternatives. The Group may suffer losses or experience lower spreads than anticipated in initial projections as management implements strategies to reduce future interest rate exposure.

The hedging transactions that the Group enters into may not be effective in managing the exposure to market risk, including interest rate risk.

The Group has offered certificates of deposit with an option tied to the performance of the Standard & Poor’s 500 stock market index and uses derivatives, such as option agreements with major broker-dealer companies, to manage the exposure to changes in the value of the index. The Group may also use derivatives, such as interest rate swaps and options on interest rate swaps, to manage part of its exposure to market risk caused by changes in interest rates. The derivative instruments that the Group may utilize also have their own risks, which include: (1) basis risk, which is the risk of loss associated with variations in the spread between the asset yield and the funding and/or hedge cost; (2) credit or default risk, which is the risk of insolvency or other inability of the counterparty to a particular transaction to perform its obligations thereunder; and (3) legal risk, which is the risk that the Group is unable to enforce certain terms of such instruments. All or any of such risks could expose the Group to losses.

 

21


If the counterparty to a derivative contract fails to perform, the Group’s credit risk is equal to the net fair value of the contract. Although the Group deals with counterparties that have high quality credit ratings at the time the Group enters into the counterparty relationships, there can be no assurances that the counterparties will have the ability to perform under their contracts. If the counterparty fails to perform, including as a result of the bankruptcy or insolvency of the counterparty, the Group would incur losses as a result.

The Group may incur a significant impairment charge in connection with a decline in the market value of its investment securities portfolio.

A substantial part of the Group’s earnings come from the Treasury business segment, which encompasses the investment securities portfolio. The determination of fair value for investment securities involves significant judgment due to the complexity of factors contributing to the valuation, many of which are not readily observable in the market. In addition, the Group utilizes and reviews information obtained from third-party sources to measure fair values. Third-party sources also use assumptions, judgments and estimates in determining securities values, and different third parties may provide different prices for securities. Moreover, depending upon, among other things, the measurement date of the security, the subsequent sale price of the security may be different from its recorded fair value. These differences may be significant, especially if the security is sold during a period of illiquidity or market disruption.

When the fair value of a security declines, management must assess whether the decline is “other-than-temporary.” When the decline in fair value is deemed “other-than-temporary,” the amortized cost basis of the investment security is reduced to its then current fair value. The term “other-than-temporary impairment” is not intended to indicate that the decline is permanent, but indicates that the prospects for a near-term recovery of value is not necessarily favorable, or that there is a lack of evidence to support a realizable value equal to or greater than the carrying value of the investment. Any portion of a decline in value associated with credit loss is recognized in income with the remaining noncredit-related component being recognized in other comprehensive income. A credit loss is determined by assessing whether the amortized cost basis of the security will be recovered, by comparing the present value of cash flows expected to be collected from the security, computed using original yield as the discount rate, to the amortized cost basis of the security. The shortfall of the present value of the cash flows expected to be collected in relation to the amortized cost basis is considered to be the “credit loss.” Such impairment charges reflect non-cash losses at the time of recognition. Subsequent disposition or sale of such assets could further affect the Group’s future results of operations, as they are based on the difference between the sale prices received and adjusted amortized cost of such assets at the time of sale. The review of whether a decline in fair value is other-than-temporary considers numerous factors and many of these factors involve significant judgment.

Market conditions and actions by governmental authorities may upset the historical relationship between interest rate changes and prepayment trends, which would make it more difficult for the Group to analyze its investment portfolio.

The Group’s success depends in part on its ability to analyze the relationship of changing interest rates on prepayments of the mortgage loans that underlie its mortgage-backed securities (“MBS”) portfolio. Changes in interest rates and prepayments affect the market price of MBS that the Group may purchase and any MBS that it may hold at a given time. As part of its overall portfolio risk management, the Group analyzes interest rate changes and prepayment trends separately and collectively to assess their effects on its investment portfolio. In conducting this analysis, the Group depends on certain assumptions based upon historical trends with respect to the relationship between interest rates and prepayments under normal market conditions. The Homeowner Affordability and Stability Plan announced by the U.S. Treasury in February 2009, the “Operation Twist” program announced by the Federal Reserve Board on September 21, 2011 and the expansion of HARP announced by FHFA, Freddie Mac and Fannie Mae on October 24, 2011 could cause an increase in prepayment rates. On February 1, 2012, President Obama proposed legislation to expand HARP in order to allow a greater number of homeowners to refinance their mortgages at historically low interest rates. If the dislocations in the

 

22


residential mortgage market, recent or future government actions, or other developments change the way that prepayment trends have historically responded to interest rate changes, the Group’s ability to (i) assess the market value of its investment portfolio, (ii) implement its hedging strategies, and (iii) adopt techniques to reduce its prepayment rate volatility would be significantly affected. This could adversely affect the Group’s financial position and results of operations.

The Group’s risk management policies, procedures and systems may be inadequate to mitigate all risks inherent in the Group’s various businesses.

A comprehensive risk management function is essential to the financial and operational success of the Group’s business. The types of risk the Group monitors and seeks to manage include, but are not limited to, operational risk, market risk, fiduciary risk, legal and compliance risk, liquidity risk and credit risk. The Group has adopted various policies, procedures and systems to monitor and manage risk. There can be no assurance that those policies, procedures and systems are adequate to identify and mitigate all risks inherent in the Group’s various businesses. In addition, the Group’s businesses and the markets in which the Group operates are continuously evolving. If the Group fails to fully understand the implications of changes in the Group’s business or the financial markets and to adequately or timely enhance the risk framework to address those changes, the Group could incur losses.

A prolonged economic downturn or recession or a continuing decline in the real estate market would likely result in an increase in delinquencies, defaults and foreclosures and in a reduction in loan origination activity which would adversely affect the Group’s financial results.

The residential mortgage loan origination business has historically been cyclical, enjoying periods of strong growth and profitability followed by periods of lower volumes and industry-wide losses. The market for residential mortgage loan originations is currently in decline, and this trend could also reduce the level of mortgage loans that the Group may originate in the future and may adversely impact its business. During periods of rising interest rates, refinancing originations for many mortgage products tend to decrease as the economic incentives for borrowers to refinance their existing mortgage loans are reduced. In addition, the residential mortgage loan origination business is impacted by home values. A significant trend of decreasing values in certain housing segments in Puerto Rico has also been noted. There is a risk that a reduction in housing values could negatively impact the Group’s loss levels on the mortgage portfolio because the value of the homes underlying the loans is a primary source of repayment in the event of foreclosure.

Any sustained period of increased delinquencies, foreclosures or losses could harm the Group’s ability to sell loans, the price received on the sale of such loans, and the value of the mortgage loan portfolio, all of which could have a negative impact on the Group’s results of operations and financial condition. In addition, any material decline in real estate values would weaken the Group’s collateral loan-to-value ratios and increase the possibility of loss if a borrower defaults.

A continuing decline in the real estate market in the U.S. mainland and ongoing disruptions in the capital markets may harm the Group’s investment securities and wholesale funding portfolios.

The housing market in the U.S. is undergoing a correction of historic proportions. After a period of several years of booming housing markets, fueled by liberal credit conditions and rapidly rising property values, the sector has been in the midst of a substantial correction since early 2007. The general level of property values in the U.S., as measured by several indices widely followed by the market, has declined. These declines are the result of ongoing market adjustments that are aligning property values with income levels and home inventories. The supply of homes in the market has increased substantially, and additional property value decreases may be required to clear the overhang of excess inventory in the U.S. market.

 

23


The Group’s business could be adversely affected if the Group cannot maintain access to stable funding sources.

The Group’s business requires continuous access to various funding sources. While the Group is able to fund its operations through deposits as well as through advances from the Federal Home Loan Bank of New York and other alternative sources, the Group’s business is significantly dependent upon other wholesale funding sources, such as repurchase agreements and brokered deposits. While most of the Group’s repurchase agreements have been structured with initial terms to maturity of between three and ten years, most of the counterparties have the right to exercise put options before the contractual maturities.

Brokered deposits are typically sold through an intermediary to small retail investors. The Group’s ability to continue to attract brokered deposits is subject to variability based upon a number of factors, including volume and volatility in the global securities markets, the Group’s credit rating and the relative interest rates that the Group is prepared to pay for these liabilities. Brokered deposits are generally considered a less stable source of funding than core deposits obtained through retail bank branches. Investors in brokered deposits are generally more sensitive to interest rates and will generally move funds from one depository institution to another based on small differences in interest rates offered on deposits.

Although the Group expects to have continued access to credit from the foregoing sources of funds, there can be no assurance that such financing sources will continue to be available or will be available on favorable terms. In a period of financial disruption, or if negative developments occur with respect to the Group, the availability and cost of funding sources could be adversely affected. In that event, the Group’s cost of funds may increase, thereby reducing the net interest income, or the Group may need to dispose of a portion of the investment portfolio, which, depending upon market conditions, could result in realizing a loss or experiencing other adverse accounting consequences upon the dispositions. The Group’s efforts to monitor and manage liquidity risk may not be successful to deal with dramatic or unanticipated changes in the global securities markets or other reductions in liquidity driven by the Group or market related events. In the event that such sources of funds are reduced or eliminated and the Group is not able to replace them on a cost-effective basis, the Group may be forced to curtail or cease its loan origination business and treasury activities, which would have a material adverse effect on operations and financial condition.

The Group’s decisions regarding credit risk and the allowance for loan and lease losses may materially and adversely affect the Group’s business and results of operations.

Making loans is an essential element of the Group’s business, and there is a risk that the loans will not be repaid. This default risk is affected by a number of factors, including:

 

 

the duration of the loan;

 

 

credit risks of a particular borrower;

 

 

changes in economic or industry conditions; and

 

 

in the case of a collateralized loan, risks resulting from uncertainties about the future value of the collateral.

The Group strives to maintain an appropriate allowance for loan and lease losses to provide for probable losses inherent in the loan portfolio. The Group periodically determines the amount of the allowance based on consideration of several factors such as default frequency, internal risk ratings, expected future cash collections, loss recovery rates and general economic factors, among others, as are the size and diversity of individual credits. The Group’s methodology for measuring the adequacy of the allowance relies on several key elements which include a specific allowance for identified problem loans, a general systematic allowance, and an unallocated allowance.

Although the Group believes that its allowance for loan and lease losses is currently sufficient given the constant monitoring of the risk inherent in the loan portfolio, there is no precise method of predicting loan losses and

 

24


therefore the Group always faces the risk that charge-offs in future periods will exceed the allowance for loan and lease losses and that additional increases in the allowance for loan and lease losses will be required. In addition, the FDIC as well as the OCFI may require the Group to establish additional reserves. Additions to the allowance for loan and lease losses would result in a decrease of net earnings and capital and could hinder the Group’s ability to pay dividends.

The Group is subject to default and other risks in connection with mortgage loan originations.

From the time that the Group funds the mortgage loans originated to the time that they are sold, the Group is generally at risk for any mortgage loan defaults. Once the Group sells the mortgage loans, the risk of loss from mortgage loan defaults and foreclosures passes to the purchaser or insurer of the mortgage loans. However, in the ordinary course of business, the Group makes representations and warranties to the purchasers and insurers of mortgage loans relating to the validity of such loans. If there is a breach of any of these representations or warranties, the Group may be required to repurchase the mortgage loan and bear any subsequent loss on the mortgage loan. In addition, the Group incurs higher liquidity risk with respect to the non-conforming mortgage loans originated by the Group, because of the lack of a favorable secondary market in which to sell them.

Competition with other financial institutions could adversely affect the Group’s profitability.

The Group faces substantial competition in originating loans and in attracting deposits and assets to manage. The competition in originating loans and attracting assets comes principally from other U.S., Puerto Rico and foreign banks, investment advisors, broker-dealers, mortgage banking companies, consumer finance companies, credit unions, insurance companies, and other institutional lenders and purchasers of loans. The Group will encounter greater competition as it expands its operations. Increased competition may require the Group to increase the rates paid on deposits or lower the rates charged on loans which could adversely affect the Group’s profitability.

The Group may fail to realize the anticipated benefits of the FDIC-assisted acquisition.

The success of the FDIC-assisted acquisition will depend on, among other things, the Group’s ability to realize anticipated cost benefits in a manner that permits growth opportunities and does not materially disrupt the Group’s existing customer relationships or result in decreased revenues resulting from any loss of customers. If the Group is not able to successfully achieve these objectives, the anticipated benefits of the acquisition may not be realized fully or at all or may take longer to realize than expected. Additionally, the Group made fair value estimates of certain assets and liabilities in recording the acquisition. Actual values of these assets and liabilities could differ from the Group’s estimates, which could result in not achieving the anticipated benefits of the acquisition.

The Group cannot assure that the FDIC-assisted acquisition will have positive results, including results relating to: correctly assessing the asset quality of the assets acquired; management attention and resources; the amount of longer-term cost savings; being able to profitably deploy funds acquired in the transaction; or the overall performance of the combined business. The Group’s future growth and profitability depend, in part, on the ability to successfully manage the combined operations.

Given the continued economic recession in Puerto Rico, notwithstanding the shared-loss agreements with the FDIC with respect to certain Eurobank assets that the Group acquired, the Group may continue to experience increased credit costs or need to take additional markdowns and make additional provisions to the allowance for loan and lease losses on the assets and loans acquired that could adversely affect the Group’s financial condition and results of operations in the future. There is no assurance that other unanticipated costs or losses will not be incurred.

To the extent credit deterioration occurs in covered loans after the date of acquisition, the Group would record an allowance for loan and lease losses. Also, the Group would record an increase in the FDIC loss-share

 

25


indemnification asset for the expected reimbursement from the FDIC under the shared-loss agreements. For the year ended December 31, 2011, there have been deviations between actual and expected cash flows in several pools of loans acquired under the FDIC-assisted acquisition. The Group continues to evaluate these deviations to assess whether there has been additional deterioration since the acquisition on specific pools. For more information, please refer to the accompanying consolidated financial statements.

Loans that the Group acquired in the FDIC-assisted acquisition may not be covered by the shared-loss agreements if the FDIC determines that the Group has not adequately performed under these agreements or if the shared-loss agreements have ended.

Although the FDIC has agreed to reimburse the Group for 80% of qualifying losses on covered loans, the Group is not protected for all losses resulting from charge-offs with respect to such loans. Also, the FDIC has the right to refuse or delay payment for loan and lease losses if the shared-loss agreements are not performed by the Group in accordance with their terms. Additionally, the shared-loss agreements have limited terms. Therefore, any charge-offs that the Group experiences after the terms of the shared-loss agreements have ended would not be recoverable from the FDIC.

Certain provisions of the shared-loss agreements entered into with the FDIC may have anti-takeover effects and could limit the Group’s ability to engage in certain strategic transactions that the Group’s Board of Directors believes would be in the best interests of shareholders.

The FDIC’s agreement to bear 80% of qualifying losses on single family residential loans for ten years and commercial loans for five years is a significant asset of the Group and a feature of the FDIC-assisted acquisition without which the Group would not have entered into the transaction. The Group’s agreement with the FDIC requires that the Group receive prior FDIC consent, which may be withheld by the FDIC in its sole discretion, prior to the Group or the Group’s shareholders engaging in certain transactions. If any such transaction is completed without prior FDIC consent, the FDIC would have the right to discontinue the loss sharing arrangement.

Among other things, prior FDIC consent is required for (a) a merger or consolidation of the Group with or into another company if the Group’s shareholders will own less than 2/3 of the combined company and (b) a sale of shares by one or more of the Group’s shareholders that will effect a change in control of the Bank, as determined by the FDIC with reference to the standards set forth in the Change in Bank Control Act (generally, the acquisition of between 10% and 25% the Group’s voting securities where the presumption of control is not rebutted, or the acquisition of more than 25% the Group’s voting securities). Such a sale by shareholders may occur beyond the Group’s control. If the Group or any shareholder desires to enter into any such transaction, there can be no assurances that the FDIC would grant its consent in a timely manner, without conditions, or at all. If one of these transactions were to occur without prior FDIC consent and the FDIC withdrew its loss share protection, there could be a material adverse impact on the Group.

Loans that the Group acquired in the FDIC-assisted acquisition may be subject to impairment.

Although the loan portfolios acquired by the Group were initially accounted for at fair value, there is no assurance that such loans will not become impaired, which may result in additional provision for loan and lease losses related to these portfolios. The fluctuations in economic conditions, including those related to the Puerto Rico residential, commercial real estate, and construction markets, may increase the level of provision for credit losses that the Group makes to its loan portfolio and portfolios acquired in the FDIC-assisted acquisition, and consequently, reduce its net income. These fluctuations are not predictable, cannot be controlled, and may have a material adverse impact on the Group’s operations and financial condition even if other favorable events occur.

 

26


The Group operates in a highly regulated environment and may be adversely affected by changes in federal and local laws and regulations.

The Group’s operations are subject to extensive regulation by federal, state and local governmental authorities and are subject to various laws and judicial and administrative decisions imposing requirements and restrictions on part or all of the Group’s operations. Because the Group’s business is highly regulated, the laws, rules and regulations applicable to the Group are subject to regular modification and change. For example, the Dodd-Frank Act has a broad impact on the wealth management industry, including significant regulatory and compliance changes, such as: (1) enhanced resolution authority of troubled and failing banks and their holding companies; (2) enhanced lending limits strengthening the existing limits on a depository institution’s credit exposure to one borrower; (3) increased capital and liquidity requirements; (4) increased regulatory examination fees; (5) changes to assessments to be paid to the FDIC for federal deposit insurance; (6) prohibiting bank holding companies, such as the Group, from including in regulatory Tier 1 capital future issuances of trust preferred securities or other hybrid debt and equity securities; and (7) numerous other provisions designed to improve supervision and oversight of, the financial services industry. Additionally, the Dodd-Frank Act established a new framework for systemic risk oversight within the financial system to be distributed among new and existing federal regulatory agencies, including the Financial Stability Oversight Council, the Federal Reserve Board, the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency, and the FDIC. It also creates a new consumer financial services regulator, the Bureau of Consumer Financial Protection, which assumed most of the consumer financial services regulatory responsibilities that were exercised by federal banking regulators and other agencies. Further, the Dodd-Frank Act addresses many corporate governance and executive compensation matters that affect most U.S. publicly traded companies, including the Group.

Given that many of the provisions of the Dodd-Frank Act are being implemented over time and are subject to implementing regulations, the full extent of the impact that such requirements will have on the Group’s operations is unclear. The changes resulting from the Dodd-Frank Act may impact the profitability of the Group’s business activities, require changes to certain of the Group’s business practices, impose upon the Group more stringent capital, liquidity and leverage ratio requirements or otherwise adversely affect the Group’s business. In particular, the potential impact of the Dodd-Frank Act on the Group’s operations and activities, both currently and prospectively, include, among others:

 

 

a reduction in the Group’s ability to generate or originate revenue-producing assets as a result of compliance with heightened capital standards;

 

 

increased cost of operations due to greater regulatory oversight, supervision and examination of banks and bank holding companies, and higher deposit insurance premiums;

 

 

the limitation on the Group’s ability to raise capital through the use of trust preferred securities as these securities may no longer be included as Tier I capital going forward; and

 

 

the limitation on the Group’s ability to expand consumer product and service offerings due to anticipated stricter consumer protection laws and regulations.

Further, the Group may be required to invest significant management attention and resources to evaluate and make necessary changes in order to comply with new statutory and regulatory requirements. Failure to comply with the new requirements may negatively impact the Group’s results of operations and financial condition. While the Group cannot predict what effect any presently contemplated or future changes in the laws or regulations or their interpretations would have on the Group, these changes could be materially adverse to the Group’s investors.

 

27


Legislative and other measures that may be taken by Puerto Rico governmental authorities could materially increase the Group’s tax burden or otherwise adversely affect the Group’s financial condition, results of operations or cash flows.

The Group operates an international banking entity pursuant to the International Banking Center Regulatory Act of Puerto Rico that provides the Group with significant tax advantages. The international banking entity has the benefits of exemptions from Puerto Rico income taxes on interest earned on, or gain realized from the sale of, non-Puerto Rico assets, including U.S. government obligations and certain mortgage-backed securities. This exemption has allowed the Group to have effective tax rates significantly below the maximum statutory tax rates. In the past, the legislature of Puerto Rico has considered proposals to curb the tax benefits afforded to international banking entities. In the event legislation passed in Puerto Rico to eliminate or modify the tax exemption enjoyed by international banking entities, the consequences could have a materially adverse impact on the Group, including increasing the tax burden or otherwise adversely affecting the Group’s financial condition, results of operations or cash flows.

Changes in accounting standards issued by the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) or other standard-setting bodies may adversely affect the Group’s financial statements.

The Group’s financial statements are subject to the application of accounting principles generally accepted in the United States (“GAAP”), which are periodically revised and/or expanded. Accordingly, from time to time the Group is required to adopt new or revised accounting standards issued by FASB. Market conditions have prompted accounting standard setters to promulgate new guidance which further interprets or seeks to revise accounting pronouncements related to financial instruments, structures or transactions as well as to issue new standards expanding disclosures. The impact of accounting developments that have been issued but not yet implemented is disclosed in the Group’s annual reports on Form 10-K and quarterly reports on Form 10-Q. An assessment of proposed standards is not provided as such proposals are subject to change through the exposure process and, therefore, the effects on the Group’s financial statements cannot be meaningfully assessed. It is possible that future accounting standards that the Group is required to adopt could change the current accounting treatment that it applies to the consolidated financial statements and that such changes could have a material effect on the Group’s financial condition and results of operations.

Competition in attracting talented people could adversely affect the Group’s operations.

The Group depends on its ability to attract and retain key personnel and the Group relies heavily on its management team. The inability to recruit and retain key personnel or the unexpected loss of key managers may adversely affect the operations. The Group’s success to date has been influenced strongly by the ability to attract and retain senior management experienced in banking and wealth management. Retention of senior managers and appropriate succession planning will continue to be critical to the successful implementation of the Group’s strategies.

ITEM 1B.    UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS

None.

ITEM 2.    PROPERTIES

The Group leases its main offices located at 997 San Roberto Street, Oriental Center, Professional Offices Park, San Juan, Puerto Rico. The executive office, treasury, trust division, brokerage, investment banking, commercial banking, leasing, insurance services, and back-office support departments are maintained at such location.

The Bank owns seven branch premises and leases twenty three branch commercial offices throughout Puerto Rico. The Bank’s management believes that each of its facilities is well maintained and suitable for its purpose and can readily obtain appropriate additional space as may be required at competitive rates by extending expiring leases or finding alternative space.

 

28


At December 31, 2011, the aggregate future rental commitments under the terms of the leases, exclusive of taxes, insurance and maintenance expenses payable by the Group was $39.1 million.

The Group’s investment in premises and equipment, exclusive of leasehold improvements at December 31, 2011, was $37.9 million.

ITEM 3.    LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

The Group and its subsidiaries are defendants in a number of legal proceedings incidental to their business. The Group is vigorously contesting such claims. Based upon a review by legal counsel and the development of these matters to date, management is of the opinion that the ultimate aggregate liability, if any, resulting from these claims will not have a material adverse effect on the Group’s financial condition or results of operations.

PART II

 

ITEM 5. MARKET FOR REGISTRANT’S COMMON EQUITY, RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS AND ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES

The Group’s common stock is traded on the New York Stock Exchange (“NYSE”) under the symbol “OFG”. Information concerning the range of high and low sales prices for the Group’s common stock for each quarter in the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010, as well as cash dividends declared for such periods are set forth under the “Stockholders’ Equity” caption in the Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations (“MD&A”).

Information concerning legal or regulatory restrictions on the payment of dividends by the Group and the Bank is contained under the caption “Dividend Restrictions” in Item 1 of this report.

As of December 31, 2011, the Group had approximately 4,400 holders of record of its common stock, including all directors and officers of the Group, and beneficial owners whose shares are held in “street” name by securities broker-dealers or other nominees.

Purchases of Equity Securities by the Issuer and Affiliated Purchasers

On February 3, 2011, the Group announced that its Board of Directors had approved a stock repurchase program pursuant to which the Group was authorized to purchase in the open market up to $30 million of its outstanding shares of common stock. On June 29, 2011, the Group announced the completion of this $30 million stock repurchase program and the approval by the Board of Directors of a new program to purchase an additional $70 million of common stock in the open market.

Any shares of common stock repurchased are held by the Group as treasury shares. The Group records treasury stock purchases under the cost method whereby the entire cost of the acquired stock is recorded as treasury stock. Under the $30 million program, initiated in February 2011, the Group purchased a total of 2,406,303 shares at an average price of $12.10 per share. As of December 31, 2011, the Group had purchased approximately 2,783,000 shares under the $70 million program for a total of $29.4 million, at an average price of $10.57 per share.

 

29


The following table presents the shares repurchased for each quarter in the year ended December 31, 2011:

 

Period

   Total number of
shares purchased
as part of stock
repurchase
programs
     Average price paid
per share
     Dollar amount of
shares
repurchased
(excluding
commissions paid)
 
     (In thousands, except shares and per share data)  

January 2011

           $       $   

February 2011

     356,354         12.11         4,317   

March 2011

     671,225         12.14         8,149   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Quarter ended March 31, 2011

     1,027,579         12.13         12,466   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

April 2011

     104,392         12.48         1,303   

May 2011

     134,100         11.56         1,550   

June 2011

     1,140,232         12.10         13,802   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Quarter ended June 30, 2011

     1,378,724         12.08         16,655   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

July 2011

                       

August 2011

                       

September 2011

                       
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Quarter ended September 30, 2011

                       
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

October 2011

     934,313         10.25         9,579   

November 2011

     1,087,650         10.41         11,318   

December 2011

     760,835         11.21         8,530   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Quarter ended December 31, 2011

     2,782,798         10.57         29,427   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31, 2011

     5,189,101       $ 11.28       $ 58,548   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

The number of shares that may yet be purchased under the new $70 million program is estimated at 3,350,368, and was calculated by dividing the remaining balance of $40.6 million by $12.11 (closing price of the Group’s common stock at December 31, 2011). The Group did not purchase any shares of its common stock other than through its publicly announced stock repurchase program during the year ended December 31, 2011.

 

30


Stock Performance Graph

The graph below compares the percentage change in the Group’s cumulative total stockholder return during the measurement period with the cumulative total return, assuming reinvestment of dividends, of the Russell 2000 Index and the SNL Bank Index.

The cumulative total stockholder return was obtained by dividing (i) the cumulative amount of dividends per share, assuming dividend reinvestment since the measurement point, December 31, 2006, plus (ii) the change in the per share price since the measurement date, by the share price at the measurement date.

Comparison of 5 Year Cumulative Total Return

Assumes Initial Investment of $100

 

LOGO

 

      Period Ending  
  Index    12/31/06      12/31/07      12/31/08      12/31/09      12/31/10      12/31/11  

  Oriental Financial Group Inc.

     100.00         108.47         51.24         93.26         109.27         107.93   

  Russell 2000

     100.00         98.43         65.18         82.89         105.14         100.75   

  SNL Bank

     100.00         77.71         44.34         43.88         49.17         38.08   

 

31


ITEM 6. SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA

The following selected financial data should be read in conjunction with “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” under Item 7 and “Financial Statements and Supplementary Data” under Item 8 of this report.

ORIENTAL FINANCIAL GROUP INC.

SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA

YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2011, 2010, 2009, 2008 AND 2007

 

    December 31,  
    2011     2010     2009     2008     2007  
    (In thousands, except per share data)  

EARNINGS DATA:

 

Interest income

  $ 297,028      $ 303,801      $ 319,480      $ 339,039      $ 289,364   

Interest expense

    156,586        168,669        188,722        227,728        215,634   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net interest income

    140,442        135,132        130,758        111,311        73,730   

Provision for non-covered loan and lease losses

    15,200        15,914        15,650        8,860        6,550   

Provision for (recapture of) covered loan and lease losses, net

    (1,387     6,282                        
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total provision for loan and lease losses, net

    13,813        22,196        15,650        8,860        6,550   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net interest income after provision for loan and lease losses

    126,629        112,936        115,108        102,451        67,180   

Non-interest income (loss)

    30,989        5,198        (1,813     (12,242     42,502   

Non-interest expenses

    122,302        112,598        83,378        72,742        66,859   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income before taxes

    35,316        5,536        29,917        17,467        42,823   

Income tax expense (benefit)

    866        (4,298     6,972        (9,323     1,558   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income

    34,450        9,834        22,945        26,790        41,265   

Dividends on preferred stock

    (4,802     (5,335     (4,802     (4,802     (4,802

Deemed dividend on preferred stock beneficial conversion feature

           (22,711                     
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income available (loss) to common shareholders

  $ 29,648      $ (18,212   $ 18,143      $ 21,988      $ 36,463   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

PER SHARE DATA:

         

Basic

  $ 0.67      $ (0.50   $ 0.75      $ 0.91      $ 1.50   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Diluted

  $ 0.67      $ (0.50   $ 0.75      $ 0.90      $ 1.50   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Average common shares outstanding and equivalents

    44,524        36,810        24,306        24,327        24,367   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Book value per common share

  $ 15.22      $ 14.33      $ 10.82      $ 7.96      $ 12.08   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Tangible book value per common share

  $ 15.12      $ 14.25      $ 10.73      $ 7.87      $ 12.00   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Market price at end of period

  $ 12.11      $ 12.49      $ 10.80      $ 6.05      $ 13.41   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash dividends declared per common share

  $ 0.21      $ 0.17      $ 0.16      $ 0.56      $ 0.56   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash dividends declared on common shares

  $ 9,153      $ 6,820      $ 3,888      $ 13,608      $ 13,611   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

PERFORMANCE RATIOS:

         

Return on average assets (ROA)

    0.48     0.14     0.35     0.43     0.76
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Return on average common equity (ROE)

    4.50     –3.63     7.16     9.51     13.52
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Equity-to-assets ratio

    10.39     10.02     5.04     4.21     5.99
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Efficiency ratio

    66.22     64.54     51.74     52.65     65.93
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Expense ratio

    1.21     1.14     0.87     0.77     0.77
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Interest rate spread

    2.12     2.17     2.00     1.62     1.27
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Interest rate margin

    2.17     2.11     2.14     1.86     1.44
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

32


    December 31,  
    2011     2010     2009     2008     2007  
    (In thousands, except per share data)  

PERIOD END BALANCES AND CAPITAL RATIOS:

 

Investments and loans

         

Investments securities

  $ 3,867,970      $ 4,413,957      $ 4,974,269      $ 3,945,626      $ 4,585,610   

Loans and leases not covered under shared loss agreements with the FDIC, net

    1,173,677        1,151,868        1,140,069        1,219,112        1,179,566   

Loans and leases covered under shared loss agreements with the FDIC, net

    496,276        620,711                        

Securities sold but not yet delivered

                         834,976          
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
  $ 5,537,923      $ 6,186,536      $ 6,114,338      $ 5,999,714      $ 5,765,176   

Deposits and borrowings

         

Deposits

  $ 2,395,267      $ 2,588,888      $ 1,745,501      $ 1,785,300      $ 1,246,420   

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase

    3,056,238        3,456,781        3,557,308        3,761,121        3,861,411   

Other borrowings

    463,590        466,130        472,888        373,718        395,441   

Securities purchased but not yet received

                  413,359        398        111,431   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
  $ 5,915,095      $ 6,511,799      $ 6,189,056      $ 5,920,537      $ 5,614,703   

Stockholders’ equity

         

Preferred equity

    68,000        68,000        68,000        68,000        68,000   

Common equity

    47,809        47,808        25,739        25,739        25,557   

Additional paid-in capital

    499,096        498,435        213,445        212,625        210,073   

Legal surplus

    50,178        46,331        45,279        43,016        40,573   

Retained earnings

    68,149        51,502        77,584        51,233        45,296   

Treasury stock, at cost

    (74,808     (16,732     (17,142     (17,109     (17,023

Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)

    37,131        36,987        (82,739     (122,187     (13,015
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
  $ 695,555      $ 732,331      $ 330,166      $ 261,317      $ 359,461   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Capital ratios

         

Leverage capital

    9.65     9.50     6.52     6.38     6.69
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Tier 1 risk-based capital

    31.56     31.04     18.79     17.11     18.59
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total risk-based capital

    32.84     32.32     19.84     17.73     19.06
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Financial assets managed

         

Trust assets managed

  $ 2,216,088      $ 2,175,270      $ 1,818,498      $ 1,706,286      $ 1,962,226   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Broker-dealer assets gathered

  $ 1,926,148      $ 1,695,635      $ 1,269,284      $ 1,195,739      $ 1,281,168   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total assets managed

  $ 4,142,236      $ 3,870,905      $ 3,087,782      $ 2,902,025      $ 3,243,394   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

33


The ratios shown below demonstrate the Group’s ability to generate sufficient earnings to pay the fixed charges or expenses of its debt and preferred stock dividends. The Group’s consolidated ratios of earnings to combined fixed charges and preferred stock dividends were computed by dividing earnings by combined fixed charges and preferred stock dividends, as specified below, using two different assumptions, one excluding interest on deposits and the second including interest on deposits:

 

     Year Ended December 31,  

Consolidated Ratios of Earnings to Combined
Fixed Charges and Preferred Stock Dividends:

   2011      2010     2009      2008      2007  

Excluding Interest on Deposits

     1.26x         (A     1.18x         1.07x         1.22x   

Including Interest on Deposits

     1.19x         (A     1.13x         1.05x         1.17x   

 

(A) In 2010, earnings were not sufficient to cover preferred stock dividends, and the ratio was less than 1:1. The Group would have had to generate additional earnings of $22.0 million to achieve a ratio of 1:1 in 2010.

For purposes of computing these consolidated ratios, earnings represent income before income taxes plus fixed charges and amortization of capitalized interest, less interest capitalized. Fixed charges consist of interest expensed and capitalized, amortization of debt issuance costs, and the Group’s estimate of the interest component of rental expense. The term “preferred stock dividends” is the amount of pre-tax earnings that is required to pay dividends on the Group’s outstanding preferred stock. As of the dates presented above, the Group had noncumulative perpetual preferred stock issued and outstanding amounting to $68.0 million, as follows: (i) Series A amounting to $33.5 million or 1,340,000 shares at a $25 liquidation value; and (ii) Series B amounting to $34.5 million or 1,380,000 shares at a $25 liquidation value.

 

ITEM 7. MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS

OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2011

CRITICAL ACCOUNTING POLICIES AND ESTIMATES

Financial Instruments

Certain financial instruments, including derivatives, trading securities and investment securities available-for-sale, are recorded at fair value, and unrealized gains and losses are recorded in other comprehensive income or as part of non-interest income, as appropriate. Fair values are based on listed market prices, if available. If listed market prices are not available, fair value is determined based on other relevant factors, including price quotations for similar instruments or values determined using pricing models. The fair values of certain derivative contracts are derived from pricing models that consider current market and contractual prices for the underlying financial instruments as well as time value and yield curve or volatility factors underlying the positions.

The Group determines the fair value of its financial instruments based on the fair value measurement framework, which establishes a fair value hierarchy that prioritizes the inputs of valuation techniques used to measure fair value. The hierarchy gives the highest priority to unadjusted quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities (level 1 measurements) and the lowest priority to unobservable inputs (level 3 measurements). The three levels of the fair value hierarchy are described below:

 

Level 1

 

  Level 1 asset and liabilities include equity securities that are traded in an active exchange market, as well as certain U.S. Treasury and other U.S. government agency securities that are traded by dealers or brokers in active markets. Valuations are obtained from readily available pricing sources for market transactions involving identical assets or liabilities.

 

34


Level 2

 

  Observable inputs other than Level 1 prices, such as quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities; quoted prices in markets that are not active; or other inputs that are observable or can be corroborated by observable market data for substantially the full term of the assets or liabilities. Level 2 assets and liabilities include (i) mortgage-backed securities for which the fair value is estimated based on valuations obtained from third-party pricing services for identical or comparable assets, (ii) debt securities with quoted prices that are traded less frequently than exchange-traded instruments and (iii) derivative contracts and financial liabilities (e.g. callable brokered CDs and medium-term notes elected for fair value option under the fair value measurement framework), whose value is determined using a pricing model with inputs that are observable in the market or can be derived principally from or corroborated by observable market data.

Level 3

 

  Unobservable inputs that are supported by little or no market activity and that are significant to the fair value of the assets or liabilities. Level 3 assets and liabilities include financial instruments whose value is determined using pricing models, for which the determination of fair value requires significant management judgment or estimation.

Impairment of Investment Securities

The Group conducts periodic reviews to identify and evaluate each investment in an unrealized loss position for other-than-temporary impairments. The Group follows ASC 320-10-65-1, which changed the accounting requirements for other-than-temporary impairments for debt securities, and in certain circumstances, separates the amount of total impairment into credit and noncredit-related amounts. The corresponding review takes into consideration current market conditions, issuer rating changes and trends, the creditworthiness of the obligor of the security, current analysts’ evaluations, failure of the issuer to make scheduled interest or principal payments, the Group’s intent to not sell the security or whether it is more-likely-than-not that the Group will be required to sell the debt security before its anticipated recovery, as well as other qualitative factors. The term “other-than-temporary impairment” is not intended to indicate that the decline is permanent, but indicates that the prospects for a near-term recovery of value is not favorable, or that there is a lack of evidence to support a realizable value equal to or greater than the carrying value of the investment. Any portion of a decline in value associated with credit loss is recognized in income with the remaining noncredit-related component being recognized in other comprehensive income. A credit loss is determined by assessing whether the amortized cost basis of the security will be recovered, by comparing the present value of cash flows expected to be collected from the security, discounted at the rate equal to the yield used to accrete current and prospective beneficial interest for the security. The shortfall of the present value of the cash flows expected to be collected in relation to the amortized cost basis is considered to be the “credit loss.”

The Group’s review for impairment generally entails, but is not limited to:

 

   

the identification and evaluation of investments that have indications of possible other-than-temporary impairment;

 

   

the analysis of individual investments that have fair values less than amortized cost, including consideration of the length of time the investment has been in an unrealized loss position, and the expected recovery period;

 

   

the financial condition of the issuer or issuers;

 

   

the creditworthiness of the obligor of the security;

 

   

actual collateral attributes;

 

   

any rating changes by a rating agency;

 

   

current analysts’ evaluations;

 

35


   

the payment structure of the debt security and the likelihood of the issuer being able to make payments;

 

   

current market conditions;

 

   

adverse conditions specifically related to the security, industry, or a geographic area;

 

   

the Group’s intent to sell the debt security;

 

   

whether it is more-likely-than-not that the Group will be required to sell the debt security before its anticipated recovery;

 

   

and other qualitative factors that could support or not an other-than-temporary impairment.

Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities

The Group’s overall interest rate risk-management strategy incorporates the use of derivative instruments to minimize significant unplanned fluctuations in earnings that are caused by interest rate volatility. The Group’s goal is to manage interest rate sensitivity by modifying the repricing or maturity characteristics of certain balance sheet assets and liabilities so that the net interest margin is not, on a material basis, adversely affected by movements in interest rates. As a result of interest rate fluctuations, hedged fixed-rate assets and liabilities will appreciate or depreciate in market value. Also, for some fixed-rate assets or liabilities, the effect of this variability in earnings is expected to be substantially offset by the Group’s gains and losses on the derivative instruments that are linked to the forecasted cash flows of these hedged assets and liabilities. The Group considers its strategic use of derivatives to be a prudent method of managing interest-rate sensitivity, as it reduces the exposure of earnings and the market value of its equity to undue risk posed by changes in interest rates. The effect of this unrealized appreciation or depreciation is expected to be substantially offset by the Group’s gains or losses on the derivative instruments that are linked to these hedged assets and liabilities. Another result of interest rate fluctuations is that the contractual interest income and interest expense of hedged variable-rate assets and liabilities, respectively, will increase or decrease.

Derivative instruments that are used as part of the Group’s interest rate risk-management strategy include interest rate swaps, forward-settlement swaps, futures contracts, and option contracts that have indices related to the pricing of specific balance sheet assets and liabilities. Interest rate swaps generally involve the exchange of fixed and variable-rate interest payments between two parties, based on a common notional principal amount and maturity date. Interest rate futures generally involve exchange-traded contracts to buy or sell U.S. Treasury bonds and notes in the future at specified prices. Interest rate options represent contracts that allow the holder of the option to (i) receive cash or (ii) purchase, sell, or enter into a financial instrument at a specified price within a specified period. Some purchased option contracts give the Group the right to enter into interest rate swaps and cap and floor agreements with the writer of the option. In addition, the Group enters into certain transactions that contain embedded derivatives. When the embedded derivative possesses economic characteristics that are not clearly and closely related to the economic characteristics of the host contract, it is bifurcated and carried at fair value.

The Group has offered its customers certificates of deposit with an option tied to the performance of the Standard & Poor’s 500 stock market index. The Group purchases options from major financial entities to manage its exposure to changes in this index. Under the terms of the option agreements, the Group receives a certain percentage of the increase, if any, in the initial month-end value of the index over the average of the monthly index observations in a five-year period in exchange for a fixed premium. The changes in fair value of the option agreements used to manage the exposure in the stock market in the certificates of deposit are recorded in earnings. The embedded option in the certificates of deposit is bifurcated, and the changes in the value of that option are also recorded in earnings. When using derivative instruments, the Group exposes itself to credit and market risk. If a counterparty fails to fulfill its performance obligations under a derivative contract due to insolvency or any other event of default, the Group’s credit risk will equal the fair value gain in a derivative plus any cash or securities that may have been delivered to the counterparty as part of the transaction terms.

 

36


Generally, when the fair value of a derivative contract is positive, this indicates that the counterparty owes the Group, thus creating a repayment risk for the Group. This risk is generally mitigated by requesting cash or securities from the counterparty to cover the positive fair value. When the fair value of a derivative contract is negative, the Group owes the counterparty and, therefore, assumes no credit risk other than the cash or value of the collateral delivered as part of the transactions in as far as it exceeds the fair value of the derivative. The Group minimizes the credit (or repayment) risk in derivative instruments by entering into transactions with high-quality counterparties.

The Group’s derivative activities are monitored by its Asset/Liability Management Committee which is also responsible for approving hedging strategies that are developed through its analysis of data derived from financial simulation models and other internal and industry sources. The resulting hedging strategies are then incorporated into the Group’s overall interest rate risk-management and trading strategies.

The Group uses forward-settlement swaps to hedge the variability of future interest cash flows of forecasted wholesale borrowings, attributable to changes in LIBOR. Once the forecasted wholesale borrowing transactions occur, the interest rate swap will effectively lock-in the Group’s interest rate payments on an amount of forecasted interest expense attributable to the one-month LIBOR corresponding to the swap notional amount. By employing this strategy, the Group minimizes its exposure to volatility in LIBOR.

As part of this new hedging strategy that started in the first quarter of 2011, the Group formally documents all relationships between hedging instruments and hedged items, as well as its risk-management objective and strategy for undertaking various hedge transactions. This process includes linking all derivatives that are designated as cash flow hedges to (1) specific assets and liabilities on the balance sheet or (2) specific firm commitments or forecasted transactions. The Group also formally assesses (both at the hedge’s inception and on an ongoing basis) whether the derivatives that are used in hedging transactions have been highly effective in offsetting changes in the fair value or cash flows of hedged items and whether those derivatives may be expected to remain highly effective in future periods. The changes in fair value of the forward-settlement swaps are recorded in accumulated other comprehensive income to the extent there is no significant ineffectiveness.

The Group discontinues hedge accounting prospectively when (1) it determines that the derivative is no longer effective in offsetting changes in the cash flows of a hedged item (including hedged items such as firm commitments or forecasted transactions); (2) the derivative expires or is sold, terminated, or exercised; (3) it is no longer probable that the forecasted transaction will occur; (4) a hedged firm commitment no longer meets the definition of a firm commitment; or (5) management determines that designating the derivative as a hedging instrument is no longer appropriate or desired.

Loans and Allowance for Loan and Lease Losses

Because of the loss protection provided by the FDIC, the risks of the loans acquired in the FDIC-assisted acquisition of Eurobank that are covered by a shared loss agreement with the FDIC are significantly different from those loans not covered under the FDIC shared-loss agreements. Accordingly, the Group presents loans subject to the shared-loss agreements as “covered loans” and loans that are not subject to the FDIC shared-loss agreements as “non-covered loans”. Non-covered loans also include credit cards balances acquired in the FDIC-assisted acquisition.

Non-Covered Loans

Non-covered loans that management has the intent and ability to hold for the foreseeable future or until maturity or pay-off are reported at their outstanding unpaid principal balances adjusted for charge-offs, the allowance for non-covered loan and lease losses, unamortized discount related to mortgage servicing rights sold and any deferred fees or costs on originated loans. Interest income is accrued on the unpaid principal balance. Loan origination fees and costs, and premiums and discounts on loans purchased, are deferred and amortized over the

 

37


estimated life of the loans as an adjustment of their yield through interest income using the interest method. When a loan is paid off or sold, any unamortized deferred fee (cost) is credited (charged) to income.

Credit card balances acquired as part of the FDIC-assisted acquisition are accounted for under the guidance of ASC 310-20, which requires that any differences between the contractually required loan payments in excess of the Group’s initial investment in the loans be accreted into interest income on a level-yield basis over the life of the loan. Loans accounted for under ASC 310-20 are placed on non-accrual status when past due in accordance with the Group’s non-accruing policy and any accretion of discount is discontinued. These assets were written down to their estimated fair value on their acquisition date, incorporating an estimate of future expected cash flows. To the extent actual or projected cash flows are less than originally estimated, additional provisions for loan and lease losses are recognized.

Interest recognition is discontinued when loans are 90 days or more in arrears on principal and/or interest based on contractual terms. Loans for which the recognition of interest income has been discontinued are designated as non-accruing. Collections are accounted for on the cash method thereafter, until qualifying to return to accrual status. Such loans are not reinstated to accrual status until interest is received on a current basis and other factors indicative of doubtful collection cease to exist.

The Group follows a systematic methodology to establish and evaluate the adequacy of the allowance for loan and lease losses to provide for inherent losses in the non-covered loan portfolio. This methodology includes the consideration of factors such as economic conditions, portfolio risk characteristics, prior loss experience, and results of periodic credit reviews of individual loans. The provision for loan and lease losses charged to current operations is based on such methodology. Loan and lease losses are charged and recoveries are credited to the allowance for loan and lease losses on non-covered loans.

Larger commercial loans that exhibit potential or observed credit weaknesses are subject to individual review and grading. Where appropriate, allowances are allocated to individual loans based on management’s estimate of the borrower’s ability to repay the loan given the availability of collateral, other sources of cash flow, and legal options available to the Group.

Included in the review of individual loans are those that are impaired. A loan is considered impaired when, based on current information and events, it is probable that the Group will be unable to collect the scheduled payments of principal or interest when due according to the contractual terms of the loan agreement. Impaired loans are measured based on the present value of expected future cash flows discounted at the loan’s effective interest rate, or as a practical expedient, at the observable market price of the loan or the fair value of the collateral, if the loan is collateral dependent. Loans are individually evaluated for impairment, except large groups of small balance homogeneous loans that are collectively evaluated for impairment, and loans that are recorded at fair value or at the lower of cost or fair value. The Group measures for impairment all commercial loans over $250 thousand that are either over 90 days past due or adversely classified, or when deemed necessary by management. The portfolios of mortgage, leases and consumer loans are considered homogeneous, and are evaluated collectively for impairment.

The Group, using a rating system, applies an overall allowance percentage to each non-covered loan portfolio segment based on historical credit losses adjusted for current conditions and trends. The historical loss experience is determined by portfolio segment and is based on the actual loss history experienced by the Group over the most recent 12 months. The actual loss experience is supplemented with other economic factors based on the risks present for each portfolio segment. These economic factors include consideration of the following: the credit grading assigned to commercial loans, levels of and trends in delinquencies and impaired loans; levels of and trends in charge-offs and recoveries; trends in volume and terms of loans; effects of any changes in risk selection and underwriting standards; other changes in lending policies, procedures, and practices; experience, ability, and depth of lending management and other relevant staff; local economic trends and conditions; industry

 

38


conditions; and effects of changes in credit concentrations. The following portfolio segments have been identified: mortgage loans; commercial loans; consumer loans; and leasing.

Mortgage Loans: These loans are further divided into four classes: traditional mortgages, non-traditional mortgages, loans in loan modification programs and home equity loans. Traditional mortgage loans include loans secured by dwelling, fixed coupons and regular amortization schedules. Non-traditional mortgages include loans with interest-first amortization schedules and loans with balloon considerations as part of their terms. Mortgages in loan modification programs are loans that are being serviced under such programs. Home equity loans are mainly equity lines of credit. The allowance factor on these loans is impacted by the historical loss factors on the sub-segments, the environmental risk factors described above and by delinquency buckets.

Commercial loans: In 2011, these loans were further divided into two classes: commercial loans secured by existing commercial real estate properties and other commercial loans. The allowance factor assigned to these loans is impacted by historical loss factors, by the environmental risk factors described above and by the credit risk ratings assigned to the loans. These credit risk ratings are based on relevant information about the ability of borrowers to service their debt such as: economic conditions, portfolio risk characteristics, prior loss experience, and results of periodic credit reviews of individual loans.

Consumer loans: These consist of smaller retail loans such as retail credit cards, overdrafts, unsecured personal lines of credit, and personal unsecured loans. The allowance factor on these loans is impacted by the historical loss factors on the segment, the environmental risk factors described above and by delinquency buckets.

Leasing: This segment consists of personal loans guaranteed by vehicles in the form of lease financing. The allowance factor on these loans is impacted by the historical losses on the segment, the environmental risk factors described above and by delinquency buckets. Loan loss ratios and credit risk categories are updated at least quarterly and are applied in the context of GAAP as prescribed by ASC and the importance of depository institutions having prudent, conservative, but not excessive loan allowances that fall within an acceptable range of estimated losses. While management uses current available information in estimating possible loan and lease losses, factors beyond the Group’s control, such as those affecting general economic conditions, may require future changes to the allowance.

Covered Loans

Covered loans acquired in the FDIC-assisted acquisition are accounted under the provisions of ASC 310-30, “Loans and Debt Securities Acquired with Deteriorated Credit Quality,” which is applicable when (a) the Group acquires loans deemed to be impaired when there is evidence of credit deterioration and it is probable, at the date of acquisition, that the Group would be unable to collect all contractually required payments and (b) as a general policy election for non-impaired loans that the Group acquired with some discount attributable to credit.

The acquired covered loans were recorded at their estimated fair value at the time of acquisition. Fair value of acquired loans is determined using a discounted cash flow model based on assumptions about the amount and timing of principal and interest payments, estimated prepayments, estimated default rates, estimated loss severity in the event of defaults, and current market rates. Estimated credit losses are included in the determination of fair value; therefore, an allowance for loan and lease losses is not recorded on the acquisition date.

In accordance with ASC 310-30 and in estimating the fair value of covered loans at the acquisition date, the Group (a) calculated the contractual amount and timing of undiscounted principal and interest payments (the “undiscounted contractual cash flows”) and (b) estimated the amount and timing of undiscounted expected principal and interest payments (the “undiscounted expected cash flows”).

 

39


The difference between the undiscounted contractual cash flows and the undiscounted expected cash flows is the non-accretable discount. The non-accretable discount represents an estimate of the loss exposure in the covered loan portfolio, and such amount is subject to change over time based on the performance of the covered loans. The carrying value of covered loans is reduced by payments received and increased by the portion of the accretable yield recognized as interest income.

The excess of undiscounted expected cash flows at acquisition over the initial fair value of acquired loans is referred to as the “accretable yield” and is recorded as interest income over the estimated life of the loans using the effective yield method if the timing and amount of the future cash flows is reasonably estimable. Subsequent to acquisition, the Group aggregates loans into pools of loans with common risk characteristics to account for the acquired loans. Increases in expected cash flows over those originally estimated increase the accretable yield and are recognized as interest income prospectively or reverse previously recognized allowance for loan and lease losses. Decreases in expected cash flows compared to those originally estimated decrease the accretable yield and are recognized by recording a provision for loan and lease losses and establishing an allowance for loan and lease losses.

ASC 310-30-40-1 states that, once a pool of loans is assembled, the integrity of the pool shall be maintained. A loan shall be removed from a pool of loans only if (a) the investor sells, forecloses, or otherwise receives assets in satisfaction of the loan or (b) the loan is written off. A refinancing or restructuring of a loan shall not result in the removal of a loan from a pool. Events that result in a loan being removed from a pool are often referred to as “confirming events.” When a confirming event occurs and a loan is removed from a pool, ASC 310-30 indicates that the loan should be removed at its carrying amount. ASC 310-30-35-15 states that, if a loan is removed from a pool of loans, the difference between the loan’s carrying amount and the fair value of the collateral or other assets received shall not affect the percentage yield calculation used to recognize accretable yield on the pool of loans. That is, the pool’s yield should be unaffected by the removal. The Group removes such loans on an “as expected” basis, which assumes cash or other assets received are equal to the original expectation of cash flows.

Under the accounting guidance of ASC 310-30 for acquired loans, the allowance for loan and lease losses on covered loans is measured at each financial reporting period, or measurement date, based on expected cash flows. Accordingly, decreases in expected cash flows on the acquired covered loans as of the measurement date compared to those initially estimated are recognized by recording a provision for credit losses on covered loans. The portion of the loss on covered loans reimbursable from the FDIC is recorded as an offset to the provision for credit losses and increases the FDIC shared-loss indemnification asset.

Lease Financing

The Group leases vehicles for personal and commercial use to individual and corporate customers. The direct finance lease method of accounting is used to recognize revenue on leasing contracts that meet the criteria specified in the guidance for leases in ASC Topic 840. Aggregate rentals due over the term of the leases less unearned income are included in lease financing contracts receivable. Unearned income is amortized using a method over the average life of the leases as an adjustment to the interest yield.

Troubled Debt Restructuring

A troubled debt restructuring (“TDR”) is the restructuring of a receivable in which the Group, as creditor, grants a concession for legal or economic reasons due to the debtor’s financial difficulties. A concession is granted when, as a result of the restructuring, the Group does not expect to collect all amounts due, including interest accrued at the original contract rate. These concessions may include a reduction of the interest rate, principal or accrued interest, extension of the maturity date or other actions intended to minimize potential losses.

For the assessment of whether the debtor is having financial difficulties, the Group evaluates whether it is probable that the debtor will default on any of its debt in the foreseeable future. If default is probable, then the debtor is considered to be experiencing financial difficulty even if there is no current default.

 

40


Receivables that are restructured in a TDR are presumed to be impaired and are subject to a specific impairment-measurement method. If the payment of principal at original maturity is primarily dependent on the value of collateral, the Group considers the current value of that collateral in determining whether the principal will be paid. For non-collateral dependent loans, the specific reserve is calculated based on the present value of expected cash flows discounted at the loan’s effective interest rate. Loans modified in TDRs are placed on non-accrual status until the Group determines that future collection of principal and interest is reasonably assured, which generally requires that the borrower demonstrate performance according to the restructured terms for a period of at least six months.

FDIC Shared-Loss Indemnification Asset

The FDIC shared-loss indemnification asset is accounted for and measured separately from the covered loans acquired in the FDIC-assisted acquisition as it is not contractually embedded in any of the covered loans. The shared-loss indemnification asset related to estimated future loan and lease losses is not transferable should the Group sell a loan prior to foreclosure or maturity. The shared-loss indemnification asset was recorded at fair value at the acquisition date and represents the present value of the estimated cash payments expected to be received from the FDIC for future losses on covered assets, based on the credit adjustment estimated for each covered asset and the shared-loss percentages. This asset is presented net of any clawback liability due to the FDIC under the Purchase and Assumption Agreement. These cash flows are then discounted at a market-based rate to reflect the uncertainty of the timing and receipt of the shared-loss reimbursements from the FDIC. The amount ultimately collected for this asset is dependent upon the performance of the underlying covered assets, the passage of time, and claims submitted to the FDIC. The time value of money incorporated into the present value computation is accreted into earnings over the shorter of the life of the shared-loss agreements or the holding period of the covered assets.

The FDIC shared-loss indemnification asset is reduced as losses are recognized on covered loans and shared-loss payments are received from the FDIC. Realized credit losses in excess of acquisition-date estimates result in an increase in the FDIC shared-loss indemnification asset. Conversely, if realized credit losses are less than acquisition-date estimates, the FDIC shared-loss indemnification asset is amortized through the term of the shared-loss agreements.

Income Taxes

In preparing the consolidated financial statements, the Group is required to estimate income taxes. This involves an estimate of current income tax expense together with an assessment of temporary differences resulting from differences between the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities for financial reporting purposes and the amounts used for income tax purposes. The determination of current income tax expense involves estimates and assumptions that require the Group to assume certain positions based on its interpretation of current tax laws and regulations. Changes in assumptions affecting estimates may be required in the future and estimated tax assets or liabilities may need to be increased or decreased accordingly. The accrual for tax contingencies is adjusted in light of changing facts and circumstances, such as the progress of tax audits, case law and emerging legislation. When particular matters arise, a number of years may elapse before such matters are audited and finally resolved. Favorable resolution of such matters could be recognized as a reduction to the Group’s effective tax rate in the year of resolution. Unfavorable settlement of any particular issue could increase the effective tax rate and may require the use of cash in the year of resolution.

The determination of deferred tax expense or benefit is based on changes in the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities that generate temporary differences. The carrying value of the Group’s net deferred tax assets assumes that the Group will be able to generate sufficient future taxable income based on estimates and assumptions. If these estimates and related assumptions change in the future, the Group may be required to record valuation allowances against its deferred tax assets resulting in additional income tax expense in the consolidated statements of operations.

 

41


Management evaluates on a regular basis whether the deferred tax assets can be realized, and assesses the need for a valuation allowance. A valuation allowance is established when management believes that it is more likely than not that some portion of its deferred tax assets will not be realized. Changes in valuation allowance from period to period are included in the Group’s tax provision in the period of change.

In addition to valuation allowances, the Group establishes accruals for uncertain tax positions when, despite the belief that the Group’s tax return positions are fully supported, the Group believes that certain positions are likely to be challenged. The accruals for uncertain tax positions are adjusted in light of changing facts and circumstances, such as the progress of tax audits, case law, and emerging legislation. The accruals for the Group’s uncertain tax positions are reflected as income tax payable as a component of accrued expenses and other liabilities. These accruals are reduced upon expiration of the applicable statute of limitations.

The Group follows a two-step approach for recognizing and measuring uncertain tax positions. The first step is to evaluate the tax position for recognition by determining if the weight of available evidence indicates that it is more likely than not that the position will be sustained on audit, including resolution of related appeals or litigation process, if any. The second step is to measure the tax benefit as the largest amount that is more than 50% likely to be realized upon ultimate settlement.

The Group’s policy is to include interest and penalties related to unrecognized income tax benefits within the provision for income taxes on the consolidated statements of operations.

On January 31, 2011, the Governor of Puerto Rico signed into law the 2011 Code, which provides for the gradual repeal of the 1994 Code, as its provisions started to take effect, with some exceptions, as of January 1, 2011. For corporate taxpayers, the 2011 Code retains the 20% flat rate on “normal-tax net income” but establishes significantly lower rates applicable to “surtax net income” which is the “normal-tax net income” less the allowed surtax deduction. The 2011 Code provides a surtax rate from 5% to 10% for taxable years commencing after December 31, 2010 and before January 1, 2014. For taxable years commencing after December 31, 2013, the surtax rate may be reduced to 5% if certain economic and budgetary control tests are met by the Government of Puerto Rico. If such economic tests are not met, the reduction of the surtax rate will be postponed until the year when such economic tests are met. In the case of a controlled group of corporations, the determination of which surtax rate applies will be made by adding the “normal-tax net income” of each of the entities that are members of the controlled group reduced by the surtax deduction. The 2011 Code also increased the surtax deduction to $750,000. In the case of a controlled group of corporations, the surtax deduction should be distributed among the members of the controlled group. The 2011 Code reduces the AMT from 22% to 20%. It also eliminates the 5% additional surtax which was established by Act No. 7 of March 9, 2009, and the 5% recapture of the benefit of the income tax tables, except for the income earned by international banking entities, which was fully exempt and is subject to a 5% income tax for the taxable years beginning after December 31, 2008 and ending before January 1, 2012. Under the 2011 Code, a corporate taxpayer has a one-time option of determining its income tax liability and filing its income tax return pursuant to the 1994 Code. This election must be made with the filing of the 2011 income tax return and, once made, is irrevocable for the taxable year when the election is made and for each of the next four taxable years. The Group decided to implement the 2011 Code. Under the 2011 Code, all companies are treated as separate taxable entities and are not entitled to file consolidated returns. The Group and its subsidiaries are subject to Puerto Rico regular income tax or AMT on income earned from all sources. The AMT is payable if it exceeds regular income tax. The excess of AMT over regular income tax paid in any one year may be used to offset regular income tax in future years, subject to certain limitations.

Accounting for Transfers and Servicing of Financial Assets and Extinguishment of Liabilities

The Group recognizes the financial and servicing assets it controls and the liabilities it has incurred, derecognizes financial assets when control has been surrendered, and derecognizes liabilities when extinguished.

The Group is not engaged in sales of mortgage loans and mortgage-backed securities subject to recourse provisions except for those provisions that allow for the repurchase of loans as a result of a breach of certain representations and warranties other than those related to the credit quality of the loans included in the sale transactions.

 

42


A transfer of financial assets (all or a portion of the financial asset) in which the Group surrenders control over these financial assets will be accounted for as a sale to the extent that consideration, other than beneficial interests in the transferred assets, is received in exchange. The Group has surrendered control over transferred assets if all of the following conditions are met:

a. The transferred assets have been isolated from the Group — put presumptively beyond the reach of the Group and its creditors even in bankruptcy or other receivership.

b. Each transferee has the right to pledge or exchange the assets it received and no condition both constrains the transferee from taking advantage of its rights to pledge or exchange and provided more than a deminimis benefit to the Group.

c. The Group does not maintain effective control over the transferred assets through either (1) an agreement that both entitles and obligates the Group to repurchase or redeem them before their maturity or (2) the ability to unilaterally cause the holder to return specific assets other than through a cleanup call.

If a transfer of financial assets in exchange for cash or other consideration (other than beneficial interests in the transferred assets) does not meet the criteria for a sale as described above, the Group would account for the transfer as a secured borrowing.

When the Group sells or securitizes mortgage loans, it generally makes customary representations and warranties regarding the characteristics of the loans sold. The Group’s mortgage operations group conforming conventional mortgage loans into pools which are exchanged for FNMA and GNMA mortgage-backed securities, which are generally sold to private investors, or may sell the loans directly to FNMA or other private investors for cash. To the extent the loans do not meet specified characteristics, investors are generally entitled to require the Group to repurchase such loans or indemnify the investor against losses if the assets do not meet certain guidelines. GNMA programs allow financial institutions to buy back individual delinquent mortgage loans that meet certain criteria from the securitized loan pool for which the Group provides servicing. At the Group’s option and without GNMA prior authorization, the Group may repurchase such delinquent loans for an amount equal to 100% of the loan’s remaining principal balance. This buy-back option is considered a conditional option until the delinquency criteria is met, at which time the option becomes unconditional. When the loans backing a GNMA security are initially securitized, the Group treats the transaction as a sale for accounting purposes because the conditional nature of the buy-back option means that the Group does not maintain effective control over the loans and therefore these are derecognized from the balance sheet. When individual loans later meet GNMA’s specified delinquency criteria and are eligible for repurchase, the Group is deemed to have regained effective control over these loans and they must be brought back onto the Group’s books as assets at fair value, regardless of whether the Group intends to exercise the buy-back option. Quality review procedures are performed by the Group as required under the government agency programs to ensure that assets guideline qualifications are met. The Group has not recorded any specific contingent liability in the consolidated financial statements for these customary representation and warranties related to loans sold by the Group, and management believes that, based on historical data, the probability of payments and expected losses under these representation and warranty arrangements is not significant.

Recent Accounting Developments

Intangibles — Goodwill and Other — FASB Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) 2011-08, “Intangibles — Goodwill and Other (Topic 350) — Testing Goodwill for Impairment” was issued in September 2011. This update allows an entity to first assess qualitative factors to determine whether it is more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying amount as a basis for determining whether it is necessary to perform the two-step goodwill impairment test described in Topic 350. The more-likely-than-not threshold is defined as having a likelihood of more than 50 percent. Previous guidance under Topic 350 required an entity to test goodwill for impairment, on at least an annual basis, by comparing the fair value of a reporting unit with its carrying amount, including goodwill (step one). If the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying

 

43


amount, then the second step of the test must be performed to measure the amount of the impairment loss, if any. Under the amendments in this update, an entity is not required to calculate the fair value of a reporting unit unless the entity determines that it is more likely than not that its fair value is less than its carrying amount. The amendments are effective for annual and interim goodwill impairment tests performed for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2011. Early adoption is permitted, including for annual and interim goodwill impairment tests performed as of a date before September 15, 2011, if an entity’s financial statements for the most recent annual or interim period have not yet been issued or, for nonpublic entities, have not yet been made available for issuance. The Group believes that the implementation of this guidance will not have a material impact in the Group’s consolidated financial statements.

Fair Value Measurements — FASB ASU 2011-04, “Fair Value Measurement (FASB ASC Topic 820) — Amendments to Achieve Common Fair Value Measurement and Disclosure Requirements in U.S. GAAP and IFRSs,” issued in May 2011, changes the wording used to describe many of the requirements in U.S. GAAP for measuring fair value and for disclosing information about fair value measurements. For many of the requirements, FASB does not expect the amendments in this update to result in a change in the application of the requirements in Topic 820. Some of the amendments clarify FASB’s intent about the application of existing fair value measurement requirements. Other amendments change a particular principle or requirement for measuring fair value or for disclosing information about fair value measurements. This update is effective for interim and annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2011. Early application by public entities is not permitted. The Group believes that the implementation of this guidance will not have a material impact on the Group’s consolidated financial statements.

Troubled Debt Restructuring — In April 2011, FASB issued ASU No. 2011-02, “A Creditor’s Determination of Whether a Restructuring Is a Troubled Debt Restructuring.” ASU No. 2011-02 requires that when evaluating whether a restructuring constitutes a troubled debt restructuring, a creditor must separately conclude that both of the following exist: (a) the restructuring constitutes a concession and (b) the debtor is experiencing financial difficulties. Also, the ASU sets the effective date when an entity should disclose the information deferred by ASU No. 2011-01 for interim and annual periods beginning on or after June 15, 2011. The Group adopted this guidance for the evaluation of loan modifications to determine if they qualify as troubled debt restructurings. Its adoption did not have a material effect on the Group’s consolidated financial statements.

Other accounting standards that have been issued by FASB or other standards-setting bodies are not expected to have a material impact on the Group’s financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

OVERVIEW OF FINANCIAL PERFORMANCE

The following discussion of the Group’s financial condition and results of operations should be read in conjunction with Item 6, “Selected Financial Data,” and the Group’s consolidated financial statements and related notes in Item 8. This discussion and analysis contains forward-looking statements. Please see “Forward-Looking Statements” and “Risk Factors” for discussions of the uncertainties, risks and assumptions associated with these statements.

The Group is a publicly-owned financial holding company that provides a full range of banking and wealth management services through its subsidiaries. It provides comprehensive banking and wealth management services through a complete range of banking and financial solutions, including mortgage, commercial and consumer lending; leasing; checking and savings accounts; financial planning, insurance, wealth management, and investment brokerage; and corporate and individual trust and retirement services. The Group operates through three major business segments: Banking, Wealth Management, and Treasury, and distinguishes itself based on quality service and marketing efforts focused on mid and high net worth individuals and families, including professionals and owners of small and mid-sized businesses, primarily in Puerto Rico. The Group has 30 financial centers in Puerto Rico and a subsidiary in Boca Raton, Florida. The Group’s long-term goal is to strengthen its banking and wealth management franchise by expanding its lending businesses, increasing the level of integration in the marketing and delivery of banking and wealth management services, maintaining effective asset-liability management, growing non-interest revenues from banking and wealth management services, and improving operating efficiencies.

 

44


The Group’s diversified mix of businesses and products generates both the interest income traditionally associated with a banking institution and non-interest income traditionally associated with a financial services institution (generated by such businesses as securities brokerage, fiduciary services, investment banking, insurance and retirement plan administration). Although all of these businesses, to varying degrees, are affected by interest rate and financial market fluctuations and other external factors, the Group’s commitment is to continue producing a balanced and growing revenue stream.

During the year ended December 31, 2011, the Group continued to perform well despite the turbulent credit market and the economic recession in Puerto Rico. The Group selectively reduced its use of wholesale funding, while increasing interest income from loans and core banking and wealth management revenues. In addition, the FDIC-assisted Eurobank acquisition, which was fully integrated in 2011, is becoming more accretive than originally expected by the Group.

Operating revenues for the year ended December 31, 2011, increased 22.2% or $31.1 million to $171.4 million from the year ended December 31, 2010. Following is a tabular presentation of the Group’s operating revenues for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2011.

 

     December 31,  
     2011      2010      2009  
     (In thousands)  

OPERATING REVENUES

        

Net interest income

   $ 140,442       $ 135,132       $ 130,758   

Non-interest income (loss), net

     30,989         5,198         (1,813
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total operating revenues

   $ 171,431       $ 140,330       $ 128,945   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Interest Income

Total interest income for the year ended December 31, 2011 decreased 2.2%, as compared to the same period in 2010, to $297.0 million. Such decrease from 2010 primarily reflects a 14.5% decrease on interest income from investments, related to an increase in premium amortization due to the decline in interest rates that caused an increase in prepayment speeds, and lower balance in the investment securities portfolio. Excluding a $1.8 million negative adjustment to interest income from non-covered residential mortgage loans as certain interest receivable accrued in prior years was deemed to be uncollectible during the second quarter of 2011, interest income from non-covered loans remained level.

Interest income from covered loans increased from $44.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2010 to $67.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2011 partially due to a full year of covered loans operations during 2011. Also, the Yield on covered loans increased from 8.93% for the year ended December 31, 2010 to 12.12% for the year ended December 31, 2011. Covered loans are accounted for under the provisions of ASC 310-30. This increase in yield is the result of the Group’s assessment of higher projected cash flows on certain pools of covered loans, as credit losses are expected to be lower than initially estimated, and the effect of a full year impact of interest income from covered loans (the covered loans were acquired on April 30, 2010). The accretable yield amounted to $188.8 million at December 31, 2011 compared to $148.6 million at December 31, 2010.

Interest Expense

Total interest expense for the year ended December 31, 2011 fell 7.2%, to $156.6 million as compared to the same period in 2010. This reflects both lower cost of deposits (1.87% vs. 2.12%) and of securities sold under agreements to repurchase (2.73% vs. 2.84%).

Net Interest Income

Net interest income for the year ended December 31, 2011 was $140.4 million, up 3.9% from the same period in 2010. Such increase from 2010 primarily reflects a 17.8% increase in interest income from loans, mainly as a result of the continued improved performance of covered loans and growth of the Group’s non-covered commercial, auto leasing and consumer loan portfolio.

Net interest margin of 2.17% for the year ended December 31, 2011 increased 6 basis points from the same period in 2010.

 

45


Provision for Loan and Lease Losses

Provision for non-covered loans for the year ended December 31, 2011 decreased 4.5% as compared to the same period in 2010. Recapture for covered loans for the year ended December 31, 2011 was $1.4 million. This recapture is mainly due to an improvement in expected cash flows on the loan portfolio acquired in the FDIC-assisted acquisition of Eurobank.

Non-Interest Income

The Group’s niche market approach to the integrated delivery of services to mid and high net worth clients performed well as the Group expanded market share in light of the FDIC-assisted acquisition and the Group’s service proposition and capital strength, as opposed to using rates to attract loans or deposits. During the year ended December 31, 2011, core banking and wealth management revenues increased 12.5% to $44.2 million as compared to the same period in 2010, primarily reflecting a $2.9 million increase in wealth management revenues to $20.6 million and a $2.0 million increase in banking service revenues to $13.8 million.

The Group recorded an other than temporary impairment of $15.0 million on a $26.0 million collateralized debt obligation. This security was later sold in January 2012 and no additional gain or loss was realized on the sale, since this asset was sold at the same value reflected at December 31, 2011.

The net amortization of the FDIC loss-share indemnification asset of $3.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2011, compared to net accretion of $4.3 million for the same period in 2010, resulted from the ongoing evaluation of expected cash flows of the loan portfolio acquired in the FDIC-assisted acquisition of Eurobank, which resulted in reduced losses expected to be collected from the FDIC and the improved re-yielding of the accretable yield on the covered loans. This reduction in claimable losses amortizes the loss-share indemnification asset at a rate that mirrors the aforementioned re-yielding on the covered loans. This amortization is net of the accretion of the discount recorded to reflect the expected claimable loss at its net present value.

Results for the year also include a $27.9 million gain on the sale of investment securities with a book value of $592.3 million as the Group took advantage of market opportunities. This was partially offset by losses of $13.2 million in derivative activities and a $4.8 million loss on the early extinguishment of a $100 million repurchase agreement.

During the year ended December 31, 2011, losses of $13.2 million were recognized and reflected as “Derivative Activities” in the consolidated statements of operations. These losses were mainly due to realized losses of $4.3 million from terminations of forward-settlement swaps with a notional amount of $1.25 billion, and to realized losses of $2.2 million from terminations of options to enter into interest rate swaps that were purchased in November 2010 with a notional amount of $250 million. These terminations allowed the Group to enter into new forward-settlement swap contracts with a notional amount of $1.2 billion, all of which were designated as hedging instruments. In May 2011, the Group entered into forward-settlement swap contracts with a notional amount of $475 million, all of which were also designated as hedging instruments. Prior to the acquisition of the new forward-settlement swap contracts, these derivatives were not being designated for hedge accounting. In December 2011, $600 million in repurchase agreement funding with an average cost of 4.23% matured. Utilizing cash on hand and proceeds from the sale of approximately $77 million of mortgage backed securities, the Group paid off $300 million of these repurchase agreements. The remaining balance of $300 million was renewed for an average period of approximately three and a half years at an effective fixed rate of 2.36%. These transactions enabled the Group to eliminate $300 million in wholesale funding, reduce cost of funds on an additional $300 million of borrowings, and deploy cash at a significantly higher return, all of which is expected to generate approximately $13 million more in net interest income on an annualized basis. During the year ended December 31, 2010, losses of $36.8 million were recognized and reflected as “Derivative Activities” in the consolidated statements of operations. These losses included realized losses of $42.0 million due to the

 

46


terminations of forward settlement swaps with a notional amount of $900.0 million. These terminations allowed the Group to enter into new forward-settlement swap contracts with the same notional amount and maturity, and effectively reduce the interest rate of the pay-fixed side of such deals.

Non-Interest Expenses

Non-interest expenses increased 8.6% to $122.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2011, compared to $112.6 million in the previous year, largely due to the integration of Eurobank operations which contained a full year of operations in 2011 as opposed to eight months in 2010, resulting in an efficiency ratio of 66.22% for the year ended December 31, 2011 (compared to 64.54% for the year ended December 31, 2010).

Income Tax Expense (Benefit)

Income tax expense was $866 thousand for 2011, compared to an income tax benefit of $4.3 million for 2010. This increase was mainly due to an increase in taxable income of $29.8 million and the effect in deferred taxes of a reduction in tax rates which amounted to $5.2 million, partially offset by an increase in the tax effect of exempt income of $4.9 million and a decrease of $2.8 million on the income tax contingencies provision.

Income Available (Loss) to Common Shareholders

For the year ended December 31, 2011, the Group’s income available to common shareholders totaled $29.6 million, compared to a loss to common shareholders of $18.2 million a year-ago. Earnings per basic and fully diluted common share were $0.67, for the year ended December 31, 2011, compared to loss per basic and fully diluted common share of $0.50 for the year ended December 31, 2010.

Interest Earning Assets

The investment portfolio amounted to $3.868 billion at December 31, 2011, a 12.4% decrease compared to $4.414 billion at December 31, 2010, while the loan portfolio decreased 5.8% to $1.670 billion at December 31, 2011, compared to $1.773 billion at December 31, 2010. The decrease in the investment portfolio reflects a reduction of 20.0%, or $740.2 million, in the available-for-sale portfolio, due to the sale of approximately $592.3 million in investment securities and the maturity of FNMA and FHLMC certificates, which was partially offset by an increase of 28.1%, or $194.1 million, in the held-to-maturity portfolio. The decrease in the loan portfolio is due to a decrease in covered loans of 20.0% as they continue to pay down, which was partially offset by an increase of 1.9% in non-covered loans.

In early January 2012, the Group made the strategic decision to sell a $26.0 million collateralized debt obligation at a loss of $15.0 million. This loss was accounted for as other-than-temporary impairment in the fourth quarter of 2011 and no additional gain or loss was realized on the sale in January 2012, since this asset was sold at the same value reflected at December 31, 2011.

Interest Bearing Liabilities

Total deposits amounted to $2.395 billion at December 31, 2011, a decrease of 7.5% compared to $2.589 billion at December 31, 2010. Core retail deposits, which exclude institutional and brokered deposits, remained approximately level compared to December 31, 2010, while wholesale deposits decreased 24.2% as higher cost deposits matured during the year. Interest-bearing savings and demand deposits increased 2.2%, while retail deposits decreased 20.8%.

 

47


In December 2011, $600 million in repurchase agreement funding, with an average cost of 4.23%, matured. Utilizing cash on hand and proceeds from the sale of approximately $77 million of mortgage backed securities, the Group paid off $300 million of these repurchase agreements. The remaining balance of $300 million was renewed for an average period of approximately three and a half years at an effective fixed rate of 2.36%. These transactions enabled the Group to eliminate $300 million in wholesale funding, reduce cost of funds on an additional $300 million of borrowings, and deploy cash at a significantly higher return, all of which is expected to generate approximately $13 million more in net interest income during the year 2012. Mainly as a result of the aforementioned transactions and the early extinguishment of a $100 million repurchase agreement during the third quarter of 2011, total borrowings declined 10.3% as compared to December 31, 2010.

Stockholders’ Equity

Stockholders’ equity at December 31, 2011 was $695.6 million, compared to $732.3 million at December 31, 2010, a decrease of 5.0%. This decrease reflects stock repurchases under the aforementioned stock repurchase programs, partially offset by the net income for the year.

There were 41.2 million common shares outstanding at December 31, 2011, a decrease of 11.0% from December 31, 2010 due to the Group’s stock repurchase programs. Under the $30 million program, initiated in February 2011, the Group purchased a total of 2,406,303 shares at an average price of $12.10 per share. On June 29, 2011, the Group announced completion of its $30 million common stock repurchase program and the adoption of a new program to purchase an additional $70 million in shares in the open market. The Group purchased approximately 2,783,000 shares under the $70 million program for a total of $29.4 million as of December 31, 2011, at an average price of $10.57 per share.

Book value per share was $15.22 at December 31, 2011 compared to $14.33 at December 31, 2010.

The Group maintains capital ratios in excess of regulatory requirements. At December 31, 2011, Tier 1 Leverage Capital Ratio was 9.65% (2.41 times the requirement of 4.00%), Tier 1 Risk-Based Capital Ratio was 31.56% (7.89 times the requirement of 4.00%), and Total Risk-Based Capital Ratio was 32.84% (4.11 times the requirement of 8.00%).

Return on Average Assets and Common Equity

Return on average common equity (ROE) for the year ended December 31, 2011 was 4.50%, up from a loss of 3.63% for the year ended December 31, 2010. Return on average assets (ROA) for the year ended December 31, 2011 was 0.48%, up from 0.14% for the year ended December 31, 2010. The increase is mostly due to a 250.4% increase in net income from $9.8 million in the year ended December 31, 2010 to $34.5 million in 2011.

Assets Under Management

Assets managed by the trust division, the pension plan administration subsidiary, and the broker-dealer subsidiary increased from $3.871 billion as of December 31, 2010 to $4.142 billion as of December 31, 2011. The Group’s trust division offers various types of individual retirement accounts (“IRA”) and manages 401(k) and Keogh retirement plans and custodian and corporate trust accounts, while CPC manages the administration of private retirement plans. At December 31, 2011, total assets managed by the Group’s trust division and CPC amounted to $2.216 billion, compared to $2.175 billion at December 31, 2010. At December 31, 2011, total assets managed by the broker-dealer from its customer investment accounts increased to $1.926 billion, compared to $1.696 billion at December 31, 2010.

Lending

Total loan production and purchases of $396.0 million for the year remained strong compared to $371.6 million in the previous year, as the Group’s capital levels and low credit losses enabled it to continue prudent lending. The Group sells most of its conforming mortgages in the secondary market, and retains servicing rights. As a

 

48


result, mortgage banking activities now reflect originations as well as a growing servicing portfolio, a source of recurring revenue.

Mortgage loan production (including purchases) for the year ended December 31, 2011 of $212.8 million decreased 13.2% from the same period in 2010. Commercial loan production for the year ended December 31, 2011 of $139.8 million increased 38.3% from the same period in 2010. Leasing and consumer loans production for the year ended December 31, 2011 totaled $43.4 million, up 70.9% from the same period in 2010.

On April 1, 2011, the Bank changed on a prospective basis its policy to place on non-accrual status residential mortgage loans well collateralized and in process of collection when reaching 90 days past due. All loans that were between 90 and 365 days past due when the policy was changed were also placed on non-accrual status, and the interest receivable on such loans was evaluated on a periodic basis against the collateral underlying the loans, and written-down, if necessary. On December 31, 2011, the Bank further revised its policy to reverse against income all interest recorded on residential mortgage loans reaching 90 days past due including the remaining interest on loans that were between 90 and 365 days past due as of April 1, 2011. On December 31, 2011 the Bank also charged-off this remaining accrued interest on residential mortgage loans over 90 days past due. This change in estimate was considered necessary to comply with guidance received from the Group’s regulators. The Group recorded a $1.8 million negative adjustment to interest income from non-covered residential mortgage loans in June 2011 as certain interest receivable accrued in prior years was deemed to be uncollectible. Additionally, in December 2011 the Group recorded a $2.4 million loss on the write-down of interest receivable on delinquent non-covered residential mortgage loans.

Credit Quality on Non-Covered Loans

Net credit losses increased $1.9 million, to $9.6 million, representing 0.81% of average non-covered loans outstanding, versus 0.67% in 2010. The allowance for loan and lease losses on non-covered loans increased to $37.0 million (3.06% of total non-covered loans) at December 31, 2011, compared to $31.4 million (2.66% of total non-covered loans) a year ago.

NPLs increased 9.7% or $12.0 million in the year. The Group’s NPLs generally reflect the recessionary economic environment in Puerto Rico. Nonetheless, the Group does not expect NPLs to result in significantly higher losses as most are well-collateralized with adequate loan-to-value ratios. In residential mortgage lending, more than 90% of the Group’s portfolio consists of fixed-rate, fully amortizing, fully documented loans that do not have the level of risk generally associated with subprime loans. In commercial lending, more than 90% of all loans are collateralized by real estate. Covered loans are considered to be performing due to the application of the accretion method under ASC 310-30, as discussed in Note 2 to the consolidated financial statements.

Non-GAAP Measures

From time to time, the Group uses certain non-GAAP measures of financial performance to supplement the financial statements presented in accordance with GAAP. The Group presents non-GAAP measures when its management believes that the additional information is useful and meaningful to investors. Non-GAAP measures do not have any standardized meaning and are therefore unlikely to be comparable to similar measures presented by other companies. The presentation of non-GAAP measures is not intended to be a substitute for, and should not be considered in isolation from, the financial measures reported in accordance with GAAP.

The Group’s management has reported and discussed the results of operations herein both on a GAAP basis and on a pre-tax operating income basis (defined as net interest income, less provision for loan and lease losses, plus banking and wealth management revenues, less non-interest expenses, and calculated on the accompanying table). The Group’s management believes that, given the nature of the items excluded from the definition of pre-tax operating income, it is useful to state what the results of operations would have been without them so that investors can see the financial trends from the Group’s continuing business.

 

49


Tangible common equity consists of common equity less goodwill and core deposit intangibles. Management believes that the ratios of tangible common equity to total assets and to risk-weighted assets assist investors in analyzing the Group’s capital position.

 

 

Pre-tax operating income of approximately $48.6 million increased 22.5% compared to $39.7 million in the previous year. Pre-tax operating income is calculated as follows:

 

     December 31,  
     2011     2010     2009  
     (In thousands)  

PRE-TAX OPERATING INCOME

      

Net interest income

   $ 140,442      $ 135,132      $ 130,758   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Less: Provision for non-covered loan and lease losses

     (15,200     (15,914     (15,650

Plus/(Less): Recapture of (provision for) covered loan and lease losses, net

     1,387        (6,282       
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
     126,629        112,936        115,108   

Core non-interest income:

      

Wealth management revenues

     20,571        17,967        14,469   

Banking service revenues

     13,788        11,797        5,942   

Mortgage banking activities

     9,876        9,554        9,728   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total core non-interest income

     44,235        39,318        30,139   

Less: Non-interest expenses

     (122,302     (112,598     (83,378
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total pre-tax operating income

   $ 48,562      $ 39,656      $ 61,869   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

At December 31, 2011, tangible common equity to total assets was 9.32% compared to 9.03% at December 31, 2010. Tangible common equity to risk-weighted assets and total equity to risk-weighted assets at December 31, 2011 increased to 29.75% and 33.18%, respectively, from 29.30% and 32.50% at December 31, 2010.

Comparison of the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009

Highlights of the year ended December 31, 2010 compared to December 31, 2009 included:

 

 

Pre-tax operating income of approximately $39.7 million decreased $35.9 million from $61.9 million in the previous year.

 

 

With the FDIC-assisted acquisition on April 30, 2010, the Group added total loans with a fair value of $785.9 million. In addition to these loans, the Group acquired $10.1 million in Federal Home Loan Bank stock, foreclosed real estate and other repossessed properties of $16.6 million and recorded an FDIC loss-share indemnification asset of $545.2 million.

 

 

Net credit impairment of $6.3 million, attributable to various pools of loans covered under the shared-loss agreements with the FDIC, was recorded during the quarter ended December 31, 2010.

 

 

Net interest income increased 3.3%, to $135.1 million, due to an improvement in the net interest spread to 2.17% from 2.00%, primarily reflecting the addition of covered loans from the FDIC-assisted acquisition. In addition, the Group paid off a 4.39%, $100.0 million repurchase agreement that matured on August 16, 2010 and redeemed the $595.0 million remaining balance of its 0.88% note to the FDIC, which originated as part of the FDIC-assisted acquisition.

 

 

Core banking and wealth management revenues increased 30.5%, to $39.3 million, primarily reflecting a $5.8 million increase in banking service revenues, to $11.8 million and a $3.5 million increase in wealth management revenues, to $18.0 million.

 

50


 

Retail deposits, reflecting growth in both Group customers and core deposits assumed on the FDIC-assisted acquisition, grew 44.2% or $621.6 million, to $2.0 billion, enabling the Group to reduce higher cost deposits.

 

 

Non-interest expenses increased 8.6%, to $112.6 million, largely the result of expenses associated with the former Eurobank operations.

 

 

Results for the year also include gains on sales of agency securities of $15.0 million, and losses in derivative activities of $36.9 million.

 

 

Strategic decision in December 2010 to sell the remaining balance of the BALTA private label collateralized mortgage obligation (CMO). The proceeds from such sale amounted to approximately $63.5 million, which were slightly higher than the $63.2 million fair value at which this instrument was carried in the Group’s books. This $300,000 difference represents a positive effect on stockholders’ equity of this transaction for the Group. A loss of $22.8 million was recorded in the fourth quarter of 2010 for the difference between the amortized cost and the sales price.

 

 

In early January 2010, the Group sold $374.3 million of non-agency CMOs at a loss of $45.8 million. This loss was accounted for as other-than-temporary impairment in the fourth quarter of 2009 and no additional gain or loss was realized on the sale in January 2010, since these assets were sold at the same value reflected at December 31, 2009.

 

 

After giving effect to these transactions approximately 98% of the Group’s investment securities portfolio consist of fixed-rate mortgage-backed securities or notes, guaranteed or issued by FNMA, FHLMC or GNMA, and U.S. agency senior debt obligations, backed by a U.S. government sponsored entity or the full faith and credit of the U.S. government. This compares to 89% at December 31, 2009.

 

 

Stockholders’ equity increased $402.2 million, or 121.8%, to $732.3 million, at December 31, 2010, compared to a year ago. This increase reflects capital raises of $94.5 million in March 2010 and $189.4 million in April 2010, the net income for the year, and an improvement of approximately $119.7 million in the fair value of the investment securities portfolio.

 

 

On March 19, 2010, the Group completed the public offering of 8,740,000 shares of its common stock. The offering resulted in net proceeds of $94.5 million after deducting offering costs. The Group made a capital contribution of $93.0 million to its banking subsidiary.

 

 

On April 30, 2010, the Group issued 200,000 shares of Series C Preferred Stock, through a private placement. The preferred stock had a liquidation preference of $1,000 per share. The offering resulted in net proceeds of $189.4 million, after deducting offering costs. On May 13, 2010, the Group made a capital contribution of $179.0 million to its banking subsidiary. At a special meeting of shareholders of the Group held on June 30, 2010, the shareholders approved the issuance of 13,320,000 shares of the Group’s common stock upon the conversion of the Series C Preferred Stock, which was converted on July 8, 2010 at a conversion price of $15.015 per share. The difference between the $15.015 per share conversion price and the market price of the common stock on April 30, 2010 ($16.72) was considered a contingent beneficial conversion feature on June 30, 2010, when the conversion was approved by the shareholders. Such feature amounted to $22.7 million at June 30, 2010 and was recorded as a dividend of preferred stock.

 

51


ANALYSIS OF RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

TABLE 1 — YEAR-TO-DATE ANALYSIS OF NET INTEREST

INCOME AND CHANGES DUE TO VOLUME/RATE

For the Years Ended December 31, 2011 and 2010

 

    Interest     Average rate     Average balance  
    December
2011
    December
2010
    December
2011
    December
2010
    December
2011
    December
2010
 
    (Dollars in thousands)  

A — TAX EQUIVALENT SPREAD

 

Interest-earning assets

  $ 297,028      $ 303,801        4.60     4.74   $ 6,463,294      $ 6,412,468   

Tax equivalent adjustment

    79,002        99,071        1.22     1.54              
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Interest-earning assets — tax equivalent

    376,030        402,872        5.82     6.28     6,463,294        6,412,468   

Interest-bearing liabilities

    156,586        168,669        2.48     2.57     6,317,970        6,561,223   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Tax equivalent net interest income/spread

    219,444        234,203        3.34     3.71     145,324        (148,755
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Tax equivalent interest rate margin

        3.40     3.65    
     

 

 

   

 

 

     

B — NORMAL SPREAD

           

Interest-earning assets:

           

Investments:

           

Investment securities

    159,924        187,930        3.73     4.03     4,283,404        4,661,483   

Trading securities

           6        0.00     2.11     740        284   

Money market investments

    1,106        397        0.25     0.42     437,013        93,943   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
    161,030        188,333        3.41     3.96     4,721,157        4,755,710   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loans not covered under shared-loss agreements with the FDIC:

           

Mortgage

    49,065        56,406        5.62     6.11     872,966        923,345   

Commercial

    14,564        12,022        5.72     5.83     254,617        206,090   

Leasing

    1,498        319        8.81     6.22     16,996        5,129   

Consumer

    3,206        2,563        8.17     9.24     39,233        27,735   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
    68,333        71,310        5.77     6.14     1,183,812        1,162,299   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loans covered under shared-loss agreements with the FDIC:

           

Loans secured by residential properties

    15,880        10,029        9.58     7.66     165,681        130,848   

Commercial and construction

    41,829        23,331        13.05     8.36     320,490        278,808   

Leasing

    8,419        9,280        14.49     13.11     58,088        70,770   

Consumer

    1,537        1,518        10.93     10.82     14,066        14,033   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
    67,665        44,158        12.12     8.93     558,325        494,459   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Loans

    135,998        115,468        7.81     6.97     1,742,137        1,656,758   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total interest earning assets

    297,028        303,801        4.60     4.74     6,463,294        6,412,468   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Interest-bearing liabilities:

           

Deposits:

           

Non-interest bearing deposits

                  0.00     0.00     171,304        136,738   

Now accounts

    12,533        14,826        1.61     2.14     780,430        692,906   

Savings and money market

    3,476        3,055        1.43     1.67     243,896        182,973   

Individual retirement accounts

    9,921        10,604        2.76     3.16     358,809        335,323   

Retail certificates of deposits

    10,196        10,610        2.33     2.64     437,519        402,318   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total retail deposits

    36,126        39,095        1.81     2.23     1,991,958        1,750,258   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Institutional deposits

    3,706        4,737        1.76     1.35     210,574        350,807   

Brokered deposits

    5,813        4,771        2.49     2.54     233,337        188,102   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total wholesale deposits

    9,519        9,508        2.14     1.76     443,911        538,909   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
    45,645        48,603        1.87     2.12     2,435,869        2,289,167   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Borrowings:

           

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase

    93,279        100,609        2.73     2.84     3,417,892        3,545,926   

Advances from FHLB and other borrowings

    12,347        12,248        3.83     3.77     322,480        324,847   

FDIC-guaranteed term notes

    4,084        4,084        3.87     3.87     105,646        105,597   

Purchase money note issued to the FDIC

           1,887               0.73            259,603   

Subordinated capital notes

    1,231        1,238        3.41     3.43     36,083        36,083   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
    110,941        120,066        2.86     2.81     3,882,101        4,272,056   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total interest bearing liabilities

    156,586        168,669        2.48     2.57     6,317,970        6,561,223   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net interest income/spread

  $ 140,442      $ 135,132        2.12     2.17    
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

     

Interest rate margin

        2.17     2.11    
     

 

 

   

 

 

     

Excess of average interest-earning assets over average interest-bearing liabilities (excess of average interest-bearing liabilities over average interest-earning assets)

          $ 145,325      $ (148,755
         

 

 

   

 

 

 

Average interest-earning assets to average interest-bearing liabilities ratio

            102.30     97.73
         

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

52


C — CHANGES IN NET INTEREST INCOME DUE TO:

 

     Volume     Rate     Total  

Interest Income:

      

Investments

   $ (1,368   $ (25,935   $ (27,303

Loans

     7,024        13,506        20,530   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
     5,656        (12,429     (6,773
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Interest Expense:

      

Deposits

     3,115        (6,073     (2,958

Repurchase agreements

     (3,633     (3,697     (7,330

Other borrowings

     (1,974     179        (1,795
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
     (2,492     (9,591     (12,083
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net Interest Income

   $ 8,148      $ (2,838   $ 5,310   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

53


TABLE 1A — ANALYSIS OF NET INTEREST INCOME AND CHANGES DUE TO VOLUME/RATE:

For the Years Ended December 31, 2010 and 2009

 

     Interest      Average rate     Average balance  
     December
2010
     December
2009
     December
2010
    December
2009
    December
2010
    December
2009
 
     (Dollars in thousands)  

A — TAX EQUIVALENT SPREAD

  

Interest-earning assets

   $ 303,801       $ 319,480         4.74     5.22   $ 6,412,468      $ 6,117,104   

Tax equivalent adjustment

     99,071         105,407         1.54     1.72              
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Interest-earning assets — tax equivalent

     402,872         424,887         6.28     6.94     6,412,468        6,117,104   

Interest-bearing liabilities

     168,669         188,722         2.57     3.22     6,561,223        5,859,249   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Tax equivalent net interest income/spread

     234,203         236,165         3.71     3.72     (148,755     257,855   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Tax equivalent interest rate margin

           3.65     3.65    
        

 

 

   

 

 

     

B — NORMAL SPREAD

              

Interest-earning assets:

              

Investments:

              

Investment securities

     187,930         244,815         4.03     5.11     4,661,483        4,792,378   

Trading securities

     6         940         2.11     3.69     284        25,441   

Money market investments

     397         570         0.42     0.47     93,943        120,395   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
     188,333         246,325         3.96     4.99     4,755,710        4,938,214   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loans not covered under shared-loss agreements with the FDIC:

              

Mortgage

     56,406         60,743         6.11     6.27     923,345        968,400   

Commercial

     12,022         10,437         5.83     5.49     206,090        189,951   

Leasing

     319                 6.22            5,129          

Consumer

     2,563         1,975         9.24     9.62     27,735        20,539   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
     71,310         73,155         6.14     6.21     1,162,299        1,178,890   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loans covered under shared-loss agreements with the FDIC:

              

Loans secured by residential properties

     10,029                 7.66            130,848          

Commercial and construction

     23,331                 8.37            278,808          

Leasing

     9,280                 13.11            70,770          

Consumer

     1,518                 10.82            14,033          
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
     44,158                 8.93            494,459          
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Loans

     115,468         73,155         6.97     6.21     1,656,758        1,178,890   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total interest earning assets

     303,801         319,480         4.74     5.22     6,412,468        6,117,104   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Interest-bearing liabilities:

              

Deposits:

              

Non-interest bearing deposits

                     0.00     0.00     136,738        46,750   

Now accounts

     14,826         17,205         2.14     2.92     692,906        588,219   

Savings and money market

     3,055         910         1.67     1.43     182,973        63,439   

Individual retirement accounts

     10,604         10,452         3.16     3.44     335,323        303,811   

Retail certificates of deposits

     10,610         9,916         2.64     3.75     402,318        264,088   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total retail deposits

     39,095         38,483         2.23     3.04     1,750,258        1,266,307   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Institutional deposits

     4,737         5,297         1.35     3.51     350,807        150,925   

Brokered deposits

     4,771         11,167         2.54     3.40     188,102        328,810   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total wholesale deposits

     9,508         16,464         1.76     3.43     538,909        479,735   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
     48,603         54,947         2.12     3.15     2,289,167        1,746,042   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Borrowings:

              

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase

     100,609         116,755         2.84     3.19     3,545,926        3,659,442   

Advances from FHLB and other borrowings

     12,248         12,380         3.77     3.76     324,847        328,969   

FDIC-guaranteed term notes

     4,084         3,175         3.87     3.58     105,597        88,713   

Purchase money note issued to the FDIC

     1,887                 0.73            259,603          

Subordinated capital notes

     1,238         1,465         3.43     4.06     36,083        36,083   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
     120,066         133,775         2.81     3.25     4,272,056        4,113,207   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total interest bearing liabilities

     168,669         188,722         2.57     3.22     6,561,223        5,859,249   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net interest income/spread

   $ 135,132       $ 130,758         2.17     2.00    
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

     

Interest rate margin

           2.11     2.14    
        

 

 

   

 

 

     

Excess of average interest-earning assets over average interest-bearing liabilities (excess of average interest-bearing liabilities over average interest-earning assets)

             $ (148,755   $ 257,855   
            

 

 

   

 

 

 

Average interest-earning assets to average interest-bearing liabilities ratio

               97.73     104.40
            

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

54


C — CHANGES IN NET INTEREST INCOME DUE TO:

 

     Volume     Rate     Total  

Interest Income:

      

Investments

   $ (9,104   $ (48,888   $ (57,992

Loans

     43,128        (815     42,313   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
     34,024        (49,703     (15,679
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Interest Expense:

      

Deposits

     17,092        (23,436     (6,344

Repurchase agreements

     (3,622     (12,524     (16,146

Other borrowings

     2,366        71        2,437   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
     15,836        (35,889     (20,053
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net Interest Income

   $ 18,188      $ (13,814   $ 4,374   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

55


Net Interest Income

Comparison of the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010

Net interest income is a function of the difference between rates earned on the Group’s interest-earning assets and rates paid on its interest-bearing liabilities (interest rate spread) and the relative amounts of its interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities (interest rate margin). As further discussed in the Risk Management section of this MD&A, the Group constantly monitors the composition and re-pricing of its assets and liabilities to maintain its net interest income at adequate levels. Table 1 shows the major categories of interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities, their respective interest income, expenses, yields and costs, and their impact on net interest income due to changes in volume and rates for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010.

Net interest income amounted to $140.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2011, an increase of 3.9% from $135.1 million for the same period in 2010. These changes reflect an increase of 17.8% in interest income from loans for the year ended December 31, 2011, as compared to the same period in 2010.

Interest rate spread decreased 5 basis points to 2.12% for the year ended December 31, 2011 from 2.17% in the year ended December 31, 2010. This decrease reflects a 14 basis point decrease in the average yield of interest earning assets to 4.60% in the year ended December 31, 2011 from 4.74% for the same period in 2010, partially offset by a 9 basis point decrease in the average cost of funds to 2.48% in the year ended December 31, 2011 from 2.57% for the same period in 2010, as further explained below.

The decrease in interest income for the year was primarily the result of a decrease of $12.4 million in interest rate variance, and was partially offset by a $5.7 million increase in interest-earning assets volume variance. Interest income from loans increased 17.8% to $136.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2011, mainly due to the continued improved performance of covered loans. Interest income on investments decreased 14.5% to $161.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2011, compared to $188.3 million for the same period in 2010, reflecting an increase in premium amortization due to the decline in interest rates that caused an increase in prepayment speeds, and lower balance in the investment securities portfolio.

Interest expense decreased 7.2% reaching $156.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2011. This decrease was primarily the result of a $9.6 million decrease in interest rate variance, and a $2.5 million decrease in interest-earning liabilities volume variance. These decreases are due to a reduction in the cost of funds, which decreased 9 basis points to 2.48% from the previous year. The cost of deposits decreased by 25 basis points to 1.87% compared to 2.12% for the same period in 2010.

For the year ended December 31, 2011, the average balance of total interest-earning assets was $6.463 billion, a 0.8% increase from the same period in 2010. This increase in average balance of interest-earning assets was mainly attributable to a 5.2% increase in average loans, partially offset by a 0.7% decrease in average investments. As of December 31, 2011, the Group had $605.5 million in cash and cash equivalents versus $448.9 million as of December 31, 2010.

For the year ended December 31, 2011, the average yield on interest-earning assets was 4.60% compared to 4.74% for the same period in 2010. This was mainly due to a decrease in the investment portfolio yield to 3.41% versus 3.96% for the same period in 2010. However, this was offset by the higher average yields in the loan portfolio, mainly due to the covered loans acquired in the FDIC-assisted acquisition with an average yield of 12.12% for the year ended December 31, 2011 compared to 8.93% for the same period in 2010.

Comparison of the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009

Table 1A shows the major categories of interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities, their respective interest income, expenses, yields and costs, and their impact on net interest income due to changes in volume and rates for the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009.

 

56


Net interest income amounted to $135.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2010, an increase of 3.1% from $131.0 million in the same period of 2009. The increase for the year 2010 reflects a 10.5% decrease in interest expense, due to a negative rate variance of interest-bearing liabilities of $27.5 million, partially offset by a positive volume variance of interest-bearing liabilities of $7.6 million. The decrease of 4.9% in interest income for the year ended December 31, 2010 was primarily the result of a decrease of $49.7 million in rate variance, partially offset by an increase of $34.0 million in volume variance. Interest rate spread increased 17 basis points to 2.17% for the year ended December 31, 2010 from 2.0% for the same period of 2009. This increase reflects a 65 basis point decrease in the average cost of funds to 2.57% for the year ended December 31, 2010 from 3.22% for the same period of 2009, partially offset by a 48 basis point decrease in the average yield of interest earning assets to 4.74% for the year ended December 31, 2010 from 5.22% for the same period of 2009.

Interest income decreased 4.9% to $303.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2010, as compared to $319.5 million for the period of 2009, reflecting the decrease in yields. Interest income is generated by investment securities, which accounted for 62.0% of total interest income, and from loans, which accounted for 38.0% of total interest income. Interest income from investments decreased 23.5% to $188.3 million, due to a decrease in yield of 103 basis points from 4.99% to 3.96%. Decline of $36.5 million during the current year in interest income from mortgage-backed securities was primarily due to higher premium amortization, reflecting increases in pre-payment as well as lower average yield on recently purchased securities. Interest income from loans increased 57.8% to $115.5 million, mainly due to the contribution of loans acquired.

On April 30, 2010, the Bank acquired certain assets with a book value of $1.690 billion and a fair value of $909.9 million and assumed certain deposits and other liabilities with a book value of $731.9 million and a fair value of $739.0 million in the FDIC-assisted acquisition of Eurobank. Considering covered loans, the loan portfolio yield increased from 6.21% in 2009 to 6.97% in 2010.

Interest expense decreased 10.5%, to $168.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2010, from $188.5 million for the same period of 2009. The decrease is due to a significant reduction in cost of funds, which decreased 65 basis points from 3.22% to 2.57%. Reduction in the cost of funds is mostly due to a reduction in the rate paid on deposits, mainly due to the certificates of deposit assumed in the FDIC-assisted acquisition, which were recorded at fair value at the acquisition date. In addition, the reduction in cost of funds was also affected by the maturity of $100.0 million in securities sold under agreements to repurchase that occurred in August 2010. For the year 2010 the cost of deposits decreased 101 basis points to 2.12%, as compared to the period of 2009. For the year 2010 the cost of borrowings decreased 44 basis points to 2.81% from 3.25% in the same period of 2009. The net interest income also benefitted from a reduction in the interest expense with reductions of $13.7 million in securities sold under agreements to repurchase, and $6.2 million on deposits.

 

57


TABLE 2 — NON-INTEREST INCOME (LOSS) SUMMARY

FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2011, 2010, AND 2009

 

     December 31,  
     2011     2010     Variance %     2009  
     (Dollars in thousands)  

Wealth management revenues

   $ 20,571      $ 17,967        14.5   $ 14,469   

Banking service revenues

     13,788        11,797        16.9     5,942   

Mortgage banking activities

     9,876        9,554        3.4     9,728   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total banking and wealth management revenues

     44,235        39,318        12.5     30,139   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total other-than-temporarily impaired securities

     (15,018     (39,674     62.1     (101,472

Portion of loss on securities recognized in other comprehensive income

            22,508        –100.0     41,398   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other-than-temporary impairments on securities

     (15,018     (17,166     12.5     (60,074

Net (amortization) accretion of FDIC shared-loss indemnification asset

     (3,379     4,330        –178.0       

Fair value adjustment on FDIC equity appreciation instrument

            909        –100.0       

Net gain (loss) on:

        

Sale of securities

     27,996        15,032        86.2     4,385   

Derivatives

     (13,220     (36,823     64.1     29,181   

Early extinguishment of repurchase agreements

     (4,790            –100.0     (17,551

Trading securities

     (15     23        –165.2     12,564   

Foreclosed real estate

     (1,717     (524     –227.7     (570

Other

     (3,103     99        –3234.3     113   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
     (13,246     (34,120     61.2     (31,952
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total non-interest income (loss), net

   $ 30,989      $ 5,198        496.2   $ (1,813
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Non-Interest Income

Comparison of the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010

Non-interest income is affected by the amount of securities, derivatives and trading transactions, the level of trust assets under management, transactions generated by clients’ financial assets serviced by the securities broker-dealer and insurance subsidiaries, the level of mortgage banking activities, and the fees generated from loans and deposit accounts. It is also affected by the net accretion (amortization) of the FDIC shared-loss indemnification asset, which varies depending on the results of the on-going evaluation of expected cash flows of the loan portfolio acquired in the FDIC-assisted acquisition of Eurobank.

As shown in Table 2, the Group recorded non-interest income in the amount of $31.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2011, compared to $5.2 million during 2010, an increase of $25.8 million. This increase is mainly related to the effect of a decrease of $23.6 million in losses on derivatives activities, and an increase of $13.0 million in gain on sale of securities. During the year ended December 31, 2011, the Group recorded $13.2 million in derivative losses, primarily as a result of the strategic decision to sell its remaining swap options. Following the sale, the Group entered into new swaps to manage interest rate risk with an aggregate notional amount of $1.425 billion

 

58


designated as cash flow hedges. In December 2011, the Group cancelled $300 million of these cash flow hedges as the forecasted transaction was not deemed probable of occurring. This transaction resulted in a loss which is included in the previously mentioned loss on derivatives activities. An unrealized loss of $47.4 million was recognized in accumulated other comprehensive income related to the valuation of the remaining swaps which are deemed to be in effect at December 31, 2011.

Wealth management revenues, which consist of commissions and fees from fiduciary activities, and commissions and fees from securities brokerage and insurance activities, increased 14.5% to $20.6 million in the year ended December 31, 2011, from $18.0 million for the same period in 2010. Banking service revenues, which consist primarily of fees generated by deposit accounts, electronic banking services, and customer services, increased 16.9% to $13.8 million in the year ended December 31, 2011, from $11.8 million for the same period in 2010. These increases are attributable to an increase in electronic banking service fees.

Income generated from mortgage banking activities increased 3.4% to $9.9 million in the year ended December 31, 2011, from $9.6 million for the same period in 2010, mainly as a result of favorable pricing of mortgages sold into the secondary market.

During the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010, the Group recorded other-than-temporary impairment losses of $15.0 million and $17.2 million, respectively. The other-than-temporary impairment losses during the year ended December 31, 2011, were all recorded on a CDO that was later sold in January 2012 at a loss of $15.0 million. No additional gain or loss was realized on the sale in January 2012, since this asset was sold at the same value reflected at December 31, 2011. During the year ended December 31, 2010, other-than-temporary impairment losses were recorded on the BALTA private label non-agency CMO that was sold in December 2010 at a loss of $22.8 million.

Comparison of the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009

As shown in Table 2, the Group recorded non-interest income in the amount of $5.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2010, compared to a loss of $1.8 million in 2009.

Wealth management revenues, which consist of commissions and fees from fiduciary activities, and commissions and fees from securities brokerage and insurance activities, increased 24.2%, to $18.0 million in the year ended December 31, 2010, from $14.5 million in the same period of 2009. Banking service revenues, which consist primarily of fees generated by deposit accounts, electronic banking services, and customer services, increased 98.5% to $11.8 million in the year ended December 31, 2010, from $5.9 million in the same period of 2009. These increases are attributable to increases in electronic banking service fees and fees generated from the customers of former Eurobank banking business.

Income generated from mortgage banking activities decreased 1.8% in the year ended December 31, 2010, from $9.7 million in the year ended December 31, 2009, to $9.6 million for the same period in 2010 mainly as the result of a decrease in residential mortgage loan production.

For the year ended December 31, 2010, a loss from securities, derivatives, trading activities and other investment activities was $38.9 million, compared to a loss of $13.9 million in the same period of 2009. The decrease was mostly due to net loss of $36.8 million in derivatives during the year ended December 31, 2010, compared with gains of $29.2 million for the same period in 2009.

Net loss on derivative activities of $36.8 million in 2010 mainly reflected realized losses of $42.0 million due to the terminations of forward-settle swaps. These terminations allowed the Group to enter into new swap contracts, while effectively reducing the interest rate of the pay-fixed side of such swaps, from an average cost of 3.53% to an average cost of 1.83%. These swaps will enable the Group to fix, at 1.83%, the cost of $1.25 billion in repurchase agreements funding ($900 million maturing in December 2011 and $350 million maturing in May

 

59


2012) that currently have a blended cost of approximately 4.40%. These losses were partially offset, mainly by a gain of approximately $6.0 million in the valuation of interest rate swaps and options outstanding as of December 31, 2010.

Keeping with the Group’s investment strategy, during the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009, there were certain sales of available-for-sale securities because the Group felt at the time of such sales that gains could be realized while at the same time having good opportunities to invest the proceeds in other investment securities with attractive yields and terms that would allow the Group to continue to protect its net interest margin. Sale of securities available-for-sale, which generated net gains of $15.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2010, increased 242.8% when compared to $4.4 million for the same period a year ago. Net gains for the year ended December 31, 2010 included gains of $4.7 million in sales of Obligations of U.S. government sponsored agencies and gains of $33.1 million in sales of FNMA, FHLMC, and GNMA mortgage-backed securities. The gains realized during the year in the sales of securities available-for-sale allowed the Group to make the strategic decision to sell the remaining balance of the BALTA private label collateralized mortgage obligation (CMO) in December 2010. The proceeds from such sale amounted to approximately $63.2 million. A loss of $22.8 million was recorded in the fourth quarter for the difference between the security’s amortized cost and the sales price.

During 2010, a gain of $23 thousand was recognized in trading securities, compared to a gain of $12.6 million in the previous year.

During 2010 and 2009, the Group recorded other-than-temporary impairment losses of $17.2 million and $60.1 million, respectively.

TABLE 3 — NON-INTEREST EXPENSES SUMMARY

FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2011, 2010 AND 2009

 

     December 31,  
     2011     2010     Variance %     2009  
     (Dollars in thousands)  

Compensation and employee benefits

   $ 45,552      $ 41,723        9.2   $ 32,020   

Occupancy and equipment

     17,407        18,556        -6.2     10,379   

Professional and service fees

     21,742        16,491        31.8     14,763   

Insurance

     6,642        7,006        -5.2     7,233   

Advertising, business promotion, and strategic initiatives

     5,975        4,978        20.0     4,208   

Electronic banking charges

     5,709        4,504        26.8     2,194   

Taxes, other than payroll and income taxes

     4,721        5,106        -7.5     3,004   

Loan servicing and clearing expenses

     3,979        3,051        30.4     2,390   

Foreclosure and repossession expenses

     2,936        2,830        3.7     929   

Communication

     1,623        2,561        -36.6     1,567   

Director and investor relations

     1,305        1,463        -10.8     1,374   

Other

     4,711        4,329        8.8     3,317   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total non-interest expenses

   $ 122,302      $ 112,598        8.6   $ 83,378   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Relevant ratios and data:

        

Efficiency ratio

     66.22     64.54       51.74
  

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

 

Expense ratio

     1.21     1.10       87.00
  

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

 

Compensation and benefits to non-interest expense

     37.25     37.05       38.40
  

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

 

Compensation to total assets owned

     0.68     0.57       0.49
  

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

 

Average number of employees

     725        725          541   
  

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

 

Average compensation per employee

   $ 62.8      $ 57.5        $ 59.2   
  

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

 

Assets owned per average employee

   $ 9,233      $ 10,084        $ 12,109   
  

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

 

 

60


Non-Interest Expenses

Comparison of the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010

Non-interest expenses for the year ended December 31, 2011 increased 8.6% to $122.3 million, compared to $112.6 million for the same period in 2010. The increase in non-interest expenses for the year ended December 31, 2011 is primarily driven by the integration of former Eurobank employees after the FDIC-assisted acquisition on April 30, 2010 and therefore had only a partial impact on the year ended December 31, 2010.

Compensation and employee benefits increased 9.2% to $45.6 million from $41.7 million for the same period in 2010. Average employees remained at 725 for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010.

Professional and service fees for the year ended December 31, 2011 increased 31.8% to $21.7 million, compared to $16.5 million for the same period in 2010. The increase for the year ended December 31, 2011 is mainly due to expenses for servicing the loans acquired in the FDIC-assisted acquisition, which commenced in late June 2010.

Occupancy and equipment expense decreased 6.2% to $17.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2011 compared to the same period in 2010. This decrease is mainly attributed to fewer branches when compared to the same period in 2010.

Decrease in insurance expenses for the year ended December 31, 2011, as compared to the same period in 2010, is principally due to the change in FDIC assessment rates and the change in the methodology applied to the Bank. This current methodology is based on average consolidated total assets less average tangible equity, instead of total deposits.

Increase in electronic banking charges for the year ended December 31, 2011, compared to the same period in 2010, is mainly due to increases in the volume of transactions, as the result of new customers from the FDIC-assisted acquisition.

Decrease in taxes, other than payroll and income taxes, for the year ended December 31, 2011, as compared to same period in 2010, is principally due to the effect of the Eurobank integration, which for 2010 contemplated property taxes for all of Eurobank’s former facilities.

Advertising, business promotion, and strategic initiatives for the year ended December 31, 2011 increased 20.0%, as compared to the same period in 2010, primarily to support the expansion of commercial banking and the Group’s rebranding.

Loan servicing and clearing expenses increased 30.4%, foreclosure and repossession expenses increased 3.7%, printing, postage, stationery and supplies expenses increased 6.4%, and other operating expenses increased 9.7%, and communication expenses and director and investor relations decreased 36.6% and 10.8%, respectively, for the year ended December 31, 2011 when compared to the same period ended December 31, 2010.

The non-interest expense results reflect an efficiency ratio of 66.2% for the year ended December 31, 2011, compared to 64.5% for the year ended December 31, 2010. The efficiency ratio measures how much of a company’s revenue is used to pay operating expenses. The Group computes its efficiency ratio by dividing non-interest expenses by the sum of its net interest income and non-interest income, but excluding gains on sale of investments securities, derivatives gains or losses, credit-related other-than-temporary impairment losses, and other income that may be considered volatile in nature. Management believes that the exclusion of those items permits greater comparability. Amounts presented as part of non-interest income that are excluded from the efficiency ratio computation amounted to a loss of $13.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2011, compared to a loss of $34.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2010.

 

61


Comparison of the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009

Non-interest expenses for the year ended December 31, 2010 increased 35.0% to $112.6 million, compared to $83.4 million for the same period of 2009. The increase in non-interest expense is primarily driven by higher compensation and employees’ benefits, professional services fees, and occupancy and equipment expenses.

Compensation and employee benefits increased 30.3% to $41.7 million from $32.0 million in the year ended December 31, 2009. The increase is mainly driven by the integration of employees of Eurobank since April 30, 2010. This factor represented an increase of approximately $7.2 million in payroll for the year ended December 31, 2010.

Occupancy and equipment expense increased 25.7% to $18.6 million in the year ended December 31, 2010. The increase is mainly driven by the integration of branches of Eurobank since April 30, 2010. This factor represented an increase of approximately $3.4 million in occupancy and equipment for the year ended December 31, 2010.

Professional and service fees increased 58.9% for the year ended December 31, 2010, mainly due to servicing expenses during the year for certain commercial and construction loans acquired from the FDIC-assisted acquisition amounting to $5.2 million. This fluctuation is also affected by a one-time professional expense amounting to approximately $1.2 million, as part of the FDIC-assisted acquisition.

Increases in taxes, other than payroll and income taxes of 70.0% for the year ended December 31, 2010 as compared to same period of 2009, are principally due to increase in municipal license tax, based on business volume and assets, which increased compared to previous year. The increase in overall business volume and asset is also related to the addition of new branches and the assets acquired in the FDIC-assisted acquisition.

Increase in electronic banking charges of 105.3% for the year ended December 31, 2010 against the same period of 2009, are mainly due to increase in point-of-sale (“POS”) transactions, in addition to Eurobank’s increased transactions as the result of the Group’s commercial POS cash management business.

In the year ended December 31, 2010, advertising and business promotion expenses, loan servicing and clearing expenses, communication expenses, director and investor relations expenses, foreclosure and repossession expenses, and other operating expenses increased 18.3%, 27.7%, 63.4%, 6.5%, 204.6% and 68.6%, respectively, compared to the year ended December 31, 2009.

The non-interest expense results reflect an efficiency ratio of 64.53% for the year ended December 31, 2010, compared to 51.74% in 2009. The efficiency ratio measures how much of a Group’s revenue is used to pay operating expenses. The Group computes its efficiency ratio by dividing non-interest expenses by the sum of its net interest income and non-interest income, but excluding gains on sale of investments securities, derivatives gains or losses, credit-related other-than-temporary impairment losses, and other income that may be considered volatile in nature. Management believes that the exclusion of those items permit greater comparability. Amounts presented as part of non-interest income that are excluded from the efficiency ratio computation amounted to net losses of $34.2 million and $32.2 million for the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively.

Provision for Loan and Lease Losses

Comparison of the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010

The provision for non-covered loan and lease losses for the year ended December 31, 2011 totaled $15.2 million, a 4.5% decrease from the $15.9 million reported for 2010. Based on an analysis of the credit quality and the composition of the Group’s loan portfolio, management determined that the provision for 2011 was adequate in order to maintain the allowance for loan and lease losses at an adequate level.

 

62


Net credit losses increased $1.9 million, to $9.6 million, representing 0.81% of average non-covered loans outstanding, versus 0.67% in 2010. The allowance for non-covered loan and lease losses increased to $37.0 million (3.06% of non-covered loans) at December 31, 2011, compared to $31.4 million (2.66% of non-covered loans) a year ago.

The Group maintains an allowance for loan and lease losses at a level that management considers adequate to provide for probable losses based upon an evaluation of known and inherent risks. The Group’s allowance for loan and lease losses policy provides for a detailed quarterly analysis of probable losses.

The Group follows a systematic methodology to establish and evaluate the adequacy of the allowance for non-covered loan and lease losses to provide for inherent losses in the loan portfolio. This methodology includes the consideration of factors such as economic conditions, portfolio risk characteristics, prior loss experience, and results of periodic credit reviews of individual loans. The provision for non-covered loan and lease losses charged to current operations is based on such methodology. Loan losses are charged and recoveries are credited to the allowance for loan and lease losses.

Larger commercial loans that exhibit potential or observed credit weaknesses are subject to individual review and grading. Where appropriate, allowances are allocated to individual loans based on management’s estimate of the borrower’s ability to repay the loan given the availability of collateral, other sources of cash flow and legal options available to the Group.

Included in the review of individual loans are those that are impaired. A loan is considered impaired when, based on current information and events, it is probable that the Group will be unable to collect the scheduled payments of principal or interest when due according to the contractual terms of the loan agreement. Impaired loans are measured based on the present value of expected future cash flows discounted at the loan’s effective interest rate, or as a practical expedient, at the observable market price of the loan or the fair value of the collateral, if the loan is collateral dependent. Loans are individually evaluated for impairment, except large groups of small balance homogeneous loans that are collectively evaluated for impairment, and loans that are recorded at fair value or at the lower of cost or market. The portfolios of mortgage, leases and consumer loans are considered homogeneous, and are evaluated collectively for impairment. For the commercial loans portfolio, all loans over $250 thousand that are either over 90 days past due or adversely classified are evaluated for impairment, or when deemed necessary by management. At December 31, 2011, the total investment in impaired commercial loans was $46.4 million, compared to $25.9 million at December 31, 2010. Impaired commercial loans increased principally as a result of an increase of $10.9 million in commercial loans classified as troubled debt restructurings and $5.4 million in current loans adversely classified by management during its impairment analysis. Most of the impaired commercial loans are measured based on the fair value of collateral method, since most impaired loans during the period were collateral dependant, all other loans are measured using the present value of cash flows method. The valuation allowance for impaired commercial loans amounted to approximately $3.5 million and $823 thousand at December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively. At December 31, 2011, the total investment in impaired mortgage loans was $51.5 million (December 31, 2010 — $36.1 million). Impairment on mortgage loans assessed as troubled debt restructuring was measured using the present value of cash flows. The valuation allowance for impaired mortgage loans amounted to approximately $3.4 million and $2.4 million at December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively.

The Group, using a rating system, applies an overall allowance percentage to each loan portfolio category based on historical credit losses adjusted for current conditions and trends. This calculation is the starting point for management’s systematic determination of the required level of the allowance for loan and lease losses. Other data considered in this determination includes: the credit grading assigned to commercial loans, delinquency levels, loss trends and other information including underwriting standards and economic trends.

Loan loss ratios and credit risk categories are updated quarterly and are applied in the context of GAAP and the 2006 Interagency Policy Statement on the Allowance For Loan and Lease Losses, which requires that depository institutions have prudent, conservative, but not excessive loan loss allowances that fall within an acceptable

 

63


range of estimated losses. While management uses available information in estimating probable loan losses, future changes to the allowance may be necessary, based on factors beyond the Group’s control, such as factors affecting general economic conditions.

There have been no material changes in criteria or estimation techniques as compared to prior periods that impacted the determination of the current period allowance for loan and lease losses. However, during the quarter ended September 30, 2011, the Group divided the commercial loan portfolio into two classes, commercial loans secured by existing commercial real estate properties and other commercial loans, for purposes of evaluating the allowance for loan and lease losses.

The loans covered by the FDIC shared-loss agreement were recognized at fair value as of April 30, 2010, which included the impact of expected credit losses. As part of the Group’s assessment of actual versus expected cash flows on covered loans, higher cash flows are expected for various pools of loans for which impairment has been previously recorded as an allowance for covered loan and lease losses. The resulting higher expected cash flows are recorded as a reduction in such previously recorded allowance and a recapture of covered loan and lease losses of $1.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2011, net of the effect from the FDIC shared-loss indemnification asset. A provision for covered loan and lease losses of $6.2 million was recorded in the year ended December 31, 2010, net of the effect from the FDIC shared-loss indemnification asset.

Each quarter, actual cash flows on covered loans are reviewed against the cash flows expected to be collected. If it is deemed probable that the Group will be unable to collect all of the cash flows previously expected (e.g., the cash flows expected to be collected at acquisition adjusted for any probable changes in estimate thereafter), the covered loans shall be deemed impaired and an allowance for covered loan and lease losses will be recorded. When there is a probable significant increase in cash flows expected to be collected or if the actual cash flows collected are significantly greater than those previously expected, the Group will reduce any allowance for loan and lease losses established after acquisition for the increase in the present value of cash flows expected to be collected, and recalculate the amount of accretable yield for the loan based on the revised cash flow expectations.

Please refer to the “Allowance for Loan and Lease Losses and Non-Performing Assets” section in this MD&A and Table 8 through Table 13 below for a more detailed analysis of the allowances for loan and lease losses, net credit losses and credit quality statistics.

Comparison of the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009

The provision for non-covered loan and lease losses for the year ended December 31, 2010 totaled $15.9 million, a 1.7% increase from the $15.7 million reported for 2009. Based on an analysis of the credit quality and the composition of the Group’s loan portfolio, management determined that the provision for 2010 was adequate in order to maintain the allowance for loan and lease losses at an adequate level.

Net credit losses increased $1.1 million, to $7.8 million, representing 0.67% of average non-covered loans outstanding, versus 0.57% in 2009. The allowance for non-covered loan and lease losses increased to $31.4 million (2.65% of total loans) at December 31, 2010, compared to $23.3 million (2.00% of total loans) a year ago.

For the commercial loans portfolio, all loans over $250 thousand and over 90 days past due are evaluated for impairment. At December 31, 2010, the total investment in impaired commercial loans was $25.9 million, compared to $15.6 million at December 31, 2009. Impaired commercial loans are measured based on the fair value of collateral method, since all impaired loans during the period were collateral dependent. The valuation allowance for impaired commercial loans amounted to approximately $823 thousand and $709 thousand at December 31, 2010 and December 31, 2009, respectively. Net credit losses on impaired commercial loans for the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009 were $1.9 million and $776 thousand, respectively. At December 31, 2010, the total investment in impaired mortgage loans was $36.1 million (December 31, 2009 — $10.7 million). Impairment on mortgage loans assessed as troubled debt restructuring was measured using the present value of cash flows. The valuation allowance for impaired mortgage loans amounted to approximately $2.4 million and $683 thousand at December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively.

 

64


The loans covered by the FDIC shared-loss agreement were recognized at fair value as of April 30, 2010, which included the impact of expected credit losses. As a result of a net credit impairment attributable to various pools of loans covered under the shared-loss agreements with the FDIC, the Group recorded a provision for covered loan and lease losses of $6.3 million during the year ended December 31, 2010. This impairment consists of $49.3 million in gross estimated losses, less a $43.0 million increase in the FDIC shared-loss indemnification asset. During the year ended December 31, 2011, the Group’s assessment of actual versus expected cash flows on covered loans reflected that higher cash flows are expected for various pools of loans for which impairment has been previously recorded as an allowance for covered loan and lease losses. The resulting higher expected cash flows are recorded as a reduction in such previously recorded allowance and a recapture of covered loan and lease losses of $1.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2011. This recapture consists of $12.0 million decrease in gross estimated losses, less a $10.6 million decrease in the FDIC shared-loss indemnification asset.

Income Taxes

Comparison of the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010

For the year ended December 31, 2011, the Group recorded an income tax expense of $866 thousand, as compared to income tax benefit of $4.3 million for the same period in 2010. This increase reflects a $5.2 million expense related to the re-measurement of the net deferred tax assets due to a reduction in the marginal corporate income tax rate from 40.95% to 30% as a result of the 2011 Code, partially reduced by the various contingencies settled with the Puerto Rico Treasury Department during the quarter ended June 30, 2011 in which the Group paid $2.0 million, approximately $3.0 million less than what the Group had reserved for this purpose. As part of the settlement reached, all taxable years prior to 2010 are closed for purposes of any assessments of additional income taxes by the Puerto Rico Treasury Department. Also, mortgage tax credits amounting to $2.6 million became available for the years 2011 and 2012, $1.3 million of which were used during 2011 to offset any taxable income. The Group expects to obtain benefits from this reduction in tax rates on future corporate tax filings. For the year ended December 31, 2011, the effective tax rate of the Group reached 2.45% compared to an effective tax benefit of 77.64% for the same period in 2010. Included in the aforementioned effective tax rate is the net effect of the change in the enacted tax rate of 14.66%; the decrease in the tax liability rate of the Group’s international banking entity of 1.41%, which reduced its statutory tax rate from 5.00% to 0.00%; and a decrease in the income tax contingencies credit of 7.95%, which includes the benefits recorded from the settlement of contingencies with the Puerto Rico Treasury Department.

Comparison of the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009

The income tax benefit was $4.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2010, as compared to an expense of $7.0 million for 2009, as a result of decreased operating income and investment gains. The effective income tax rate in 2010 was lower than the 40.95% statutory tax rate for the Group, due to the high level of tax-advantaged interest income earned on certain investments and loans, net of the disallowance of related expenses attributable to exempt income. Exempt interest relates principally to interest earned on obligations of the United States and Puerto Rico governments and certain mortgage-backed securities, including securities held by the Group’s international banking entity.

 

65


TABLE 4 — ASSETS SUMMARY AND COMPOSITION

AS OF DECEMBER 31, 2011, 2010 AND 2009

 

     December 31,  
     2011     2010     Variance %     2009  
     (Dollars in thousands)  

Investments:

  

FNMA and FHLMC certificates

   $ 3,560,807      $ 3,972,107        –10.4   $ 2,764,172   

Obligations of US Government sponsored agencies

            3,000        –100.0     1,007,091   

Non-agency collateralized mortgage obligations

                   0.0     446,037   

CMO’s issued by US Government sponsored agencies

     130,045        177,804        –26.9     286,509   

GNMA certificates

     28,336        127,714        –77.8     346,103   

Structured credit investments

     37,288        41,693        –10.6     38,383   

Puerto Rico Government and agency obligations

     81,482        67,663        20.4     65,364   

FHLB stock

     23,779        22,496        5.7     19,937   

Other debt securities

     5,980               100.0       

Other investments

     253        1,480        –82.9     673   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
     3,867,970        4,413,957        –12.4     4,974,269   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loans:

        

Loans not covered under shared-loss agreements with the FDIC

     1,183,748        1,149,319        3.0     1,136,080   

Allowance for loan and lease losses on non covered loans

     (37,010     (31,430     –17.8     (23,272
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Non covered loans receivable, net

     1,146,738        1,117,889        2.6     1,112,808   

Mortgage loans held for sale

     26,939        33,979        –20.7     27,261   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total loans not covered under shared-loss agreements with the FDIC, net

     1,173,677        1,151,868        1.9     1,140,069   

Loans covered under shared-loss agreements with the FDIC

     533,532        669,997        –20.4       

Allowance for loan and lease losses on covered loans

     (37,256     (49,286     24.4       
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total loans covered under shared loss agreements with the FDIC, net

     496,276        620,711        –20.0       
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total loans, net

     1,669,953        1,772,579        –5.8     1,140,069   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total securities and loans

     5,537,923        6,186,536        –10.5     6,114,338   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other assets:

        

Cash and due from banks

     601,614        344,067        74.9     247,691   

Money market investments

     3,863        104,869        –96.3     29,432   

FDIC shared-loss indemnification asset

     392,367        473,629        –17.2       

Foreclosed real estate

     27,679        26,840        3.1     9,347   

Accrued interest receivable

     20,182        28,716        –29.7     33,656   

Deferred tax asset, net

     32,023        30,732        4.2     31,685   

Premises and equipment, net

     21,520        23,941        –10.1     19,775   

Derivative assets

     9,317        28,315        –67.1       

Other assets

     47,178        63,361        –25.5     64,909   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total other assets

     1,155,743        1,124,470        2.8     436,495   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total assets

   $ 6,693,666      $ 7,311,006        –8.4   $ 6,550,833   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Investment portfolio composition:

        

FNMA and FHLMC certificates

     92.0     90.1       55.5

Obligations of US Government sponsored agencies

     0.0     0.1       20.2

Non-agency collateralized mortgage obligations

     0.0     0.0       9.0

CMO’s issued by US Government sponsored agencies

     3.4     4.0       5.8

GNMA certificates

     0.7     2.9       7.0

Structured credit investments

     1.0     0.9       0.8

Puerto Rico Government and agency obligations

     2.1     1.5       1.3

FHLB stock

     0.6     0.5       0.4

Other debt securities and other investments

     0.2     0.0       0.0
  

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

 
     100.0     100.0       100.0
  

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

 

 

66


ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION

Assets Owned

At December 31, 2011, the Group’s total assets amounted to $6.7 billion, a decrease of 8.4% when compared to $7.3 billion at December 31, 2010, and interest-earning assets reached $5.5 billion, down 10.5%, versus $6.2 billion at December 31, 2010.

As detailed in Table 4, investments are the Group’s largest interest-earning assets component. Investments principally consist of money market instruments, U.S. government and agency bonds, mortgage-backed securities and Puerto Rico government and agency bonds. At December 31, 2011, the investment portfolio decreased 12.4% from $4.4 billion to $3.9 billion. This decrease is mostly due to a decrease of $411.3 million or 10.4% in FNMA and FHLMC certificates, and a decrease of $99.4 million or 77.8% in GNMA certificates.

At December 31, 2011, approximately 96% of the Group’s investment securities portfolio consists of fixed-rate mortgage-backed securities or notes, guaranteed or issued by FNMA, FHLMC or GNMA, and U.S. agency senior debt obligations, backed by a U.S. government-sponsored entity or the full faith and credit of the U.S. government, compared to 98% at December 31, 2010.

The Group’s loan portfolio is mainly comprised of residential loans, home equity loans, commercial loans collateralized by mortgages on real estate located in Puerto Rico, and leases. At December 31, 2011, the Group’s loan portfolio, the second largest category of the Group’s interest-earning assets, amounted to $1.7 billion, a decrease of 5.8% from $1.8 billion at December 31, 2010. The loan portfolio decrease was mainly attributable to a decrease of $124.4 million or 20.0% in covered loans as they continue to pay down, which was partially offset by an increase of 1.9% in non-covered loans.

At December 31, 2011, the mortgage loan portfolio amounted to $821.1 million (69.1% of the gross non-covered loan portfolio), compared to $873.9 million (75.8% of the gross non-covered loan portfolio) at December 31, 2010. Mortgage loan production and purchases of $212.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2011 decreased 13.2%, from $245.2 million, when compared to the year ended December 31, 2010.

At December 31, 2011, the commercial loan portfolio amounted to $301.6 million (25.3% of the gross non-covered loan portfolio), compared to $234.3 million (20.3% of the gross non-covered loan portfolio) at December 31, 2010. Commercial loan production increased 38.3% for the year ended December 31, 2011 from $101.0 million in 2010 to $139.8 million in 2011.

At December 31, 2011, the consumer loan portfolio amounted to $39.9 million (3.4% of the gross non-covered loan portfolio), compared to $34.5 million (3.0% of the gross non-covered loan portfolio) at December 31, 2010. Consumer loan production increased 58.0% for the year ended December 31, 2011 from $13.8 million in 2010 to $21.7 million in 2011.

At December 31, 2011, the leasing portfolio amounted to $25.8 million (2.2% of the gross non-covered loan portfolio), compared to $10.3 million (0.9% of the gross non-covered loan portfolio) at December 31, 2010. Leasing production increased 86.1% for the year ended December 31, 2011 from $11.6 million in 2010 to $21.6 million in 2011.

The FDIC shared-loss indemnification asset amounted to $392.4 million and $473.6 million as of December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively. This decrease is mainly related to reimbursements received from the FDIC during 2011 of $75.5 million.

 

67


TABLE 5 — LOANS RECEIVABLE COMPOSITION:

AS OF DECEMBER 31, 2011, 2010 AND 2009

 

      December 31,  
     2011     2010     2009  
     (In thousands)  

Loans not covered under shared-loss agreements with FDIC:

      

Loans secured by real estate:

      

Residential

   $ 819,651      $ 872,427      $ 918,688   

Home equity loans and others

     1,411        1,505        1,565   

Commercial

     218,261        178,232        157,631   

Deferred loan fees, net

     (4,300     (3,931     (3,318
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
     1,035,023        1,048,233        1,074,566   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other loans:

      

Commercial

     83,312        56,760        40,357   

Personal consumer loans and credit lines

     39,890        34,492        21,335   

Leasing

     25,768        10,257          

Deferred loan fees, net

     (245     (423     (178
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
     148,725        101,086        61,514   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loans receivable

     1,183,748        1,149,319        1,136,080   

Allowance for loan and lease losses on non covered loans

     (37,010     (31,430     (23,272
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loans receivable, net

     1,146,738        1,117,889        1,112,808   

Mortgage loans held-for-sale

     26,939        33,979        27,261   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total loans not-covered under shared-loss agreements with FDIC, net

     1,173,677        1,151,868        1,140,069   

Loans covered under shared-loss agreements with FDIC:

      

Loans secured by 1-4 family residential properties

     140,824        166,865          

Construction and development secured by 1-4 family residential properties

     16,976        17,232          

Commercial and other construction

     325,832        388,261          

Leasing

     36,122        79,093          

Consumer

     13,778        18,546          
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total loans covered under shared-loss agreements with FDIC

     533,532        669,997          

Allowance for loan and lease losses on covered loans

     (37,256     (49,286       
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total loans covered under shared-loss agreements with FDIC, net

     496,276        620,711          
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total loans, net

   $ 1,669,953      $ 1,772,579      $ 1,140,069   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

68


The following table summarizes the remaining contractual maturities of the Group’s total non-covered loans (gross of deferred loan fees) segmented to reflect cash flows as of December 31, 2011. Contractual maturities do not necessarily reflect the actual term of a loan, considering prepayments.

 

            Maturities  
                   After One Year to
Five Years
     After Five Years  
     Balance
Outstanding at
December 31, 2011
     One Year or
Less
     Fixed
Interest
Rates
     Variable
Interest
Rates
     Fixed
Interest
Rates
     Variable
Interest
Rates
 
     (In thousands)  

Non-covered loans

                 

Mortgage, mainly residential

   $ 819,651       $ 14,858       $ 43,558       $       $ 761,235       $   

Commercial, mainly real estate

     301,573         74,620         120,534         69,162         29,046         8,211   

Consumer

     41,301         8,789         28,090         24         3,103         1,295   

Leasing

     25,768         116         20,581                 5,071           
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 1,188,293       $ 98,383       $ 212,763       $ 69,186       $ 798,455       $ 9,506   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

69


TABLE 6 — LIABILITIES SUMMARY AND COMPOSITION

AS OF DECEMBER 31, 2011, 2010 AND 2009

 

     December 31,  
     2011     2010     Variance
%
    2009  
     (Dollars in thousands)  

Deposits:

        

Non-interest bearing deposits

   $ 190,001      $ 170,705        11.3   $ 73,548   

Now accounts

     810,844        783,744        3.5     619,947   

Savings and money market accounts

     230,673        235,690        –2.1     86,791   

Certificates of deposit

     1,159,258        1,393,743        –16.8     961,344   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
     2,390,776        2,583,882        –7.5     1,741,630   

Accrued interest payable

     4,491        5,006        –10.3     3,871   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
     2,395,267        2,588,888        –7.5     1,745,501   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Borrowings:

        

Short term borrowings

     39,920        42,460        –6.0     49,218   

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase

     3,056,238        3,456,781        –11.6     3,557,308   

Advances from FHLB

     281,753        281,753        0.0     281,753   

FDIC-guaranteed term notes

     105,834        105,834        0.0     105,834   

Subordinated capital notes

     36,083        36,083        0.0     36,083   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
     3,519,828        3,922,911        –10.3     4,030,196   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total deposits and borrowings

     5,915,095        6,511,799        –9.2     5,775,697   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

FDIC net settlement payable

     115        22,954        –99.5       

Derivative liabilities

     47,425        64        74001.6       

Securities and loans purchased but not yet received

                   0.0     413,359   

Other liabilities

     35,476        43,858        –19.1     31,611   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities

   $ 5,998,111      $ 6,578,675        –8.8   $ 6,220,667   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Deposits portfolio composition percentages:

        

Non-interest bearing deposits

     8.0     6.7       4.2

Now accounts

     33.9     30.3       35.6

Savings accounts

     9.6     9.1       5.0

Certificates of deposit

     48.5     53.9       55.2
  

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

 
     100.0     100.0       100.0
  

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

 

Borrowings portfolio composition percentages:

        

Federal funds purchases and other short term borrowings

     1.1     1.1       1.2

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase

     86.9     88.1       88.3

Advances from FHLB

     8.0     7.2       7.0

FDIC-guaranteed term notes

     3.0     2.7       2.6

Subordinated capital notes

     1.0     0.9       0.9
  

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

 
     100.0     100.0       100.0
  

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

 

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase

        

Amount outstanding at year-end

   $ 3,056,238      $ 3,456,781        $ 3,557,308   
  

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

 

Daily average outstanding balance

   $ 3,417,892      $ 3,545,926        $ 3,659,442   
  

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

 

Maximum outstanding balance at any month-end

   $ 3,466,480      $ 3,566,588        $ 3,762,353   
  

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

 

 

70


Liabilities and Funding Sources

As shown in Table 6, at December 31, 2011, the Group’s total liabilities reached $6.0 billion, 8.8% lower than the $6.6 billion reported at December 31, 2010. This decrease is mostly due to the early extinguishment of a $100.0 million repurchase agreement during the third quarter of 2011, and the maturity of $300.0 million in repurchase agreements during the fourth quarter of 2011. Deposits and borrowings, the Group’s funding sources, amounted to $5.9 billion at December 31, 2011 versus $6.5 billion at December 31, 2010, a 9.2% decrease. Borrowings represented 59.5% of interest-bearing liabilities and deposits represented 40.5%.

Borrowings consist mainly of funding sources through the use of repurchase agreements, FHLB advances, FDIC-guaranteed term notes (under the Temporary Liquidity Guarantee Program), subordinated capital notes, and other borrowings. At December 31, 2011, borrowings amounted to $3.5 billion, 10.3% lower than the $3.9 billion recorded at December 31, 2010. Repurchase agreements as of December 31, 2011 amounted to $3.1 billion, an 11.6% decrease when compared to $3.5 billion as of December 31, 2010. The decrease is mainly due to the early extinguishment of a $100.0 million repurchase agreement during the third quarter of 2011 and the cancellation of $300.0 million in repurchase agreements during the fourth quarter of 2011.

At December 31, 2011, short term borrowings amounted to $39.9 million, 6.0% lower than the $42.5 million reported at December 31, 2010. Short term borrowings mainly consist of deposits of the Puerto Rico Cash & Money Market Fund.

As a member of the Federal Home Loan Bank (“FHLB”), the Group can obtain advances from the FHLB, secured by the FHLB stock owned by the Group, as well as by certain of the Group’s mortgage loans and investment securities. Advances from FHLB amounted to $281.8 million as of December 31, 2011, and December 31, 2010. These advances mature from May 2012 through May 2014.

The Group’s banking subsidiary issued in March 2009 $105.0 million in notes guaranteed under the FDIC Temporary Liquidity Guarantee Program. These notes are due on March 16, 2012, bear interest at a 2.75% fixed rate, and are backed by the full faith and credit of the United States. Interest on the note is payable on the 16th of each March and September, beginning September 16, 2009. Shortly after issuance of the notes, the Group paid $3.2 million (equivalent to an annual fee of 100 basis points) to the FDIC to maintain the FDIC guarantee coverage until the maturity of the notes. This cost has been deferred and is being amortized over the term of the notes. The total cost of the notes for 2011 and 2010, including the amount of the debt issuance costs, was 3.87%.

At December 31, 2011, deposits, the second largest category of the Group’s interest-bearing liabilities reached $2.395 billion, down 7.5% from $2.589 billion at December 31, 2010. This decrease was mainly attributable to a decrease in higher cost brokered deposits and other wholesale institutional deposits which decreased 8.2% and 40.0%, respectively, to $255.9 million and $168.3 million in December 31, 2011 from $278.9 million and $280.6 million in December 31, 2010.

At December 31, 2011, the scheduled maturities of time deposits and individual retirement accounts of $100 thousand or more were as follows:

 

     (In thousands)  

Three (3) months or less

   $ 115,134   

Over 3 months through 6 months

     78,360   

Over 6 months through 12 months

     133,056   

Over 12 months

     129,537   
  

 

 

 

Total

   $ 456,087   
  

 

 

 

 

71


Stockholders’ Equity

At December 31, 2011, the Group’s total stockholders’ equity was $695.6 million, a 5.0% decrease when compared to $732.3 million at December 31, 2010. This decrease reflects stock repurchases under the aforementioned stock repurchase programs, partially offset by the net income for the year.

On February 3, 2011, the Group announced that its Board of Directors had approved a stock repurchase program pursuant to which the Group was authorized to purchase in the open market up to $30 million of its outstanding shares of common stock. On June 29, 2011, the Group announced the completion of this $30 million stock repurchase program and the approval by the Board of Directors of a new program to purchase an additional $70 million of common stock in the open market.

Any shares of common stock repurchased are held by the Group as treasury shares. The Group records treasury stock purchases under the cost method whereby the entire cost of the acquired stock is recorded as treasury stock. Under the $30 million program, initiated in February 2011, the Group purchased a total of 2,406,303 shares at an average price of $12.10 per share. As of December 31, 2011, under the $70 million program, the Group had purchased approximately 2,783,000 shares for a total of $29.4 million at an average price of $10.57 per share.

On March 19, 2010, the Group completed the public offering of 8,740,000 shares of its common stock. The offering resulted in net proceeds of $94.5 million after deducting offering costs. The net proceeds of this offering were intended for general corporate purposes, which including funding organic acquisition and acquisition growth opportunities, including the participation in government assisted transactions in Puerto Rico. The Group contributed $93.0 million of the net proceeds in the form of capital to the Group’s banking subsidiary, which used such amount for general corporate purposes and to bolster its regulatory capital needs.

On April 30, 2010, the Group issued 200,000 shares of the Series C Preferred Stock through a private placement. The Series C Preferred Stock had a liquidation preference of $1,000 per share. The offering resulted in net proceeds of $189.4 million, after deducting offering costs. On May 13, 2010, the Group made a capital contribution of $179.0 million to its banking subsidiary. At a special meeting of shareholders of the Group held on June 30, 2010, the shareholders approved the issuance of 13,320,000 shares of the Group’s common stock upon the conversion of the Series C Preferred Stock, which was converted on July 8, 2010 at a conversion price of $15.015 per share. The difference between the $15.015 per share conversion price and the market price of the common stock on April 30, 2010 ($16.72) was considered a contingent beneficial conversion feature on June 30, 2010, when the conversion was approved by the shareholders. Such feature amounted to $22.7 million at June 30, 2010 and was recorded as a deemed dividend on preferred stock.

Tangible common equity to risk-weighted assets and total equity to risk-weighted assets at December 31, 2011 and 2010 increased to 29.75% and 33.18% from 29.30% and 32.50%, respectively.

The Group maintains capital ratios in excess of regulatory requirements. At December 31, 2011, Tier 1 Leverage Capital Ratio was 9.65% (2.41 times the requirement of 4.00%), Tier 1 Risk-Based Capital Ratio was 31.56% (7.89 times the requirement of 4.00%), and Total Risk-Based Capital Ratio was 32.84% (4.11 times the requirement of 8.00%).

Taking into consideration the Group’s strong capital position, the quarterly cash dividend per common share was increased by 20%, to $0.06 per share, on November 30, 2011. On an annualized basis, this represents an increase to $0.24 per share, from $0.20, or an estimated annual increase of $1.6 million, based on 41.2 million shares outstanding at December 31, 2011.

 

72


The following are the consolidated capital ratios of the Group at December 31, 2011, 2010, and 2009:

TABLE 7 — CAPITAL, DIVIDENDS AND STOCK DATA

 

     December 31,  
     2011     2010     Variance
%
    2009  
     (Dollars in thousands)  

Capital data:

  

Stockholders’ equity

   $ 695,555      $ 732,331        –5.0   $ 330,166   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Regulatory Capital Ratios data:

        

Leverage Capital Ratio

     9.65     9.50     1.6     6.52
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Minimum Leverage Capital Ratio Required

     4.00     4.00       4.00
  

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

 

Actual Tier 1 Capital

   $ 661,614      $ 699,415        –5.4   $ 414,702   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Minimum Tier 1 Capital Required

   $ 274,231      $ 294,472        –6.9   $ 254,323   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Excess over regulatory requirement

   $ 387,383      $ 404,943        –4.3   $ 160,379   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Tier 1 Risk-Based Capital Ratio

     31.56     31.04     1.7     18.79
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Minimum Tier 1 Risk-Based Capital Ratio Required

     4.00     4.00       4.00
  

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

 

Actual Tier 1 Risk-Based Capital

   $ 661,614      $ 699,415        –5.4   $ 414,702   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Actual Tier 1 Common Equity Capital

   $ 593,614      $ 631,415        –6.0   $ 346,702   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Minimum Tier 1 Risk-Based Capital Required

   $ 83,845      $ 90,139        –7.0   $ 88,295   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Excess over regulatory requirement

   $ 577,769      $ 609,276        –5.2   $ 326,407   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Risk-Weighted Assets

   $ 2,096,125      $ 2,253,487        –7.0   $ 2,207,383   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Risk-Based Capital Ratio

     32.84     32.32     1.6     19.84
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Minimum Total Risk-Based Capital Ratio Required

     8.00     8.00       8.00
  

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

 

Actual Total Risk-Based Capital

   $ 688,415      $ 728,241        –5.5   $ 437,975   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Minimum Total Risk-Based Capital Required

   $ 167,690      $ 180,279        –7.0   $ 176,591   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Excess over regulatory requirement

   $ 520,725      $ 547,962        –5.0   $ 261,384   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Risk-Weighted Assets

   $ 2,096,125      $ 2,253,487        –7.0   $ 2,207,383   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Tangible common equity (common equity less goodwill and core deposit intangible) to total assets

     9.32     9.03     3.2     3.97
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Tangible common equity to risk-weighted assets

     29.75     29.30     1.5     11.79
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total equity to total assets

     10.39     10.02     3.7     5.04
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total equity to risk-weighted assets

     33.18     32.50     2.1     14.96
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Tier 1 common equity to risk-weighted assets

     28.32     28.02     1.1     15.71
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Tier 1 common equity

   $ 593,615      $ 631,415        –6.0   $ 346,702   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Stock data:

        

Outstanding common shares

     41,245        46,349        –11.0     24,235   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Book value per common share

   $ 15.22      $ 14.33        6.2   $ 10.82   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Market price at end of period

   $ 12.11      $ 12.49        –3.0   $ 10.80   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Market capitalization at end of period

   $ 499,477      $ 578,899        –13.7   $ 261,738   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

73


The following table provides a reconciliation of the Group’s total stockholders’ equity to tangible common equity and total assets to tangible assets at December 31, 2011 and 2010:

 

     December 31,  
     2011     2010  
    

(In thousands, except share or per

share information)

 

Total stockholders’ equity

   $ 695,555      $ 732,331   

Preferred stock

     (68,000     (68,000

Goodwill

     (2,701     (2,701

Core deposit intangible

     (1,185     (1,328
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total tangible common equity

   $ 623,669      $ 660,302   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total assets

     6,693,666        7,311,006   

Goodwill

     (2,701     (2,701

Core deposit intangible

     (1,185     (1,328
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total tangible assets

   $ 6,689,780      $ 7,306,977   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Tangible common equity to tangible assets

     9.32     9.03
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Common shares outstanding at end of period

     41,244,533        46,348,667   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Tangible book value per common share

   $ 15.12      $ 14.25   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

The tangible common equity ratio and tangible book value per common share are non-GAAP measures. Management and many stock analysts use the tangible common equity ratio and tangible book value per common share in conjunction with more traditional bank capital ratios to compare the capital adequacy of banking organizations. Neither tangible common equity nor tangible assets or related measures should be considered in isolation or as a substitute for stockholders’ equity, total assets or any other measure calculated in accordance with GAAP. Moreover, the manner in which the Group calculates its tangible common equity, tangible assets and any other related measures may differ from that of other companies reporting measures with similar names.

The Tier 1 common equity to risk-weighted assets ratio is another non-GAAP measure. Ratios calculated based upon Tier 1 common equity have become a focus of regulators and investors, and management believes ratios based on Tier 1 common equity assist investors in analyzing the Group’s capital position. In connection with the Supervisory Capital Assessment Program, the Federal Reserve Board began supplementing its assessment of the capital adequacy of a bank holding company based on a variation of Tier 1 capital, known as Tier 1 common equity.

Because Tier 1 common equity is not formally defined by GAAP or, unlike Tier 1 capital, codified in the federal banking regulations, this measure is considered to be a non-GAAP financial measure. Non-GAAP financial measures have inherent limitations, are not required to be uniformly applied and are not audited. To mitigate these limitations, the Group has procedures in place to calculate these measures using the appropriate GAAP or regulatory components. Although these non-GAAP financial measures are frequently used by shareholders in the evaluation of a company, they have limitations as analytical tools, and should not be considered in isolation, or as a substitute for analyses of results as reported under GAAP.

 

74


The table below reconciles the Group’s total common equity (GAAP) at December 31, 2011 and 2010 to Tier 1 common equity as defined by the Federal Reserve Board, FDIC and other bank regulatory agencies (non-GAAP):

 

     December 31,  
     2011     2010  
     (In thousands)  

Common stockholders’ equity

   $ 627,555      $ 664,331   

Unrealized gains on available-for-sale securities, net of income tax

     (79,245     (36,988

Unrealized losses on cash flow hedges, net of income tax

     42,112          

Disallowed deferred tax assets

     (26,877     (25,930

Disallowed servicing assets

     (1,045     (969

Intangible assets:

    

Goodwill

     (2,701     (2,701

Core deposit intangible

     (1,185     (1,328

Subordinated capital notes

     35,000        35,000   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Tier 1 common equity

   $ 593,614      $ 631,415   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Tier 1 common equity to risk-weighted assets

     28.32     28.02
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

The following table presents the Group’s capital adequacy information for 2011, 2010, and 2009:

 

     December 31,  
     2011     2010     2009  
     (In thousands)  

Risk-based capital:

      

Tier 1 capital

   $ 661,614      $ 699,415      $ 414,702   

Supplementary (Tier II) capital

     26,801        28,826        23,273   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Capital

   $ 688,415      $ 728,241      $ 437,975   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Risk-weighted assets:

      

Balance sheet items

   $ 2,044,930      $ 2,216,120      $ 2,199,669   

Off-balance sheet items

     51,195        37,367        7,714   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total risk-weighted assets

   $ 2,096,125      $ 2,253,487      $ 2,207,383   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Ratios:

      

Tier 1 capital (minimum required — 4%)

     31.56     31.04     18.79

Total capital (minimum required — 8%)

     32.84     32.32     19.84

Leverage ratio

     9.65     9.50     6.52

Equity to assets

     10.39     10.02     5.04

Tangible equity to assets

     9.32     9.03     3.97

The Federal Reserve Board has risk-based capital guidelines for bank holding companies. Under the guidelines, the minimum ratio of qualifying total capital to risk-weighted assets is 8%. At least half of the total capital is to be comprised of qualifying common stockholders’ equity, qualifying noncumulative perpetual preferred stock (including related surplus), minority interests related to qualifying common or noncumulative perpetual preferred stock directly issued by a consolidated U.S. depository institution or foreign bank subsidiary, and restricted core capital elements (collectively “Tier 1 Capital”). Banking organizations are expected to maintain at least 50 percent of their Tier 1 Capital as common equity. Except as otherwise discussed below in light of the Dodd-Frank Act in connection with certain debt or equity instruments issued on or after May 19, 2010, not more than 25% of qualifying Tier 1 Capital may consist of qualifying cumulative perpetual preferred stock, trust preferred securities or other so-called restricted core capital elements. “Tier 2 Capital” may consist, subject to certain limitations, of allowance for loan and lease losses; perpetual preferred stock and related surplus; hybrid capital instruments, perpetual debt, and mandatory convertible debt securities; term subordinated debt and intermediate-

 

75


term preferred stock, including related surplus; and unrealized holding gains on equity securities. “Tier 3 Capital” consists of qualifying unsecured subordinated debt.

The sum of Tier 2 and Tier 3 Capital may not exceed the amount of Tier 1 Capital. At December 31, 2011 and 2010, the Group was a “well capitalized” institution for regulatory purposes.

The Federal Reserve Board has regulations with respect to risk-based and leverage capital ratios that require most intangibles, including goodwill and core deposit intangibles, to be deducted from Tier 1 Capital. The only types of identifiable intangible assets that may be included in, that is, not deducted from, an organization’s capital are readily marketable mortgage servicing assets, nonmortgage servicing assets, and purchased credit card relationships.

In addition, the Federal Reserve Board has established minimum leverage ratio (Tier 1 Capital to total assets) guidelines for bank holding companies and member banks. These guidelines provide for a minimum leverage ratio of 3% for bank holding companies and member banks that meet certain specified criteria, including that they have the highest regulatory rating. All other bank holding companies and member banks are required to maintain a minimum ratio of Tier 1 Capital to total assets of 4%. The guidelines also provide that banking organizations experiencing internal growth or making acquisitions are expected to maintain strong capital positions substantially above the minimum supervisory levels without significant reliance on intangible assets. Furthermore, the guidelines state that the Federal Reserve Board will continue to consider a “tangible Tier 1 leverage ratio” and other indicators of capital strength in evaluating proposals for expansion or new activities.

Under the Dodd-Frank Act, federal banking regulators are required to establish minimum leverage and risk-based capital requirements, on a consolidated basis, for insured institutions, depository institution holding companies, and non-bank financial companies supervised by the Federal Reserve Board. The minimum leverage and risk-based capital requirements are to be determined based on the minimum ratios established for insured depository institutions under prompt corrective action regulations. In effect, such provision of the Dodd-Frank Act, which is commonly known as the Collins Amendment, applies to bank holding companies the same leverage and risk-based capital requirements that will apply to insured depository institutions. Because the capital requirements must be the same for insured depository institutions and their holding companies, the Collins Amendment will generally exclude certain debt or equity instruments, such as cumulative perpetual preferred stock and trust preferred securities, from Tier 1 Capital, subject to a three-year phase-out from Tier 1 qualification for such instruments issued before May 19, 2010, with the phase-out commencing on January 1, 2013. However, such instruments issued before May 19, 2010, by a bank holding company, such as the Group, with total consolidated assets of less than $15 billion as of December 31, 2009, are not affected by the Collins Amendment and may continue to be included in Tier 1 Capital as a restricted core capital element.

The Group’s common stock is traded on the New York Stock Exchange (“NYSE”) under the symbol “OFG.” At December 31, 2011, the Group’s market capitalization for its outstanding common stock was $499.5 million ($12.11 per share).

 

76


The following table provides the high and low prices and dividends per share of the Group’s common stock for each quarter of the last three years:

 

     Price      Cash
Dividend

Per  share
 
     High      Low     

2011

        

December 31, 2011

   $ 12.35       $ 9.19       $ 0.06   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

September 30, 2011

   $ 13.20       $ 9.18       $ 0.05   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

June 30, 2011

   $ 13.07       $ 11.26       $ 0.05   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

March 31, 2011

   $ 12.84       $ 11.40       $ 0.05   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

2010

        

December 31, 2010

   $ 13.72       $ 11.50       $ 0.05   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

September 30, 2010

   $ 14.45       $ 12.13       $ 0.04   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

June 30, 2010

   $ 16.72       $ 12.49       $ 0.04   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

March 31, 2010

   $ 14.09       $ 10.00       $ 0.04   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

2009

        

December 31, 2009

   $ 13.69       $ 9.43       $ 0.04   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

September 30, 2009

   $ 15.41       $ 7.48       $ 0.04   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

June 30, 2009

   $ 11.27       $ 4.88       $ 0.04   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

March 31, 2009

   $ 7.38       $ 0.91       $ 0.04   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

The Bank is considered “well capitalized” under the regulatory framework for prompt corrective action. The table below shows the Bank’s regulatory capital ratios at December 31, 2011, 2010, and 2009:

 

     December 31,  
     2011     2010     Variance %     2009  
     (Dollars in thousands)  

Oriental Bank and Trust Regulatory Capital Ratios:

        

Total Tier 1 Capital to Total Assets

     9.06     9.22     –1.7     5.78
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Actual Tier 1 Capital

   $ 616,590      $ 666,531        –7.5   $ 359,339   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Minimum Capital Requirement (4%)

   $ 272,178      $ 289,083        –5.8   $ 248,671   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Minimum to be well capitalized (5%)

   $ 340,222      $ 361,354        –5.8   $ 310,839   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Tier 1 Capital to Risk-Weighted Assets

     29.59     29.95     –1.2     16.52
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Actual Tier 1 Capital

   $ 616,590      $ 666,531        –7.5   $ 359,339   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Minimum Capital Requirement (4%)

   $ 83,344      $ 89,025        –6.4   $ 87,021   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Minimum to be well capitalized (6%)

   $ 125,015      $ 133,537        –6.4   $ 130,532   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Capital to Risk-Weighted Assets

     30.87     31.23     –1.1     17.59
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Actual Tier 1 Capital

   $ 643,237      $ 695,013        –7.4   $ 382,611   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Minimum Capital Requirement (8%)

   $ 166,687      $ 178,049        –6.4   $ 174,042   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Minimum to be well capitalized (10%)

   $ 208,359      $ 222,562        –6.4   $ 217,553   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

77


Group’s Financial Assets Managed

The Group’s financial assets managed include those managed by the Group’s trust division, the retirement plan administration subsidiary, and the securities broker-dealer subsidiary. Assets managed by the trust division and the broker-dealer subsidiary increased from $3.871 billion as of December 31, 2010 to $4.142 billion as of December 31, 2011.

The Group’s trust division offers various types of individual retirement accounts (“IRA”) and manages 401(k) and Keogh retirement plans and custodian and corporate trust accounts, while the retirement plan administration subsidiary, CPC, manages private retirement plans. At December 31, 2011, total assets managed by the Group’s trust division and CPC amounted to $2.216 billion, compared to $2.175 billion at December 31, 2010. The Group’s broker-dealer subsidiary offers a wide array of investment alternatives to its client base, such as tax-advantaged fixed income securities, mutual funds, stocks, bonds and money management wrap-fee programs. At December 31, 2011, total assets gathered by the broker-dealer subsidiary from its customer investment accounts increased to $1.926 billion, compared to $1.696 billion at December 31, 2010.

Allowance for Loan and Lease Losses and Non-Performing Assets

The Group maintains an allowance for loan and lease losses at a level that management considers adequate to provide for probable losses based upon an evaluation of known and inherent risks. The Group’s allowance for loan and lease losses policy provides for a detailed quarterly analysis of probable losses. Tables 8 through 13 set forth an analysis of activity in the allowance for loan and lease losses and present selected loan loss statistics. In addition, refer to Table 5 for the composition of the loan portfolio.

At December 31, 2011, the Group’s allowance for non-covered loan losses amounted to $37.0 million or 3.06% of total non-covered loans versus $31.4 million or 2.66% of total non-covered loans at December 31, 2010. The allowance for residential mortgage loans increased by 33.5% or $5.4 million, when compared with balances recorded at December 31, 2010. The allowance for commercial loans increased by 12.5% or $1.4 million, when compared with balances recorded at December 31, 2010. The allowance for consumer loans decreased by 35.4% or $810 thousand, when compared with balances recorded at December 31, 2010.

The provision for non-covered loan and lease losses for 2011 totaled $15.2 million, a 4.5% decrease from the $15.9 million reported for 2010. Based on an analysis of the credit quality and the composition of the Group’s loan portfolio, management determined that the provision for 2011 was adequate in order to maintain the allowance for loan and lease losses at an appropriate level.

The Group follows a systematic methodology to establish and evaluate the adequacy of the allowance for loan and lease losses to provide for inherent losses in the loan portfolio. This methodology includes the consideration of factors such as economic conditions, portfolio risk characteristics, prior loss experience, and results of periodic credit reviews of individual loans. The provision for loan losses charged to current operations is based on such methodology. Loan losses are charged and recoveries are credited to the allowance for loan and lease losses.

Larger commercial loans that exhibit potential or observed credit weaknesses are subject to individual review and grading. Where appropriate, allowances are allocated to individual loans based on management’s estimate of the borrower’s ability to repay the loan given the availability of collateral and other sources of cash flow and legal options available to the Group.

Included in the review of individual loans are those that are impaired. A loan is considered impaired when, based on current information and events, it is probable that the Group will be unable to collect the scheduled payments of principal or interest when due according to the contractual terms of the loan agreement. Impaired loans are measured based on the present value of expected future cash flows discounted at the loan’s effective interest rate, or as a practical expedient, at the observable market price of the loan or the fair value of the collateral, if the loan is collateral dependent. Loans are individually evaluated for impairment, except large groups of small balance

 

78


homogeneous loans that are collectively evaluated for impairment, and loans that are recorded at fair value or at the lower of cost or market. The portfolios of mortgage loans, leases and consumer loans are considered homogeneous, and are evaluated collectively for impairment. For the commercial loans portfolio, all loans over $250 thousand that are either over 90 days past due or adversely classified are evaluated for impairment, or when deemed necessary by management. At December 31, 2011, the total investment in impaired commercial loans was $46.4 million, compared to $25.9 million at December 31, 2010. Most of the impaired commercial loans are measured based on the fair value of collateral method, since most impaired loans during the period were collateral dependent, all other loans are measured using the present value of cash flows method. The valuation allowance for impaired commercial loans amounted to approximately $3.5 million and $823 thousand at December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively. At December 31, 2011, the total investment in impaired mortgage loans was $51.5 million (December 31, 2010 — $36.1 million). Impairment on mortgage loans assessed as troubled debt restructuring was measured using the present value of cash flows. The valuation allowance for impaired mortgage loans amounted to approximately $3.4 million and $2.4 million at December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively.

The Group, using a rating system, applies an overall allowance percentage to each loan portfolio category based on historical credit losses adjusted for current conditions and trends. This calculation is the starting point for management’s systematic determination of the required level of the allowance for loan and lease losses. Other data considered in this determination includes: the credit grading assigned to commercial loans, delinquency levels, loss trends and other information including underwriting standards and economic trends.

Loan loss ratios and credit risk categories are updated quarterly and are applied in the context of GAAP and the 2006 Interagency Policy Statement on the Allowance for Loan and Lease Losses, which requires that depository institutions have prudent, conservative, but not excessive loan loss allowances that fall within an acceptable range of estimated losses. While management uses available information in estimating probable loan losses, future changes to the allowance may be necessary, based on factors beyond the Group’s control, such as factors affecting general economic conditions.

There have been no material changes in criteria or estimation techniques as compared to prior periods that impacted the determination of the current period allowance for loan and lease losses. However, during the quarter ended September 30, 2011, the Group divided the commercial loan portfolio into two classes, commercial loans secured by existing commercial real estate properties and other commercial loans, for purposes of evaluating the allowance for loan and lease losses.

During the year ended December 31, 2011, net credit losses amounted to $9.6 million, a 24.0% increase when compared to $7.8 million reported for the same period of 2010. The increase was primarily due to a $2.0 million increase in net credit losses for mortgage loans. Net credit losses on consumer loans increased $124 thousand, while net credit losses on commercial loans deceased $408 thousand. Net credit losses on leases were $187 thousand for the year ended December 31, 2011. Total charge-offs increased from $8.2 million in 2010 to $10.1 million in 2011, and total recoveries increased from $479 thousand in 2010 to $506 thousand in 2011. As a result, the recoveries to charge-offs ratio decreased from 5.8% in 2010, to 5.0% in 2011.

The Group’s non-performing assets include non-performing loans and foreclosed real estate (see Tables 11 and 12). At December 31, 2011 and 2010, the Group had $134.8 million and $122.4 million, respectively, of non-accrual non-covered loans including credit cards accounted under ASC 310-20. Covered loans are considered to be performing due to the application of the accretion method under ASC 310-30. At December 31, 2011 and 2010, loans of which terms have been extended and which are classified as troubled debt restructuring that are not included in non-performing assets amounted to $41.3 million and $35.0 million, respectively.

At December 31, 2011, the Group’s non-performing assets totaled $149.8 million (2.42% of total assets) versus $134.8 million (2.03% of total assets) at December 31, 2010. The Group’s non-performing loans generally reflect the recessionary economic environment in Puerto Rico. Nonetheless, the Group does not expect non-performing loans to result in significantly higher losses as most are well-collateralized with adequate loan-to-value ratios.

 

79


At December 31, 2011, the allowance for non-covered loan and lease losses to non-performing loans coverage ratio was 27.5% (25.6% at December 31, 2010).

The Group follows a conservative residential mortgage lending policy, with more than 90% of its residential mortgage portfolio consisting of fixed-rate, fully amortizing, fully documented loans that do not have the level of risk associated with subprime loans offered by certain major U.S. mortgage loan originators. Furthermore, the Group has never been active in negative amortization loans or adjustable rate mortgage loans, including those with teaser rates, and does not originate construction and development loans.

The following items comprise non-performing assets:

 

 

Mortgage loans — are placed on non-accrual status when they become 90 days or more past due and are written-down, if necessary, based on the specific evaluation of the collateral underlying the loan. At December 31, 2011, the Group’s non-performing mortgage loans totaled $97.3 million (72.2% of the Group’s non-performing loans), a 1.4% decrease from $98.7 million (80.4% of the Group’s non-performing loans) at December 31, 2010. Non-performing loans in this category are primarily residential mortgage loans. On April 1, 2011, the Bank changed on a prospective basis its policy to place on non-accrual status residential mortgage loans well collateralized and in process of collection when reaching 90 days past due. All loans that were between 90 and 365 days past due when the policy was changed were also placed on non-accrual status, and the interest receivable on such loans was evaluated on a periodic basis against the collateral underlying the loans, and written-down, if necessary. On December 31, 2011, the Bank further revised its policy to reverse against income all interest recorded on residential mortgage loans reaching 90 days past due including the remaining interest on loans that were between 90 and 365 days past due as of April 1, 2011. On December 31, 2011 the Bank also charged-off this remaining accrued interest on residential mortgage loans over 90 days past due. This change in estimate was considered necessary to comply with guidance received from the Group’s regulators.

 

 

Commercial loans — are placed on non-accrual status when they become 90 days or more past due and are written-down, if necessary, based on the specific evaluation of the underlying collateral, if any. At December 31, 2011, the Group’s non-performing commercial loans amounted to $37.0 million (27.4% of the Group’s non-performing loans), a 56.6% increase when compared to non-performing commercial loans of $23.6 million at December 31, 2010 (19.2% of the Group’s non-performing loans). Approximately 72% of this portfolio is collateralized by commercial real estate properties.

 

 

Consumer loans — are placed on non-accrual status when they become 90 days past due and written-off when payments are delinquent 120 days in personal loans and 180 days in credit cards and personal lines of credit. At December 31, 2011, the Group’s non-performing consumer loans amounted to $334 thousand (0.2% of the Group’s total non-performing loans), a 20.7% decrease from $421 thousand at December 31, 2010 (0.3% of total non-performing loans).

 

 

Leases — are placed on non-accrual status when they become 90 days past due and partially written-off to collateral value when payments are delinquent 120 days, and fully written-off when payments are delinquent 180 days. At December 31, 2011, the Group’s non-performing leases amounted to $102 thousand (0.1% of the Group’s total non-performing loans), an increase of 191.4% from $35 thousand at December 31, 2010 (0.0% of total non-performing loans).

 

 

Foreclosed real estate — is initially recorded at the lower of the related loan balance or fair value less cost to sell as of the date of foreclosure. Any excess of the loan balance over the fair value of the property is charged against the allowance for loan and lease losses. Subsequently, any excess of the carrying value over the estimated fair value less disposition cost is charged to operations. Net losses on the sale of foreclosed real estate for the year ended December 31, 2011 amounted to $1.7 million compared to $524 thousand in the year ended December 31, 2010.

The Group has two mortgage loan modification programs. These are the Loss Mitigation Program and the Non-traditional Mortgage Loan Program. Both programs are intended to help responsible homeowners to

 

80


remain in their homes and avoid foreclosure, while also reducing the Group’s losses on non performing mortgage loans.

The Loss Mitigation Program helps mortgage borrowers who are or will become financially unable to meet the current or scheduled mortgage payments. Loans that qualify under this program are those guaranteed by: FHA, VA, RHS, “Banco de la Vivienda de Puerto Rico” conventional loans guaranteed by Mortgage Guaranty Insurance Corporation (MGIC); conventional loans sold to the FNMA and FHLMC, and conventional loans retained by financial institutions. The program offers diversified alternatives such as regular or reduced payment plans, payment moratorium, mortgage loan modification, partial claims (only FHA), short sale, and payment in lieu of foreclosure.

The Non-traditional Mortgage Loan Program is for non-traditional mortgages, including: balloon payment, interest only/interest first, variable interest rate, adjustable interest rate and other qualified loans. Non-traditional mortgage loan portfolios are segregated into the following categories: performing loans that meet secondary market requirement and are refinanced by the credit underwriting guidelines of FHA/VA/FNMA/FMAC, and performing loans not meeting secondary market guidelines, processed by the Group’s current credit and underwriting guidelines. The Group achieved an affordable and sustainable monthly payment by taking specific, sequential, and necessary steps such as: reducing the interest rate, extending the loan term, capitalizing arrearages, deferring the payment of principal or, if the borrower qualifies, refinancing the loan.

There may not be a foreclosure sale scheduled within 60 days prior to a loan modification under any such programs. This requirement does not apply to loans where the foreclosure process has been stopped by the Group. In order to apply for any of the loan modification programs, the borrower may not be in active bankruptcy or have been discharged from Chapter 7 bankruptcy since the loan was originated. Loans in these programs will be evaluated by management for troubled debt restructuring classification if the Group grants a concession for legal or economic reasons due to the debtor’s financial difficulties.

On October 24, 2011, the Federal Housing Finance Agency (“FHFA”), FHLMC and FNMA announced a series of FHFA-directed enhancements to the Home Affordable Refinance Program (“HARP”) in an effort to attract more borrowers who can benefit from refinancing their home mortgages under this program. These enhancements entail the relaxation of underwriting guidelines, such as loan-to-value ratio, appraisals, and certain fees, among other things, subject to a variety of qualifications, and the extension of HARP until December 31, 2013. The enhancements do not change the time period for eligible loans, maintaining the requirement that the loans must have been guaranteed by Fannie Mae or Freddie Mac prior to June 2009. The Group does not expect these changes to have a significant impact on its results of operations.

The loans covered by the FDIC shared loss agreements were recognized at fair value as of April 30, 2010, which included the impact of expected credit losses. To the extent credit deterioration occurs in covered loans after the date of acquisition, the Group would record an allowance for loan and lease losses. Also, the Group would record an increase in the FDIC loss-share indemnification asset for the expected reimbursement from the FDIC under the shared-loss agreements. For the year ended December 31, 2011, there have been deviations between actual and expected cash flows in several pools of loans acquired under the FDIC-assisted acquisition. These deviations are both positive and negative in nature. As part of the Group’s assessment of actual versus expected cash flows on covered loans, higher cash flows are expected for various pools of loans for which impairment has been previously recorded as an allowance for covered loan and lease losses. The resulting higher expected cash flows are recorded as a reduction in such previously recorded allowance, and for the year ended December 31, 2011, the Group recorded a recapture of covered loan and lease losses of $1.4 million. A provision for covered loan and lease losses of $6.2 million was recorded in the year ended December 31, 2010.

 

81


TABLE 8 — ALLOWANCE FOR LOAN AND LEASE LOSSES SUMMARY

YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2011, 2010, AND 2009

 

     December 31,  
     2011     2010     2009  
     (in thousands)  

Non-covered loans

  

Balance at beginning of year

   $ 31,430      $ 23,272      $ 14,293   

Provision for non-covered loan and lease losses

     15,200        15,914        15,650   

Charge-offs

     (10,126     (8,235     (7,028

Recoveries

     506        479        357   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at end of year

   $ 37,010      $ 31,430      $ 23,272   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Covered loans

      

Balance at beginning of year

   $ 49,286      $      $   

Provision for (recapture of) covered loan and lease losses

     (1,387     6,282          

FDIC shared-loss portion on provision for (recapture of) covered loan and lease losses

     (10,643     43,004          
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at end of year

   $ 37,256      $ 49,286      $   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

82


TABLE 9 — ALLOWANCE FOR NON-COVERED LOAN AND LEASE LOSSES BREAKDOWN

AS OF DECEMBER 31, 2011, 2010 AND 2009

 

     December 31,  
     2011     2010     2009  
     (Dollars in thousands)  

Mortgage

   $ 21,652      $ 16,179      $ 15,044   

Commercial

     12,548        11,153        7,112   

Consumer

     1,423        2,286        864   

Leasing

     845        860          

Unallocated allowance

     542        952        252   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
   $ 37,010      $ 31,430      $ 23,272   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Allowance composition:

      

Mortgage

     58.52     51.47     64.60

Commercial

     33.90     35.49     30.60

Consumer

     3.84     7.27     3.70

Leasing

     2.28     2.74     0.00

Unallocated allowance

     1.46     3.03     1.10
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
     100.00     100.00     100.00
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Allowance coverage ratio at end of period applicable to:

      

Mortgage

     2.64     1.85     1.60

Commercial

     4.16     4.75     3.60

Consumer

     3.57     6.24     3.76

Leasing

     3.28     8.38     0.00

Unallocated allowance to total loans

     0.05     8.00     0.02
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total allowance to total loans

     3.11     2.72     2.00
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Allowance coverage ratio to non-performing loans:

      

Mortgage

     22.32     16.44     17.05

Commercial

     33.92     47.22     45.33

Consumer

     216.59     300.39     194.16

Leasing

     828.43     2457.14       
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

     27.46     25.59     22.30
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

83


TABLE 10 — NET CREDIT LOSSES STATISTICS

YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2011, 2010, AND 2009

 

     December 31,  
     2011     2010     2009  
     (Dollars in thousands)  

Mortgage

      

Charge-offs

   $ (5,836   $ (3,867   $ (3,493

Recoveries

     101        93        70   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
     (5,735     (3,774     (3,423

Commercial

      

Charge-offs

     (2,506     (2,913     (2,223

Recoveries

     161        160        56   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
     (2,345     (2,753     (2,167

Consumer

      

Charge-offs

     (1,587     (1,455     (1,312

Recoveries

     234        226        231   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
     (1,353     (1,229     (1,081

Leasing

      

Charge-offs

     (197              

Recoveries

     10                 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
   $ (187   $      $   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net credit losses

      

Total charge-offs

     (10,126     (8,235     (7,028

Total recoveries

     506        479        357   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
   $ (9,620   $ (7,756   $ (6,671
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net credit losses to average loans outstanding:

      

Mortgage

     0.66     0.41     0.35
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Commercial

     0.92     1.34     1.14
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Consumer

     3.45     4.43     5.26
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Leasing

     1.10              
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

     0.81     0.67     0.57
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Recoveries to charge-offs

     5.00     5.82     5.10
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Average loans not covered under shared-loss agreements with the FDIC:

      

Mortgage

   $ 872,966      $ 923,345      $ 968,400   

Commercial

     254,617        206,090        189,951   

Consumer

     39,233        27,735        20,539   

Leasing

     16,996        5,129          
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

   $ 1,183,812      $ 1,162,299      $ 1,178,890   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

84


TABLE 11 — NON-PERFORMING ASSETS

AS OF DECEMBER 31, 2011, 2010 AND 2009

 

     December 31,  
     2011     2010     2009  
     (Dollars in thousands)  

Non-performing assets:

      

Non-accruing loans

      

Troubled Debt Restructuring loans

   $ 27,533      $ 2,327      $ 214   

Other loans

     107,231        71,236        56,854   

Accruing loans

      

Troubled Debt Restructuring loans

            3,371        443   

Other loans

            45,490        46,860   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total non-performing loans

   $ 134,764      $ 122,424      $ 104,371   

Foreclosed real estate not covered under the shared-loss agreement with the FDIC

     13,812        11,969        9,347   

Mortgage loans held for sale in non-accrual

     1,223                 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
   $ 149,799      $ 134,393      $ 113,718   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Non-performing assets to total assets, excluding covered assets

     2.42     2.03     1.74
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Non-performing assets to total capital

     21.31     18.35     34.44
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
     Year Ended December 31,  
     2011     2010     2009  

Interest that would have been recorded in the period if the loans had not been classified as non-accruing loans

   $ 5,415      $ 3,802      $ 3,571   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The increase in non-accruing loans is mainly related to the policy change performed during the second quarter of 2011, to place on non-accrual status residential mortgage loans well collateralized and in process of collection when reaching 90 days past due. Furthermore, the increase in troubled debt restructuring loans in non-accrual status reflects an increase of $16.6 million in commercial loans classified as troubled debt restructurings and non-performing.

TABLE 12 — NON-PERFORMING LOANS

AS OF DECEMBER 31, 2011, 2010 AND 2009

 

     December 31,  
     2011     2010     2009  
     (Dollars in thousands)  

Non-performing loans:

      

Mortgage

   $ 97,340      $ 98,348      $ 88,510   

Commercial

     36,988        23,619        15,688   

Consumer

     334        422        173   

Leasing

     102        35          
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

   $ 134,764      $ 122,424      $ 104,371   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Non-performing loans composition percentages:

      

Mortgage

     72.2     80.4     84.7

Commercial

     27.4     19.3     15.0

Consumer

     0.3     0.3     0.3

Leasing

     0.1     0.0     0.0
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

     100.0     100.0     100.0
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Non-performing loans to:

      

Total loan, excluding covered loans

     11.38     10.65     8.97
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total asset, excluding covered assets

     2.19     1.85     1.59
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total capital

     19.33     16.72     31.61
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

85


TABLE 13 — HIGHER RISK RESIDENTIAL MORTGAGE LOANS

AS OF DECEMBER 31, 2011

 

    Higher-Risk Residential Mortgage Loans*  
                            High Loan-to-Value Ratio Mortgages  
    Junior Lien Mortgages     Interest Only Loans     LTV 90% and over  
    Carrying
Value
    Allowance     Coverage     Carrying
Value
    Allowance     Coverage     Carrying
Value
    Allowance     Coverage  
    (Dollars in thousands)  

Delinquency:

                 

0 - 89 days

  $ 18,270      $ 307        1.68   $ 31,476      $ 604        1.92   $ 85,111      $ 1,555        1.83

90 - 119 days

    627        44        7.02     732        17        2.32     1,143        74        6.47

120 - 179 days

    21        2        9.52     374        47        12.57     1,325        104        7.85

180 - 364 days

    1,249        105        8.41     996        124        12.45     3,748        326        8.70

365 days and over

    1,455        191        13.13     2,880        597        20.73     10,535        1,462        13.88
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

  $ 21,622      $ 649        3.00   $ 36,458      $ 1,389        3.81   $ 101,862      $ 3,521        3.46
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Percentage of total loans not covered by FDIC shared-loss agreements

    1.79         3.01         8.41    
 

 

 

       

 

 

       

 

 

     

Refinanced or Modified Loans:

                 

Amount

  $ 2,874      $ 208        7.24   $      $             $ 14,950      $ 1,022        6.84
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Percentage of Higher-Risk Loan Category

    13.29         0.00         14.68    
 

 

 

       

 

 

       

 

 

     

Loan-to-Value Ratio:

                 

Under 70%

  $ 16,153      $ 448        2.77   $ 5,064      $ 97        1.92   $      $          

70% - 79%

    3,222        79        2.45     7,891        425        5.39                     

80% - 89%

    1,411        43        3.05     9,077        275        3.03                     

90% and over

    836        79        9.45     14,426        592        4.10     101,862        3,521        3.46
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

  $ 21,622      $ 649        3.00   $ 36,458      $ 1,389        3.81   $ 101,862      $ 3,521        3.46
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

* Loans may be included in more than one higher-risk loan category

Contractual Obligations and Commercial Commitments

As disclosed in the notes to the Group’s consolidated financial statements, the Group has certain obligations and commitments to make future payments under contracts. At December 31, 2011, the aggregate contractual obligations and commercial commitments are:

 

     Payments Due by Period  
     Total      Less than 1 year      1 - 3 years      3 - 5 years      After 5 years  
     (in thousands)  

CONTRACTUAL OBLIGATIONS:

  

Short term borrowings

   $ 39,920       $ 39,920       $       $       $   

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase

     3,050,000         600,000         400,000         300,000         1,750,000   

Advances from FHLB

     280,000         225,000         55,000                   

FDIC-guaranteed term notes

     105,000         105,000                           

Subordinated capital notes

     36,083                                 36,083   

Annual rental commitments under noncancelable operating leases

     39,052         4,588         9,141         8,064         17,259   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 3,550,055       $ 974,508       $ 464,141       $ 308,064       $ 1,803,342   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

86


Loan commitments, which represent unused lines of credit and letters of credit provided to customers, increased from $104.3 million from the previous year to $106.1 million. Commitments to extend credit are agreements to lend to customers as long as there is no violation of any condition established in the contract. Commitments generally have fixed expiration dates, bear variable interest and may require payment of a fee. Since the commitments may expire unexercised, the total commitment amounts do not necessarily represent future cash requirements. The Group evaluates each customer’s credit-worthiness on a case-by-case basis. The amount of collateral obtained, if deemed necessary by the Group upon extension of credit, is based on management’s credit evaluation of the customer. Commitments for loans covered under the FDIC shared-loss agreements amounted to $31.1 million at December 31, 2011.

Impact of Inflation and Changing Prices

The financial statements and related data presented herein have been prepared in accordance with GAAP which require the measurement of financial position and operating results in terms of historical dollars without considering changes in the relative purchasing power of money over time due to inflation.

Unlike most industrial companies, virtually all of the assets and liabilities of a financial institution are monetary in nature.

As a result, interest rates have a more significant impact on a financial institution’s performance than the effects of general levels of inflation. Interest rates do not necessarily move in the same direction or with the same magnitude as the prices of goods and services since such prices are affected by inflation.

QUARTERLY FINANCIAL DATA (Unaudited)

The following is a summary of the unaudited quarterly results of operations:

TABLE 13A — SELECTED QUARTERLY FINANCIAL DATA:

 

     March 31,     June 30,     September 30,     December 31,  
     2011     2011     2011     2011  
     (In thousands, except per share data)  

EARNINGS DATA:

      

Interest income

   $ 78,034      $ 82,202      $ 71,536      $ 65,256   

Interest expense

     40,757        39,389        39,066        37,374   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net interest income

     37,277        42,813        32,470        27,882   

Provision for non-covered loan and lease losses

     3,800        3,800        3,800        3,800   

Provision for (recapture of) covered loan and lease losses, net

     549               (1,936       
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total provision for loan and lease losses, net

     4,349        3,800        1,864        3,800   

Net interest income after provision for loan and lease losses

     32,928        39,013        30,606        24,082   

Non-interest income (loss)

     7,406        16,760        17,177        (10,354

Non-interest expenses

     30,780        30,697        30,415        30,410   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income (loss) before taxes

     9,554        25,076        17,368        (16,682

Income tax expense (benefit)

     6,472        (1,391     580        (4,795
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss)

     3,082        26,467        16,788        (11,887

Less: Dividends on preferred stock

     (1,201     (1,200     (1,201     (1,200
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income available (loss) to common shareholders

   $ 1,881      $ 25,267      $ 15,587      $ (13,087
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

PER SHARE DATA:

        

Basic

   $ 0.04      $ 0.56      $ 0.35      $ (0.31
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Diluted

   $ 0.04      $ 0.56      $ 0.35      $ (0.31
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

87


TABLE 13B — SELECTED QUARTERLY FINANCIAL DATA:

 

     March 31,     June 30,     September 30,     December 31,  
     2010     2010     2010     2010  
     (In thousands, except per share data)  

EARNINGS DATA:

      

Interest income

   $ 70,336      $ 79,842      $ 81,221      $ 72,402   

Interest expense

     40,875        42,908        43,073        41,813   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net interest income

     29,461        36,934        38,148        30,589   

Provision for non-covered loan and lease losses

     4,014        4,100        4,100        3,700   

Provision for covered loan and lease losses, net

                          6,282   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total provision for loan and lease losses, net

     4,014        4,100        4,100        9,982   

Net interest income after provision for loan and lease losses

     25,447        32,834        34,048        20,607   

Non-interest income (loss)

     8,055        (4,304     (10,452     11,899   

Non-interest expenses

     20,395        27,849        32,705        31,649   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income (loss) before taxes

     13,107        681        (9,109     857   

Income tax expense (benefit)

     1,171        34        (1,287     (4,216
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss)

     11,936        647        (7,822     5,073   

Less: Dividends on preferred stock

     (1,201     (1,733     (1,201     (1,200

Less: Deemed dividend on preferred stock beneficial conversion feature

                   (22,711       

Less: Allocation of undistributed earnings for participating preferred shares

            (3,104              
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income available (loss) to common shareholders

   $ 10,735      $ (4,190   $ (31,734   $ 3,873   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

PER SHARE DATA:

        

Basic

   $ 0.42      $ (0.13   $ (0.70   $ 0.08   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Diluted

   $ 0.41      $ (0.13   $ (0.70   $ 0.08   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

ITEM 7A.     QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK

Background

The Group’s risk management policies are established by its Board of Directors (the “Board”) and implemented by management through the adoption of a risk management program, which is overseen and monitored by the Chief Risk Officer and the Risk Management and Compliance Committee. The Group has continued to refine and enhance its risk management program by strengthening policies, processes and procedures necessary to maintain effective risk management.

All aspects of the Group’s business activities are susceptible to risk. Consequently, risk identification and monitoring are essential to risk management. As more fully discussed below, the Group’s primary risk exposures include, market, interest rate, credit, liquidity, operational and concentration risks.

Market Risk

Market risk is the risk to earnings or capital arising from adverse movements in market rates or prices, such as interest rates or prices. The Group evaluates market risk together with interest rate risk.

The Group’s financial results and capital levels are constantly exposed to market risk. The Board and management are primarily responsible for ensuring that the market risk assumed by the Group complies with the guidelines established by policies approved by the Board. The Board has delegated the management of this risk

 

88


to the Asset/Liability Management Committee (“ALCO”) which is composed of certain executive officers from the business, treasury and finance areas. One of ALCO’s primary goals is to ensure that the market risk assumed by the Group is within the parameters established in such policies.

Interest Rate Risk

Interest rate risk is the exposure of the Group’s earnings or capital to adverse movements in interest rates. It is a predominant market risk in terms of its potential impact on earnings. The Group manages its asset/liability position in order to limit the effects of changes in interest rates on net interest income.

ALCO oversees interest rate risk, liquidity management and other related matters.

In discharging its responsibilities, ALCO examines current and expected conditions in world financial markets, competition and prevailing rates in the local deposit market, liquidity, unrealized gains and losses in securities, recent or proposed changes to the investment portfolio, alternative funding sources and their costs, hedging and the possible purchase of derivatives such as swaps, and any tax or regulatory issues which may be pertinent to these areas.

On a monthly basis, the Group performs a net interest income simulation analysis on a consolidated basis to estimate the potential change in future earnings from projected changes in interest rates. These simulations are carried out over a one-year time horizon, assuming gradual upward and downward interest rate movements of 200 basis points, achieved during a twelve-month period. Simulations are carried out in two ways:

 

  (1) using a static balance sheet as the Group had on the simulation date, and

 

  (2) using a dynamic balance sheet based on recent growth patterns and business strategies.

The balance sheet is divided into groups of assets and liabilities detailed by maturity or re-pricing and their corresponding interest yields and costs. As interest rates rise or fall, these simulations incorporate expected future lending rates, current and expected future funding sources and costs, the possible exercise of options, changes in prepayment rates, deposits decay and other factors which may be important in projecting the future growth of net interest income.

The Group uses a software application to project future movements in the Group’s balance sheet and income statement. The starting point of the projections generally corresponds to the actual values of the balance sheet on the date of the simulations.

These simulations are highly complex, and use many simplifying assumptions that are intended to reflect the general behavior of the Group over the period in question. There can be no assurance that actual events will match these assumptions in all cases. For this reason, the results of these simulations are only approximations of the true sensitivity of net interest income to changes in market interest rates. The following table presents the results of the simulations at December 31, 2011 for the most likely scenario, assuming a one-year time horizon:

 

     Net Interest Income Risk (one year projection)  
     Static Balance Sheet     Growing simulation  
     Amount     Percent     Amount     Percent  

Change in interest rate

   Change     Change     Change     Change  
(Dollars in thousands)                         

+ 200 Basis points

   $ 37,654        26.80   $ 38,423        26.51
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

+ 100 Basis points

   $ 21,384        15.22   $ 21,783        15.03
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

– 50 Basis points

   $ (10,880     –7.74   $ (11,335     –7.82
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The impact of -100 and -200 basis point reductions in interest rates is not presented in view of current level of the federal funds rate and other short-term interest rates.

 

89


Future net interest income could be affected by the Group’s investments in callable securities, prepayment risk related to mortgage loans and mortgage-backed securities, and its structured repurchase agreements and advances from the FHLB. As part of the strategy to limit the interest rate risk and reduce the re-pricing gaps of the Group’s assets and liabilities, the maturity and the re-pricing frequency of the liabilities has been extended to longer terms.

The Group maintains an overall interest rate risk-management strategy that incorporates the use of derivative instruments to minimize significant unplanned fluctuations in earnings that are caused by interest rate volatility. The Group’s goal is to manage interest rate sensitivity by modifying the repricing or maturity characteristics of certain balance sheet assets and liabilities so that the net interest margin is not, on a material basis, adversely affected by movements in interest rates. As a result of interest rate fluctuations, hedged fixed-rate assets and liabilities will appreciate or depreciate in market value. Also, for some fixed-rate assets or liabilities, the effect of this variability in earnings is expected to be substantially offset by the Group’s gains and losses on the derivative instruments that are linked to the forecasted cash flows of these hedged assets and liabilities. The Group considers its strategic use of derivatives to be a prudent method of managing interest-rate sensitivity, as it reduces the exposure of earnings and the market value of its equity to undue risk posed by changes in interest rates. The effect of this unrealized appreciation or depreciation is expected to be substantially offset by the Group’s gains or losses on the derivative instruments that are linked to these hedged assets and liabilities. Another result of interest rate fluctuations is that the contractual interest income and interest expense of hedged variable-rate assets and liabilities, respectively, will increase or decrease.

Derivative instruments that are used as part of the Group’s interest risk-management strategy include interest rate swaps, forward-settlement swaps, futures contracts, and option contracts that have indices related to the pricing of specific balance sheet assets and liabilities. Interest rate swaps generally involve the exchange of fixed and variable-rate interest payments between two parties, based on a common notional principal amount and maturity date. Interest rate futures generally involve exchanged-traded contracts to buy or sell U.S. Treasury bonds and notes in the future at specified prices. Interest rate options represent contracts that allow the holder of the option to (i) receive cash or (ii) purchase, sell, or enter into a financial instrument at a specified price within a specified period. Some purchased option contracts give the Group the right to enter into interest rate swaps and cap and floor agreements with the writer of the option. In addition, the Group enters into certain transactions that contain embedded derivatives. When the embedded derivative possesses economic characteristics that are not clearly and closely related to the economic characteristics of the hose contract, it is bifurcated and carried at fair value. Please refer to Note 8 to the accompanying consolidated financial statements for further information on the Group’s derivative activities.

Following is a summary of certain strategies, including derivative activities, used by the Group in 2011 to manage interest rate risk:

Interest rate swaps — In March 2011, the Group terminated all of its $1.250 billion open forward-settlement swaps with realized losses of $4.3 million. At the same time the Group entered into $950 million of new forward-settlement swaps, all of which were designated as cash flow hedges. In May 2011, the Group entered into forward-settlement swap contracts with a notional amount of $475 million, all of which were also designated as hedging instruments. In December 2011, $600 million in repurchase agreement funding with an average cost of 4.23% matured. Utilizing cash on hand and proceeds from the sale of approximately $77 million of mortgage-backed securities, the Group paid off $300 million of these repurchase agreements. The remaining balance of $300 million was renewed for an average period of approximately three and a half years at an effective fixed rate of 2.36%. These transactions enabled the Group to eliminate $300 million in wholesale funding, reduce cost of funds on an additional $300 million of borrowings, and deploy cash at a significantly higher return, all of which is expected to generate approximately $13 million more in net interest income during the year 2012. The Group entered into the forward-settlement swaps to hedge the variability of future interest cash flows of forecasted wholesale borrowings, attributable to changes in the one-month LIBOR rate. Once the forecasted wholesale

 

90


borrowings transactions occur, the interest rate swap will effectively fix the Group’s interest payments on an amount of forecasted interest expense attributable to the one-month LIBOR rate corresponding to the swap notional stated rate. A derivative liability of $47.4 million was recognized at December 31, 2011, related to the valuation of these swaps. Refer to Note 8 of the consolidated financial statements for a description of these swaps.

The remaining $825 million in swaps will reduce the cost of $825 million of wholesale borrowings to 2.24% from 4.29%, starting in May 2012.

S&P options — The Group has offered its customers certificates of deposit with an option tied to the performance of the S&P index. At the end of five years, the depositor receives a minimum return or a specified percentage of the average increase of the month-end value of the stock index. The Group uses option agreements with major money center banks and major broker-dealer companies to manage its exposure to changes in that index. Under the terms of the option agreements, the Group receives the average increase in the month-end value of such index in exchange for a fixed premium. The changes in fair value of the options purchased and the options embedded in the certificates of deposit are recorded in earnings.

At December 31, 2011 and 2010, the fair value of the purchased options used to manage the exposure to the stock market on stock indexed deposits represented an asset of $9.5 million and $9.9 million, respectively; and the options sold to customers embedded in the certificates of deposit represented a liability of $9.4 million and $12.8 million, respectively, recorded in deposits.

Structured borrowings — The Group uses structured repurchase agreements and advances from FHLB, with embedded put options, to reduce the Group’s exposure to interest rate risk by lengthening the contractual maturities of its liabilities.

Credit Risk

Credit risk is the possibility of loss arising from a borrower or counterparty in a credit-related contract failing to perform in accordance with its terms. The principal source of credit risk for the Group is its lending activities. In Puerto Rico, the Group’s principal market, the economic recession moderated in calendar year 2011 according to government data. However, economic growth remains a challenge due to the lack of employment growth and a housing sector that remains under pressure in spite of progress made by the Puerto Rico government in reducing its fiscal deficit.

The Group manages its credit risk through a comprehensive credit policy which establishes sound underwriting standards by monitoring and evaluating loan portfolio quality, and by the constant assessment of reserves and loan concentrations. The Group also employs proactive collection and loss mitigation practices.

The Group may also encounter risk of default in relation to its securities portfolio. The securities held by the Group are principally agency mortgage-backed securities. Thus, a substantial portion of these instruments are guaranteed by mortgages, a U.S. government-sponsored entity, or the full faith and credit of the U.S. government. A credit default by the U.S. government or a downgrade in the credit ratings of the U.S. government may have a material adverse effect on the Group. The available-for-sale securities portfolio also includes approximately $81.5 million in structured credit investments that are considered of a higher credit risk than agency securities.

Management’s Executive Credit Committee, composed of the Group’s Chief Executive Officer, Chief Credit Risk Officer and other senior executives, has primary responsibility for setting strategies to achieve the Group’s credit risk goals and objectives. Those goals and objectives are set forth in the Group’s Credit Policy as approved by the Board.

Liquidity Risk

Liquidity risk is the risk of the Group not being able to generate sufficient cash from either assets or liabilities to meet obligations as they become due without incurring substantial losses. The Board has established a policy to

 

91


manage this risk. The Group’s cash requirements principally consist of deposit withdrawals, contractual loan funding, repayment of borrowings as these mature, and funding of new and existing investments as required.

The Group’s business requires continuous access to various funding sources. While the Group is able to fund its operations through deposits as well as through advances from the FHLB of New York and other alternative sources, the Group’s business is significantly dependent upon other wholesale funding sources, such as repurchase agreements and brokered deposits. Most of the Group’s repurchase agreements have been structured with initial terms that mature between three and ten years, and except for four repurchase agreements totaling $600 million, the counterparties have the right to exercise at par on a quarterly basis put options before their contractual maturities. The Group’s $500 million repurchase agreement also provides for an optional early termination by either party upon no less than two business days’ prior written notice to the other party. In the event of any such optional early termination, the amounts owed by or to the terminating party by the other party on the optional early termination date must take account of the termination value of the transaction, as determined by the calculation agent in the manner described in the repurchase agreement.

Brokered deposits are typically offered through an intermediary to small retail investors. The Group’s ability to continue to attract brokered deposits is subject to variability based upon a number of factors, including volume and volatility in the global securities markets, the Group’s credit rating and the relative interest rates that it is prepared to pay for these liabilities. Brokered deposits are generally considered a less stable source of funding than core deposits obtained through retail bank branches. Investors in brokered deposits are generally more sensitive to interest rates and will generally move funds from one depository institution to another based on small differences in interest rates offered on deposits.

Although the Group expects to have continued access to credit from the foregoing sources of funds, there can be no assurance that such financing sources will continue to be available or will be available on favorable terms. In a period of financial disruption or if negative developments occur with respect to the Group, the availability and cost of the Group’s funding sources could be adversely affected. In that event, the Group’s cost of funds may increase, thereby reducing its net interest income, or the Group may need to dispose of a portion of its investment portfolio, which depending upon market conditions, could result in realizing a loss or experiencing other adverse accounting consequences upon the dispositions. The Group’s efforts to monitor and manage liquidity risk may not be successful to deal with dramatic or unanticipated changes in the global securities markets or other reductions in liquidity driven by the Group or market-related events. In the event that such sources of funds are reduced or eliminated and the Group is not able to replace these on a cost-effective basis, the Group may be forced to curtail or cease its loan origination business and treasury activities, which would have a material adverse effect on its operations and financial condition.

As of December 31, 2011, the Group had approximately $605.5 million in cash and cash equivalents, $258.8 million in investment securities, $586.5 million in commercial loans, and $435.7 million in mortgage loans available to cover liquidity needs.

Operational Risk

Operational risk is the risk of loss from inadequate or failed internal processes, personnel and systems or from external events. All functions, products and services of the Group are susceptible to operational risk.

The Group faces ongoing and emerging risk and regulatory pressure related to the activities that surround the delivery of banking and financial products. Coupled with external influences such as market conditions, security risks, and legal risk, the potential for operational and reputational loss has increased. In order to mitigate and control operational risk, the Group has developed, and continues to enhance, specific internal controls, policies and procedures that are designed to identify and manage operational risk at appropriate levels throughout the organization. The purpose of these policies and procedures is to provide reasonable assurance that the Group’s business operations are functioning within established limits.

 

 

92


The Group classifies operational risk into two major categories: business specific and corporate-wide affecting all business lines. For business specific risks, a risk assessment group works with the various business units to ensure consistency in policies, processes and assessments. With respect to corporate wide risks, such as information security, business recovery, legal and compliance, the Group has specialized groups, such as Information Security, Corporate Compliance, Information Technology and Operations. These groups assist the lines of business in the development and implementation of risk management practices specific to the needs of the business groups. All these matters are reviewed and discussed in the Information Technology Steering Committee, and the Risk Management and Compliance Committee.

The Group is subject to extensive federal and Puerto Rico regulation, and this regulatory scrutiny has been significantly increasing over the last several years. The Group has established and continues to enhance procedures based on legal and regulatory requirements that are reasonably designed to ensure compliance with all applicable statutory and regulatory requirements. The Group has a corporate compliance function headed by a Compliance Director who reports to the Chief Risk Officer and is responsible for the oversight of regulatory compliance and implementation of a company-wide compliance program.

Concentration Risk

Substantially all of the Group’s business activities and a significant portion of its credit exposure are concentrated in Puerto Rico. As a consequence, the Group’s profitability and financial condition may be adversely affected by an extended economic slowdown, adverse political or economic developments in Puerto Rico or the effects of a natural disaster, all of which could result in a reduction in loan originations, an increase in non-performing assets, an increase in foreclosure losses on mortgage loans, and a reduction in the value of its loans and loan servicing portfolio.

The Commonwealth of Puerto Rico is in the sixth year of an economic recession, and its government faces a significant fiscal deficit. The Commonwealth’s access to the municipal bond market and its credit ratings depend, in part, on achieving a balanced budget. Since March 2009, the Puerto Rico government has enacted several laws to control expenditures, raise revenues, and stimulate the economy. Although the economic recession moderated in calendar year 2011, the Puerto Rico economy continues to struggle.

 

93


ITEM 8. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA

ORIENTAL FINANCIAL GROUP INC.

FORM-10K

FINANCIAL DATA INDEX

 

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

  

Reports of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

   95

Management’s Annual Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

   96

Attestation Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm on Internal Control over Financial Reporting

   97

Consolidated Statements of Financial Condition as of December 31, 2011 and 2010

   98

Consolidated Statements of Operations for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010, and 2009

   99-100

Consolidated Statements of Changes in Stockholders’ Equity for the years ended December  31, 2011, 2010, and 2009

   101

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income (Loss) for the years ended December  31, 2011, 2010, and 2009

   102

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010, and 2009

   103-105

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

   106-185

SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION (See Tables 13A and 13B under Item 7 of this report)

  

 

94


REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

The Board of Directors and Stockholders of

Oriental Financial Group Inc.:

We have audited the accompanying consolidated statements of financial condition of Oriental Financial Group Inc. and subsidiaries (the “Group”) as of December 31, 2011 and 2010, and the related consolidated statements of operations, changes in stockholders’ equity, comprehensive income, and cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2011. These consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of the Group’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these consolidated financial statements based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Oriental Financial Group Inc. and its subsidiaries as of December 31, 2011 and 2010, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2011, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.

We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), Oriental Financial Group Inc. and its subsidiaries’ internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2011, based on criteria established in Internal Control — Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission, and our report dated March 9, 2012 expressed an unqualified opinion on the effectiveness of the Group’s internal control over financial reporting.

/s/    KPMG LLP

San Juan, Puerto Rico

March 9, 2012

Stamp No. 21770 of the Puerto Rico

Society of Certified Public Accountants

was affixed to the record copy of this report.

 

95


ORIENTAL FINANCIAL GROUP INC.

MANAGEMENT’S ANNUAL REPORT ON INTERNAL CONTROL OVER FINANCIAL REPORTING

To the Board of Directors and stockholders of Oriental Financial Group Inc.:

The management of Oriental Financial Group Inc. (the “Group”) is responsible for establishing and maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting, as defined in Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, and for the assessment of internal control over financial reporting. The Group’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

The Group’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that:

(1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the Group;

(2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America, and that receipts and expenditures of the Group are being made only in accordance with authorization of management and directors of the Group; and

(3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use or disposition of the Group’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

As called for by Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, management has assessed the effectiveness of the Group’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2011. Management made its assessment using the criteria set forth in Internal Control-Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (the “COSO Criteria”).

Based on its assessment, management has concluded that the Group maintained effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2011 based on the COSO Criteria.

The effectiveness of the Group’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2011, has been audited by KPMG LLP, the Group’s independent registered public accounting firm, as stated in their report dated March 9, 2012.

By:   /s/    José Rafael Fernández     By:   /s/    Ganesh Kumar
José Rafael Fernández     Ganesh Kumar
President and Chief Executive Officer     Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
Date: March 9, 2012     Date: March 9, 2012

 

96


REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

The Board of Directors and Stockholders

Oriental Financial Group Inc.:

We have audited Oriental Financial Group Inc.’s (the “Group”) internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2011, based on Internal Control-Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (“COSO”). The Group’s management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, included in the accompanying Management’s Annual Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Group’s internal control over financial reporting based on our audit.

We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audit included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, and testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk. Our audit also included performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

A Group’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A Group’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the Group; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the Group are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the Group; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the Group’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

In our opinion, Oriental Financial Group Inc. maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2011, based on criteria established in Internal Control-Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission.

We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the consolidated statements of financial condition of Oriental Financial Group Inc. and subsidiaries as of December 31, 2011 and 2010, and the related consolidated statements of operations, stockholders’ equity, comprehensive income, and cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2011, and our report dated March 9, 2012, expressed an unqualified opinion on those consolidated financial statements.

/s/    KPMG LLP

San Juan, Puerto Rico

March 9, 2012

Stamp No. 21769 of the Puerto Rico

Society of Certified Public Accountants was affixed to the record copy of this report.

 

97


ORIENTAL FINANCIAL GROUP INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION

 

     December 31,
2011
    December 31,
2010
 
    

(In thousands, except
share data)

 
ASSETS     

Cash and cash equivalents

    

Cash and due from banks

   $ 601,614      $ 344,067   

Money market investments

     3,863        104,869   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total cash and cash equivalents

     605,477        448,936   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Investments:

    

Trading securities, at fair value, with amortized cost of $176 (December 31, 2010 — $1,306)

     180        1,330   

Investment securities available-for-sale, at fair value, with amortized cost of $2,873,682 (December 31, 2010 — $3,661,146)

     2,959,912        3,700,064   

Investment securities held-to-maturity, at amortized cost, with fair value of $904,556 (December 31, 2010 — $675,721)

     884,026        689,917   

Federal Home Loan Bank (FHLB) stock, at cost

     23,779        22,496   

Other investments

     73        150   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total investments

     3,867,970        4,413,957   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loans:

    

Mortgage loans held-for-sale, at lower of cost or fair value

     26,939        33,979   

Loans not covered under shared-loss agreements with the FDIC, net of allowance for loan and lease losses of $37,010 (December 31, 2010 — $31,430)

     1,146,738        1,117,889   

Loans covered under shared-loss agreements with the FDIC, net of allowance for loan and lease losses of $37,256 (December 31, 2010 — $49,286)

     496,276        620,711   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total loans, net

     1,669,953        1,772,579   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

FDIC shared-loss indemnification asset

     392,367        473,629   

Foreclosed real estate covered under shared-loss agreements with the FDIC

     13,867        14,871   

Foreclosed real estate not covered under shared-loss agreements with the FDIC

     13,812        11,969   

Accrued interest receivable

     20,182        28,716   

Deferred tax asset, net

     32,023        30,732   

Premises and equipment, net

     21,520        23,941   

Derivative assets

     9,317        28,315   

Other assets

     47,178        63,361   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total assets

   $ 6,693,666      $ 7,311,006   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY

    

Deposits:

    

Demand deposits

   $ 1,000,857      $ 954,554   

Savings accounts

     230,673        235,690   

Certificates of deposit

     1,163,737        1,398,644   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total deposits

     2,395,267        2,588,888   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Borrowings:

    

Short-term borrowings

     39,920        42,460   

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase

     3,056,238        3,456,781   

Advances from FHLB

     281,753        281,753   

FDIC-guaranteed term notes

     105,834        105,834   

Subordinated capital notes

     36,083        36,083   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total borrowings

     3,519,828        3,922,911   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

FDIC net settlement payable

     115        22,954   

Derivative liabilities

     47,425        64   

Accrued expenses and other liabilities

     35,476        43,858   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities

     5,998,111        6,578,675   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Stockholders’ equity:

    

Preferred stock, $1 par value; 10,000,000 shares authorized; 1,340,000 shares of Series A and 1,380,000 shares of Series B issued and outstanding, $25 liquidation value

     68,000        68,000   

Common stock, $1 par value; 100,000,000 shares authorized; 47,808,657 shares issued; 41,244,533 shares outstanding (December 31, 2010 — 47,807,734; 46,348,667)

     47,809        47,808   

Additional paid-in capital

     499,096        498,435   

Legal surplus

     50,178        46,331   

Retained earnings

     68,149        51,502   

Treasury stock, at cost, 6,564,124 shares (December 31, 2010 — 1,459,067 shares)

     (74,808     (16,732

Accumulated other comprehensive income, net of tax of $1,848 (December 31, 2010 — $2,108)

     37,131        36,987   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total stockholders’ equity

     695,555        732,331   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity

   $ 6,693,666      $ 7,311,006   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

98


ORIENTAL FINANCIAL GROUP INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
     2011     2010     2009  
     (in thousands)  

Interest income:

      

Loans not covered under shared-loss agreements with the FDIC

   $ 68,333      $ 71,310      $ 73,155   

Loans covered under shared-loss agreements with the FDIC

     67,665        44,158          
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total interest income from loans

     135,998        115,468        73,155   

Mortgage-backed securities

     151,924        161,518        198,015   

Investment securities and other

     9,106        26,815        48,310   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total interest income

     297,028        303,801        319,480   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Interest expense:

      

Deposits

     45,645        48,603        54,947   

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase

     93,279        100,609        116,755   

Advances from FHLB and other borrowings

     12,347        12,248        12,380   

FDIC-guaranteed term notes

     4,084        4,084        3,175   

Note payable to the FDIC

            1,887          

Subordinated capital notes

     1,231        1,238        1,465   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total interest expense

     156,586        168,669        188,722   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net interest income

     140,442        135,132        130,758   

Provision for non-covered loan and lease losses

     15,200        15,914        15,650   

Provision for (Recapture of) covered loan and lease losses, net

     (1,387     6,282          
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total provision for loan and lease losses, net

     13,813        22,196        15,650   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net interest income after provision for loan and lease losses

     126,629        112,936        115,108   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Non-interest income:

      

Wealth management revenues

     20,571        17,967        14,469   

Banking service revenues

     13,788        11,797        5,942   

Mortgage banking activities

     9,876        9,554        9,728   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total banking and wealth management revenues

     44,235        39,318        30,139   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total loss on other-than-temporarily impaired securities

     (15,018     (39,674     (101,472

Portion of loss on securities recognized in other comprehensive income

            22,508        41,398   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other-than-temporary impairments on securities

     (15,018     (17,166     (60,074
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net (amortization) accretion of FDIC shared-loss indemnification asset

     (3,379     4,330          

Fair value adjustment on FDIC equity appreciation instrument

            909          

Net gain (loss) on:

      

Sale of securities

     27,996        15,032        4,385   

Derivatives

     (13,220     (36,823     29,181   

Early extinguishment of repurchase agreements

     (4,790            (17,551

Trading securities

     (15     23        12,564   

Foreclosed real estate

     (1,717     (524     (570

Other

     (3,103     99        113   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total non-interest income (loss), net

     30,989        5,198        (1,813
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

99


ORIENTAL FINANCIAL GROUP INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS (Continued)

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
     2011     2010     2009  
     (in thousands)  

Non-interest expenses:

  

Compensation and employee benefits

     45,552        41,723        32,020   

Occupancy and equipment

     17,407        18,556        14,763   

Professional and service fees

     21,742        16,491        10,379   

Insurance

     6,642        7,006        7,233   

Advertising, business promotion, and strategic initiatives

     5,975        4,978        4,208   

Electronic banking charges

     5,709        4,504        2,194   

Taxes, other than payroll and income taxes

     4,721        5,106        3,004   

Loan servicing and clearing expenses

     3,979        3,051        2,390   

Foreclosure and repossession expenses

     2,936        2,830        929   

Communication

     1,623        2,561        1,567   

Director and investor relations

     1,305        1,463        1,374   

Printing, postage, stationery and supplies

     1,264        1,188        902   

Other

     3,447        3,141        2,415   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total non-interest expenses

     122,302        112,598        83,378   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income before income taxes

     35,316        5,536        29,917   

Income tax expense (benefit)

     866        (4,298     6,972   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income

     34,450        9,834        22,945   

Less: Dividends on preferred stock

     (4,802     (5,335     (4,802

Less: Deemed dividend on preferred stock beneficial conversion feature

            (22,711       
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income available (loss) to common shareholders

   $ 29,648      $ (18,212   $ 18,143   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income (loss) per common share:

      

Basic

   $ 0.67      $ (0.50   $ 0.75   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Diluted

   $ 0.67      $ (0.50   $ 0.75   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Average common shares outstanding and equivalents

     44,524        36,810        24,306   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash dividends per share of common stock

   $ 0.21      $ 0.17      $ 0.16   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

100


ORIENTAL FINANCIAL GROUP INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
     2011     2010     2009  
     (In thousands)  

Preferred stock:

      

Balance at beginning of year

   $ 68,000      $ 68,000      $ 68,000   

Issuance of preferred stock

            177,289          

Conversion of preferred stock to common stock

            (177,289       
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at end of year

     68,000        68,000        68,000   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Additional paid-in capital from beneficial conversion feature

      

Balance at beginning of year

                     

Issuance of preferred stock — beneficial conversion feature

            22,711          

Conversion of preferred stock — beneficial conversion feature

            (22,711       
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at end of year

                     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Common stock:

      

Balance at beginning of year

     47,808        25,739        25,739   

Issuance of common stock

            8,740          

Conversion of preferred stock to common stock

            13,320          

Exercised stock options

     1        9          
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at end of year

     47,809        47,808        25,739   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Additional paid-in capital:

      

Balance at beginning of year

     498,435        213,445        212,625   

Issuance of common stock

            90,896          

Conversion of preferred stock to common stock

            186,680          

Deemed dividend on preferred stock beneficial conversion feature

            22,711          

Stock-based compensation expense

     1,310        1,194        742   

Exercised stock options

     7        63          

Lapsed restricted stock units

     (656     (380       

Capital contribution

                   78   

Common stock issuance costs

            (5,250       

Preferred stock issuance costs

            (10,924       
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at end of year

     499,096        498,435        213,445   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Legal surplus:

      

Balance at beginning of year

     46,331        45,279        43,016   

Transfer from retained earnings

     3,847        1,052        2,263   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at end of year

     50,178        46,331        45,279   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Retained earnings:

      

Balance at beginning of year

     51,502        77,584        51,233   

Cumulative effect on initial adoption of accounting principle

                   14,359   

Net income

     34,450        9,834        22,945   

Cash dividends declared on common stock

     (9,154     (6,818     (3,888

Cash dividends declared on preferred stock

     (4,802     (5,335     (4,802

Deemed dividend on preferred stock beneficial conversion feature

            (22,711       

Transfer to legal surplus

     (3,847     (1,052     (2,263
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at end of year

     68,149        51,502        77,584   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Treasury stock:

      

Balance at beginning of year

     (16,732     (17,142     (17,109

Stock purchased

     (58,775            (182

Lapsed restricted stock units

     656        380          

Stock used to match defined contribution plan

     43        30        149   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at end of year

     (74,808     (16,732     (17,142
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Accumulated other comprehensive income, net of tax:

      

Balance at beginning of year

     36,987        (82,739     (122,187

Cumulative effect on initial adoption of accounting principle

                   (14,359

Other comprehensive income, net of tax

     144        119,726        53,807   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at end of year

     37,131        36,987        (82,739
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total stockholders’ equity

   $ 695,555      $ 732,331      $ 330,166   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

101


ORIENTAL FINANCIAL GROUP INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
     2011     2010     2009  
     (In thousands)  

Net income

   $ 34,450      $ 9,834      $ 22,945   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other comprehensive income:

      

Unrealized gain (loss) on securities available-for-sale

     60,287        127,144        (3,323

Realized gain on investment securities included in net income

     (27,996     (15,032     (4,385

Total loss on other- than-temporarily impaired securities

     15,018        39,674        101,472   

Portion of loss on securities recognized in other comprehensive income

            (22,508     (41,398

Unrealized losses on cash flow hedges

     (47,425              

Income tax effect

     260        (9,552     1,441   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other comprehensive income for the year

     144        119,726        53,807   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Comprehensive income

   $ 34,594      $ 129,560      $ 76,752   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

102


ORIENTAL FINANCIAL GROUP INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
     2011     2010     2009  
     (In thousands)  

Cash flows from operating activities:

      

Net income

   $ 34,450      $ 9,834      $ 22,945   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash used in operating activities:

      

Amortization of deferred loan origination fees, net of costs

     (86     211        218   

Amortization of investment securities premiums, net of accretion of discounts

     37,989        40,667                13,075   

Amortization of core deposit intangible

     143        95          

Net amortization (accretion) of FDIC shared-loss indemnification asset

     3,379        (4,330       

Other-than-temporary impairments on securities

     15,018        17,166        60,074   

Other impairments on securities

     77                 

Depreciation and amortization of premises and equipment

     5,479        5,764        5,987   

Deferred income tax, net

     (1,363     (10,092     (1,782

Provision for covered and non-covered loan and lease losses, net

     13,813        22,196        15,650   

Stock-based compensation

     1,310        1,194        742   

Fair value adjustment of servicing asset

     (759     (1,805     (4,301

(Gain) loss on:

      

Sale of securities

     (27,996     (15,032     (4,385

Sale of mortgage loans held for sale

     (5,845     (5,383     (3,827

Derivatives

     13,220              36,823        (29,181

Early extinguishment of repurchase agreements

     4,790               17,551   

Foreclosed real estate

     1,717        524        570   

Sale of other repossessed properties

     34                 

Sale of premises and equipment

     23        49        (71

Originations and purchases of loans held-for-sale

     (194,781     (227,401     (230,240

Proceeds from sale of loans held-for-sale

     80,399        77,705        106,071   

Net (increase) decrease in:

      

Trading securities

     1,150        (807     (267

Accrued interest receivable

     8,534        4,940        10,258   

Other assets

     15,156        (332     (26,008

Net increase (decrease) in:

      

Accrued interest on deposits and borrowings

     (1,058     650        (5,368

Accrued expenses and other liabilities

     (39,084     23,461        8,295   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash used in operating activities

     (34,291     (23,903     (43,994
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

103


     Year Ended December 31,  
     2011     2010     2009  
     (In thousands)  

Cash flows from investing activities:

      

Purchases of:

      

Investment securities available-for-sale

     (495,018     (5,630,637     (12,577,326

Investment securities held-to-maturity

     (311,922     (703,390       

FHLB stock

     (1,283     (2,560     (26,981

Equity options

     (424     (5,899     (4,067

Maturities and redemptions of:

      

Investment securities available-for-sale

     780,430        3,011,108        3,825,193   

Investment securities held-to-maturity

     109,584        12,754          

FHLB stock

            10,077        28,057   

Proceeds from sales of:

      

Investment securities available-for-sale

     620,304        3,689,869        9,101,639   

Foreclosed real estate

     11,946        7,886        9,312   

Other repossessed assets

     6,237        711          

Premises and equipment

     304        631        128   

Origination and purchase of loans, excluding loans held-for-sale

     (201,172     (144,210     (93,093

Principal repayment of loans, including covered loans

     266,777        231,976        131,079   

Reimbursements from the FDIC on shared-loss agreements

     75,474        120,675          

Additions to premises and equipment

     (3,385     (9,974     (4,636

Cash and cash equivalents received in FDIC-assisted acquisition

            89,777          
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by investing activities

     857,852        678,794        389,305   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash flows from financing activities:

      

Net increase (decrease) in:

      

Deposits

     (192,368     115,377        (26,764

Short term borrowings

     (2,540     (6,719     19,986   

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase

     (404,790     (100,000     (217,551

Issuance of FDIC-guaranteed term notes

                   105,000   

Advances from FHLB

                   1,397,880   

Exercise of stock options

     8        72          

Issuance of common stock, net

            94,386          

Issuance of preferred stock, net

            189,076          

Capital contribution

                   78   

Repayments of advances from FHLB

                   (1,424,580

Repayments of purchase money note issued to the FDIC

            (715,970       

Purchase of treasury stock

     (58,775            (182

Termination of derivative instruments

     5,401        (47,147     20,263   

Dividends paid on preferred stock

     (4,802     (5,335     (4,802

Dividends paid on common stock

     (9,154     (6,818     (3,888
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash used in financing activities

     (667,020     (483,078     (134,560
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net change in cash and cash equivalents

     156,541        171,813        210,751   

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year

     448,936        277,123        66,372   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents at end of year

   $ 605,477      $ 448,936      $ 277,123   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

104


     Year Ended December 31,  
     2011      2010      2009  
     (In thousands)  

Supplemental Cash Flow Disclosure and Schedule of Non-cash Activities:

        

Interest paid

   $  157,645       $     167,992       $       191,992   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Income taxes paid

   $ 4,109       $ 6,281       $ 54   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Mortgage loans securitized into mortgage-backed securities

   $ 135,034       $ 142,907       $ 147,419   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Securities purchased but not yet received

   $       $       $ 413,359   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Transfer from loans to foreclosed real estate

   $ 18,875       $ 12,408       $ 10,067   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Conversion of preferred stock to common stock

   $       $ 200,000       $   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

For the year ended December 31, 2010, the changes in operating assets and liabilities included in the reconciliation of net income to net cash provided by operating activities, as well as the changes in assets and liabilities presented in the investing and financing sections are net of the effect of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed from the FDIC-assisted acquisition. Refer to Note 2 to the consolidated financial statements for the composition and balances of the assets and liabilities recorded at fair value by the Group on April 30, 2010. The cash received in the transaction, which amounted to $89.8 million, is presented in the investing activities section of the Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows as “Cash and cash equivalents received in FDIC-assisted acquisition.”

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

105


ORIENTAL FINANCIAL GROUP INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

AS OF DECEMBER 31, 2011, 2010, AND 2009

1.    SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

The accounting and reporting policies of Oriental Financial Group Inc. (the “Group” or “Oriental”) conform to U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”) and to banking industry practices. The following is a description of the Group’s most significant accounting policies:

Nature of Operations

The Group is a publicly-owned financial holding company incorporated under the laws of the Commonwealth of Puerto Rico. It has four direct subsidiaries, Oriental Bank and Trust (the “Bank”), Oriental Financial Services Corp. (“Oriental Financial Services”), Oriental Insurance, Inc. (“Oriental Insurance”) and Caribbean Pension Consultants, Inc., which is located in Boca Raton, Florida. The Group also has a special purpose entity, Oriental Financial (PR) Statutory Trust II (the “Statutory Trust II”). Through these subsidiaries and their respective divisions, the Group provides a wide range of banking and wealth management services such as mortgage, commercial and consumer lending, leasing, financial planning, insurance sales, money management and investment banking and brokerage services, as well as corporate and individual trust services.

The main offices of the Group and its subsidiaries are located in San Juan, Puerto Rico. The Group is subject to examination, regulation and periodic reporting under the U.S. Bank Holding Company Act of 1956, as amended, which is administered by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System.

The Bank operates through 30 financial centers located throughout Puerto Rico and is subject to the supervision, examination and regulation of the Office of the Commissioner of Financial Institutions of Puerto Rico (“OCFI”) and the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (“FDIC”). The Bank offers banking services such as commercial and consumer lending, leasing, savings and time deposit products, financial planning, and corporate and individual trust services, and capitalizes on its commercial banking network to provide mortgage lending products to its clients. Oriental International Bank Inc. (“OIB”), a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Bank, operates as an international banking entity (“IBE”) pursuant to the International Banking Center Regulatory Act of Puerto Rico, as amended. OIB offers the Bank certain Puerto Rico tax advantages. OIB activities are limited under Puerto Rico law to persons and assets/liabilities located outside of Puerto Rico.

Oriental Financial Services operates as a securities broker-dealer and is subject to the supervision, examination and regulation of the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority (“FINRA”), the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”), and the OCFI. Oriental Insurance operates as an insurance agency and is subject to the supervision, examination and regulation of the Office of the Commissioner of Insurance of Puerto Rico.

The Group’s mortgage banking activities are conducted through a division of the Bank. The mortgage banking activities include the origination of mortgage loans for the Bank’s own portfolio, and the sale of loans directly in the secondary market or the securitization of conforming loans into mortgage-backed securities. The Bank originates Federal Housing Administration (“FHA”)-insured and Veterans Administration (“VA”)-guaranteed mortgages that are primarily securitized for issuance of Government National Mortgage Association (“GNMA”) mortgage-backed securities which can be resold to individual or institutional investors in the secondary market. Conventional loans that meet the underwriting requirements for sale or exchange under standard Federal National Mortgage Association (the “FNMA”) or the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation (the “FHLMC”) programs are referred to as conforming mortgage loans and are also securitized for issuance of FNMA or FHLMC mortgage-backed securities. The Bank is an approved seller of FNMA, as well as FHLMC, mortgage loans for issuance of FNMA and FHLMC mortgage-backed securities. The Bank is also an approved issuer of GNMA mortgage-backed securities. The Bank is the master servicer of the GNMA, FNMA and FHLMC pools that it issues and of its mortgage loan portfolio, and has a subservicing arrangement with a third party.

 

106


ORIENTAL FINANCIAL GROUP INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

 

Effective April 30, 2010, the Bank assumed all of the retail deposits and other liabilities and acquired certain assets and substantially all of the operations of Eurobank from the FDIC, as receiver for Eurobank, pursuant to the terms of a purchase and assumption agreement entered into by the Bank and the FDIC on April 30, 2010. This transaction is referred to as the “FDIC-assisted acquisition.”

Use of Estimates in the Preparation of Financial Statements

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires management to make certain estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities as of the date of the consolidated financial statements and the reported amount of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates. Material estimates that are particularly susceptible to significant change in the near term relate mainly to the determination of the allowance for loan and lease losses, fair value of assets acquired and liabilities assumed, the valuation of securities and derivative instruments, revisions to expected cashflows in covered loans, accounting of indemnification asset, and the determination of income taxes and other-than-temporary impairment of securities.

Principles of Consolidation

The accompanying consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Group and its wholly-owned subsidiaries. All significant intercompany transactions and balances have been eliminated in consolidation. The special purpose entity is exempt from the consolidation requirements of GAAP.

Cash Equivalents

The Group considers as cash equivalents all money market instruments that are not pledged and that have maturities of three months or less at the date of acquisition.

Earnings per Common Share

Basic earnings per share is calculated by dividing income available to common shareholders (net income reduced by dividends on preferred stock) by the weighted average of outstanding common shares. Diluted earnings per share is similar to the computation of basic earnings per share except that the weighted average of common shares is increased to include the number of additional common shares that would have been outstanding if the dilutive potential common shares underlying stock options and restricted units had been issued, assuming that proceeds from exercise are used to repurchase shares in the market (treasury stock method). Any stock splits and dividends are retroactively recognized in all periods presented in the consolidated financial statements.

Securities Purchased/Sold Under Agreements to Resell/Repurchase

The Group purchases securities under agreements to resell the same or similar securities. Amounts advanced under these agreements represent short-term loans and are reflected as assets in the consolidated statements of financial condition. It is the Group’s policy to take possession of securities purchased under resale agreements while the counterparty retains effective control over the securities. The Group monitors the fair value of the underlying securities as compared to the related receivable, including accrued interest, and requests additional collateral when deemed appropriate. The Group also sells securities under agreements to repurchase the same or similar securities. The Group retains effective control over the securities sold under these agreements; accordingly, such agreements are treated as financing arrangements, and the obligations to repurchase the securities sold are reflected as liabilities. The securities underlying the financing agreements remain included in the asset accounts. The counterparty to repurchase agreements generally has the right to repledge the securities received as collateral.

 

107


ORIENTAL FINANCIAL GROUP INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

 

Investment Securities

Securities are classified as held-to-maturity, available-for-sale or trading. Securities for which the Group has the intent and ability to hold until maturity are classified as held-to-maturity and are carried at amortized cost. Securities that might be sold prior to maturity because of interest rate changes, to meet liquidity needs, or to better match the repricing characteristics of funding sources are classified as available-for-sale. These securities are reported at fair value, with unrealized gains and losses excluded from earnings and reported net of tax in other comprehensive income.

The Group classified certain agency-issued mortgage-backed securities as held-to-maturity. The Group has both the intent and ability to hold such securities until their maturities. Furthermore, the Group believes it will be able to recover substantially all of its recorded investment mainly because these are agency-issued mortgage-backed securities, and also because the securities cannot be contractually prepaid or otherwise settled before their stated maturity by the issuing agency, except for the principal prepayments that may occur throughout their terms based on the payment behavior of the collateral loans.

The Group purchased the securities classified as held-to-maturity during the fourth quarter of 2010, and made the classification in response to management’s asset-liability management strategy. The Group believes that it can accomplish its asset-liability management goals and still maximize net interest income without having all its securities classified as available-for-sale. This designation is consistent with held-to-maturity classification requirements, specifically those stated in section 25-18 of ASC 320-10-25.

The Group classifies as trading those securities that are acquired and held principally for the purpose of selling them in the near future. These securities are carried at fair value with realized and unrealized changes in fair value included in earnings in the period in which the changes occur.

The Group’s investment in the Federal Home Loan Bank (“FHLB”) of New York stock, a restricted security, has no readily determinable fair value and can only be sold back to the FHLB at cost. Therefore, the carrying value represents its fair value.

Premiums and discounts are amortized to interest income over the life of the related securities using the interest method. Net realized gains or losses on sales of investment securities, and unrealized loss valuation adjustments considered other than temporary, if any, on securities classified as either available-for-sale or held-to-maturity are reported separately in the statements of operations. The cost of securities sold is determined on the specific identification method.

Financial Instruments

Certain financial instruments, including derivatives, trading securities and investment securities available-for-sale, are recorded at fair value and unrealized gains and losses are recorded in other comprehensive income or as part of non-interest income, as appropriate. Fair values are based on listed market prices, if available. If listed market prices are not available, fair value is determined based on other relevant factors, including price quotations for similar instruments. The fair values of certain derivative contracts are derived from pricing models that consider current market and contractual prices for the underlying financial instruments as well as time value and yield curve or volatility factors underlying the positions.

The Group determines the fair value of its financial instruments based on the fair value measurement framework, which establishes a fair value hierarchy that prioritizes the inputs of valuation techniques used to measure fair value. The hierarchy gives the highest priority to unadjusted quoted prices in active markets for identical assets

 

108


ORIENTAL FINANCIAL GROUP INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

 

or liabilities (level 1 measurements) and the lowest priority to unobservable inputs (level 3 measurements). The three levels of the fair value hierarchy are described below:

Level 1 — Level 1 assets and liabilities include equity securities that are traded in an active exchange market, as well as certain U.S. Treasury and other U.S. government agency securities that are traded by dealers or brokers in active markets. Valuations are obtained from readily available pricing sources for market transactions involving identical assets or liabilities.

Level 2 — Observable inputs other than Level 1 prices, such as quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities; quoted prices in markets that are not active; or other inputs that are observable or can be corroborated by observable market data for substantially the full term of the assets or liabilities. Level 2 assets and liabilities include (i) mortgage-backed securities for which the fair value is estimated based on valuations obtained from third-party pricing services for identical or comparable assets, (ii) debt securities with quoted prices that are traded less frequently than exchange-traded instruments and (iii) derivative contracts and financial liabilities, whose value is determined using a pricing model with inputs that are observable in the market or can be derived principally from or corroborated by observable market data.

Level 3 — Unobservable inputs that are supported by little or no market activity and that are significant to the fair value of the assets or liabilities. Level 3 assets and liabilities include financial instruments whose value is determined using pricing models, for which the determination of fair value requires significant management judgment or estimation.

Impairment of Investment Securities

The Group conducts periodic reviews to identify and evaluate each investment in an unrealized loss position for other-than-temporary impairments. The Group separates the amount of total impairment into credit and noncredit-related amounts. The term “other-than-temporary impairment” is not intended to indicate that the decline is permanent, but indicates that the prospects for a near-term recovery of value is not favorable, or that there is a lack of evidence to support a realizable value equal to or greater than the carrying value of the investment. Any portion of a decline in value associated with credit loss is recognized in income with the remaining noncredit-related component being recognized in other comprehensive income. A credit loss is determined by assessing whether the amortized cost basis of the security will be recovered, by comparing the present value of cash flows expected to be collected from the security, discounted at the rate equal to the yield used to accrete current and prospective beneficial interest for the security. The shortfall of the present value of the cash flows expected to be collected in relation to the amortized cost basis is considered to be the “credit loss.”

The Group’s review for impairment generally entails, but is not limited to:

 

   

the identification and evaluation of investments that have indications of possible other-than-temporary impairment;

 

   

the analysis of individual investments that have fair values less than amortized cost, including consideration of the length of time the investment has been in an unrealized loss position, and the expected recovery period;

 

   

the financial condition of the issuer or issuers;

 

   

the creditworthiness of the obligor of the security;

 

109


ORIENTAL FINANCIAL GROUP INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

 

   

actual collateral attributes;

 

   

any rating changes by a rating agency;

 

   

current analysts’ evaluations;

 

   

the payment structure of the debt security and the likelihood of the issuer being able to make payments;

 

   

current market conditions;

 

   

adverse conditions specifically related to the security, industry, or a geographic area;

 

   

the Group’s intent to sell the debt security;

 

   

whether it is more-likely-than-not that the Group will be required to sell the debt security before its anticipated recovery;

 

   

and other qualitative factors that could support or not an other-than-temporary impairment.

Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities

The Group’s overall interest rate risk-management strategy incorporates the use of derivative instruments to minimize significant unplanned fluctuations in earnings that are caused by interest rate volatility. The Group’s goal is to manage interest rate sensitivity by modifying the repricing or maturity characteristics of certain balance sheet assets and liabilities so that the net interest margin is not, on a material basis, adversely affected by movements in interest rates. As a result of interest rate fluctuations, hedged fixed-rate assets and liabilities will appreciate or depreciate in market value. Also, for some fixed-rate assets or liabilities, the effect of this variability in earnings is expected to be substantially offset by the Group’s gains and losses on the derivative instruments that are linked to the forecasted cash flows of these hedged assets and liabilities. The Group considers its strategic use of derivatives to be a prudent method of managing interest-rate sensitivity, as it reduces the exposure of earnings and the market value of its equity to undue risk posed by changes in interest rates. The effect of this unrealized appreciation or depreciation is expected to be substantially offset by the Group’s gains or losses on the derivative instruments that are linked to these hedged assets and liabilities. Another result of interest rate fluctuations is that the contractual interest income and interest expense of hedged variable-rate assets and liabilities, respectively, will increase or decrease.

Derivative instruments that are used as part of the Group’s interest rate risk-management strategy include interest rate swaps, forward-settlement swaps, futures contracts, and option contracts that have indices related to the pricing of specific balance sheet assets and liabilities. Interest rate swaps generally involve the exchange of fixed and variable-rate interest payments between two parties, based on a common notional principal amount and maturity date. Interest rate futures generally involve exchange-traded contracts to buy or sell U.S. Treasury bonds and notes in the future at specified prices. Interest rate options represent contracts that allow the holder of the option to (i) receive cash or (ii) purchase, sell, or enter into a financial instrument at a specified price within a specified period. Some purchased option contracts give the Group the right to enter into interest rate swaps and cap and floor agreements with the writer of the option. In addition, the Group enters into certain transactions that contain embedded derivatives. When the embedded derivative possesses economic characteristics that are not clearly and closely related to the economic characteristics of the host contract, it is bifurcated and carried at fair value.

The Group also has offered its customers certificates of deposit with an option tied to the performance of the Standard & Poor’s 500 stock market index. The Group purchases options from major financial entities to manage its exposure to changes in this index. Under the terms of the option agreements, the Group receives a certain percentage of the increase, if any, in the initial month-end value of the index over the average of the monthly

 

110


ORIENTAL FINANCIAL GROUP INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

 

index observations in a five-year period in exchange for a fixed premium. The changes in fair value of the option agreements used to manage the exposure in the stock market in the certificates of deposit are recorded in earnings. The embedded option in the certificates of deposit is bifurcated, and the changes in the value of that option are also recorded in earnings.

When using derivative instruments, the Group exposes itself to credit and market risk. If a counterparty fails to fulfill its performance obligations under a derivative contract due to insolvency or any other event of default, the Group’s credit risk will equal the fair value gain in a derivative plus any cash or securities that may have been delivered to the counterparty as part of the transaction terms. Generally, when the fair value of a derivative contract is positive, this indicates that the counterparty owes the Group, thus creating a repayment risk for the Group. This risk is generally mitigated by requesting cash or securities from the counterparty to cover the positive fair value. When the fair value of a derivative contract is negative, the Group owes the counterparty and, therefore, assumes no credit risk other than the cash or value of the collateral delivered as part of the transactions in as far as it exceeds the fair value of the derivative. The Group minimizes the credit (or repayment) risk in derivative instruments by entering into transactions with high-quality counterparties.

The Group uses forward-settlement swaps to hedge the variability of future interest cash flows of forecasted wholesale borrowings, attributable to changes in LIBOR. Once the forecasted wholesale borrowing transactions occur, the interest rate swap will effectively lock-in the Group’s interest rate payments on an amount of forecasted interest expense attributable to the one-month LIBOR corresponding to the swap notional amount. By employing this strategy, the Group minimizes its exposure to volatility in LIBOR.

As part of this new hedging strategy started in the first quarter of 2011, the Group formally documents all relationships between hedging instruments and hedged items, as well as its risk-management objective and strategy for undertaking various hedge transactions. This process includes linking all derivatives that are designated as cash flow hedges to (i) specific assets and liabilities on the balance sheet or (ii) specific firm commitments or forecasted transactions. The Group also formally assesses (both at the hedge’s inception and on an ongoing basis) whether the derivatives that are used in hedging transactions have been highly effective in offsetting changes in the fair value or cash flows of hedged items and whether those derivatives may be expected to remain highly effective in future periods. The changes in fair value of the forward-settlement swaps are recorded in accumulated other comprehensive income to the extent there is no significant ineffectiveness.

The Group discontinues hedge accounting prospectively when (i) it determines that the derivative is no longer effective in offsetting changes in the cash flows of a hedged item (including hedged items such as firm commitments or forecasted transactions); (ii) the derivative expires or is sold, terminated, or exercised; (iii) it is no longer probable that the forecasted transaction will occur; (iv) a hedged firm commitment no longer meets the definition of a firm commitment; or (v) management determines that designating the derivative as a hedging instrument is no longer appropriate or desired.

The Group’s derivative activities are monitored by its Asset/Liability Management Committee which is also responsible for approving hedging strategies that are developed through its analysis of data derived from financial simulation models and other internal and industry sources. The resulting hedging strategies are then incorporated into the Group’s overall interest rate risk-management.

Off-Balance Sheet Instruments

In the ordinary course of business, the Group enters into off-balance sheet instruments consisting of commitments to extend credit, further discussed in Note 16 hereto. Such financial instruments are recorded in the

 

111


ORIENTAL FINANCIAL GROUP INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

 

financial statements when these are funded or related fees are incurred or received. The Group periodically evaluates the credit risks inherent in these commitments, and establishes accruals for such risks if and when these are deemed necessary.

Mortgage Banking Activities and Loans Held-For-Sale

The residential mortgage loans reported as held-for-sale are stated at the lower-of-cost-or-fair value, cost being determined on the outstanding loan balance less unearned income, and fair value determined in the aggregate. Net unrealized losses are recognized through a valuation allowance by charges to income. Realized gains or losses on these loans are determined using the specific identification method. Loans held-for-sale include all conforming mortgage loans originated and purchased, which from time to time the Group sells to other financial institutions or securitizes conforming mortgage loans into GNMA, FNMA and FHLMC pass-through certificates.

Accounting for Transfers and Servicing of Financial Assets and Extinguishment of Liabilities

The Group recognizes the financial and servicing assets it controls and the liabilities it has incurred, derecognizes financial assets when control has been surrendered, and derecognizes liabilities when extinguished.

The Group is not engaged in sales of mortgage loans and mortgage-backed securities subject to recourse provisions except for those provisions that allow for the repurchase of loans as a result of a breach of certain representations and warranties other than those related to the credit quality of the loans included in the sale transactions.

The transfer of an entire financial asset, a group of entire financial assets, or a participating interest in an entire financial asset in which the Group surrenders control over the assets is accounted for as a sale if all of the following conditions set forth in ASC Topic 860 are met: (i) the assets must be isolated from creditors of the transferor, (ii) the transferee must obtain the right (free of conditions that constrain it from taking advantage of that right) to pledge or exchange the transferred assets, and (iii) the transferor cannot maintain effective control over the transferred assets through an agreement to repurchase them before their maturity. When the Group transfers financial assets and the transfer fails any one of these criteria, the Group is prevented from derecognizing the transferred financial assets and the transaction is accounted for as a secured borrowing. For federal and Puerto Rico income tax purposes, the Group treats the transfers of loans which do not qualify as “true sales” under the applicable accounting guidance, as sales, recognizing a deferred tax asset or liability on the transaction. For transfers of financial assets that satisfy the conditions to be accounted for as sales, the Group derecognizes all assets sold; recognizes all assets obtained and liabilities incurred in consideration as proceeds of the sale, including servicing assets and servicing liabilities, if applicable; initially measures at fair value assets obtained and liabilities incurred in a sale; and recognizes in earnings any gain or loss on the sale. The guidance on transfer of financial assets requires a true sale analysis of the treatment of the transfer under state law as if the Group was a debtor under the bankruptcy code. A true sale legal analysis includes several legally relevant factors, such as the nature and level of recourse to the transferor, and the nature of retained interests in the loans sold. The analytical conclusion as to a true sale is never absolute and unconditional, but contains qualifications based on the inherent equitable powers of a bankruptcy court, as well as the unsettled state of the common law. Once the legal isolation test has been met, other factors concerning the nature and extent of the transferor’s control over the transferred assets are taken into account in order to determine whether derecognition of assets is warranted.

When the Group sells or securitizes mortgage loans, it generally makes customary representations and warranties regarding the characteristics of the loans sold. Conforming conventional mortgage loans are combined into pools

 

112


ORIENTAL FINANCIAL GROUP INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

 

which are exchanged for FNMA and GNMA mortgage-backed securities, which are generally sold to private investors, or may sell the loans directly to FNMA or other private investors for cash. To the extent the loans do not meet the specified characteristics, investors are generally entitled to require the Group to repurchase such loans or indemnify the investor against losses if the assets do not meet certain guidelines. GNMA programs allow financial institutions to buy back individual delinquent mortgage loans that meet certain criteria from the securitized loan pool for which the Group provides servicing. At the Group’s option and without GNMA prior authorization, the Group may repurchase such delinquent loans for an amount equal to 100% of the loan’s remaining principal balance. This buy-back option is considered a conditional option until the delinquency criteria is met, at which time the option becomes unconditional. When the loans backing a GNMA security are initially securitized, the Group treats the transaction as a sale for accounting purposes because the conditional nature of the buy-back option means that the Group does not maintain effective control over the loans, and therefore these are derecognized from the balance sheet. When individual loans later meet GNMA’s specified delinquency criteria and are eligible for repurchase, the Group is deemed to have regained effective control over these loans and these must be brought back onto the Group’s books as assets at fair value, regardless of whether the Group intends to exercise the buy-back option. Quality review procedures are performed by the Group as required under the government agency programs to ensure that assets guideline qualifications are met. The Group has not recorded any specific contingent liability in the consolidated financial statements for these customary representation and warranties related to loans sold by the Group, and management believes that, based on historical data, the probability of payments and expected losses under these representation and warranty arrangements is not significant.

Servicing Assets

The Group periodically sells or securitizes mortgage loans while retaining the obligation to perform the servicing of such loans. In addition, the Group may purchase or assume the right to service mortgage loans originated by others. Whenever the Group undertakes an obligation to service a loan, management assesses whether a servicing asset and/or liability should be recognized. A servicing asset is recognized whenever the compensation for servicing is expected to more than adequately compensate the Group for servicing the loans. Likewise, a servicing liability would be recognized in the event that servicing fees to be received are not expected to adequately compensate the Group for its expected cost.

All separately recognized servicing assets are recognized at fair value using the fair value measurement method. Under the fair value measurement method, the Group measures servicing rights at fair value at each reporting date and reports changes in fair value of servicing asset in earnings in the period in which the changes occur, and includes these changes, if any, with mortgage banking activities in the consolidated statement of operations. The fair value of servicing rights is subject to fluctuations as a result of changes in estimated and actual prepayment speeds and default rates and losses.

The fair value of servicing rights is estimated by using a cash flow valuation model which calculates the present value of estimated future net servicing cash flows, taking into consideration actual and expected loan prepayment rates, discount rates, servicing costs, and other economic factors, which are determined based on current market conditions.

On April 30, 2010, the Group acquired a leasing servicing asset as part of the FDIC-assisted acquisition. The Group follows the same accounting methodology for the leasing servicing asset used for mortgage loans servicing asset, as described above.

 

113


ORIENTAL FINANCIAL GROUP INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

 

Loans and Allowance for Loan and Lease Losses

Because of the loss protection provided by the FDIC, the risks of the loans acquired in the FDIC-assisted transaction that are covered under the FDIC shared-loss agreements are significantly different from those loans not covered under the FDIC shared-loss agreements. Accordingly, the Group presents loans subject to the shared-loss agreements as “covered loans” and loans that are not subject to the FDIC shared-loss agreements as “non-covered loans.” Non-covered loans include credit card balances acquired in the FDIC-assisted acquisition.

Non-Covered Loans

Non-covered loans that management has the intent and ability to hold for the foreseeable future or until maturity or pay-off are reported at their outstanding unpaid principal balances adjusted for charge-offs, the allowance for non-covered loan and lease losses, unamortized discount related to mortgage servicing rights sold and any deferred fees or costs on originated loans. Interest income is accrued on the unpaid principal balance. Loan origination fees and costs, and premiums and discounts on loans purchased, are deferred and amortized over the estimated life of the loans as an adjustment of their yield through interest income using the interest method. When a loan is paid off or sold, any unamortized deferred fee (cost) is credited (charged) to income.

Credit card balances acquired as part of the FDIC-assisted acquisition are accounted for under the guidance of ASC 310-20, which requires that any differences between the contractually required loan payments in excess of the Group’s initial investment in the loans be accreted into interest income on a level-yield basis over the life of the loan. Loans accounted for under ASC 310-20 are placed on non-accrual status when past due in accordance with the Group’s non-accruing policy and any accretion of discount is discontinued. These assets were written-down to their estimated fair value on their acquisition date, incorporating an estimate of future expected cash flows. To the extent actual or projected cash flows are less than originally estimated, additional provisions for loan and lease losses are recognized.

On April 1, 2011, the Bank changed on a prospective basis its policy to place on non-accrual status residential mortgage loans well collateralized and in process of collection when reaching 90 days past due. All loans that were between 90 and 365 days past due when the policy was changed were also placed on non-accrual status, and the interest receivable on such loans was evaluated on a periodic basis against the collateral underlying the loans, and written-down, if necessary. On December 31, 2011, the Bank further revised its policy to reverse against income all interest recorded on residential mortgage loans reaching 90 days past due including the remaining interest on loans that were between 90 and 365 days past due as of April 1, 2011. On December 31, 2011, the Bank also charged-off this remaining accrued interest on residential mortgage loans over 90 days past due. This change in estimate was considered necessary to comply with guidance received from the Group’s regulators.

For all other loans, interest recognition is discontinued when loans are 90 days or more in arrears on principal and/or interest based on contractual terms. Loans for which the recognition of interest income has been discontinued are designated as non-accruing. Collections are accounted for on the cash method thereafter, until qualifying to return to accrual status. Such loans are not reinstated to accrual status until interest is received on a current basis and other factors indicative of doubtful collection cease to exist.

The Group follows a systematic methodology to establish and evaluate the adequacy of the allowance for loan and lease losses to provide for inherent losses in the non-covered loan portfolio. This methodology includes the consideration of factors such as economic conditions, portfolio risk characteristics, prior loss experience, and results of periodic credit reviews of individual loans. The provision for loan and lease losses charged to current operations is based on such methodology. Loan and lease losses are charged and recoveries are credited to the allowance for loan and lease losses on non-covered loans.

 

114


ORIENTAL FINANCIAL GROUP INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

 

Larger commercial loans that exhibit potential or observed credit weaknesses are subject to individual review and grading. Where appropriate, allowances are allocated to individual loans based on management’s estimate of the borrower’s ability to repay the loan given the availability of collateral, other sources of cash flow, and legal options available to the Group.

Included in the review of individual loans are those that are impaired. A loan is considered impaired when, based on current information and events, it is probable that the Group will be unable to collect the scheduled payments of principal or interest when due according to the contractual terms of the loan agreement. Impaired loans are measured based on the present value of expected future cash flows discounted at the loan’s effective interest rate, or as a practical expedient, at the observable market price of the loan or the fair value of the collateral, if the loan is collateral dependent. Loans are individually evaluated for impairment, except large groups of small balance homogeneous loans that are collectively evaluated for impairment, and loans that are recorded at fair value or at the lower of cost or fair value. The Group measures for impairment all commercial loans over $250 thousand that are either over 90 days past due or adversely classified, or when deemed necessary by management. The portfolios of mortgage, leases and consumer loans are considered homogeneous, and are evaluated collectively for impairment.

The Group, using a rating system, applies an overall allowance percentage to each non-covered loan portfolio segment based on historical credit losses adjusted for current conditions and trends. The historical loss experience is determined by portfolio segment and is based on the actual loss history experienced by the Group over the most recent 12 months. The actual loss experience is supplemented with other economic factors based on the risks present for each portfolio segment. These economic factors include consideration of the following: the credit grading assigned to commercial loans, levels of and trends in delinquencies and impaired loans; levels of and trends in charge-offs and recoveries; trends in volume and terms of loans; effects of any changes in risk selection and underwriting standards; other changes in lending policies, procedures, and practices; experience, ability, and depth of lending management and other relevant staff; local economic trends and conditions; industry conditions; and effects of changes in credit concentrations. The following portfolio segments have been identified: mortgage loans; commercial loans; consumer loans; and leasing.

Mortgage Loans: These loans are further divided into four classes: traditional mortgages, non-traditional mortgages, loans in loan modification programs and home equity loans. Traditional mortgage loans include loans secured by dwelling, fixed coupons and regular amortization schedules. Non-traditional mortgages include loans with interest-first amortization schedules and loans with balloon considerations as part of their terms. Mortgages in loan modification programs are loans that are being serviced under such programs. Home equity loans are mainly equity lines of credit. The allowance factor on these loans is impacted by the historical loss factors on the sub-segments, the environmental risk factors described above and by delinquency buckets.

Commercial loans: In 2011, these loans were further divided into two classes: commercial loans secured by existing commercial real estate properties and other commercial loans. The allowance factor assigned to these loans is impacted by historical loss factors, by the environmental risk factors described above and by the credit risk ratings assigned to the loans. These credit risk ratings are based on relevant information about the ability of borrowers to service their debt such as: economic conditions, portfolio risk characteristics, prior loss experience, and results of periodic credit reviews of individual loans.

Consumer loans: These consist of smaller retail loans such as retail credit cards, overdrafts, unsecured personal lines of credit, and personal unsecured loans. The allowance factor on these loans is impacted by the historical loss factors on the segment, the environmental risk factors described above and by delinquency buckets.

Leasing: This segment consists of personal loans guaranteed by vehicles in the form of lease financing. The allowance factor on these loans is impacted by the historical losses on the segment, the environmental risk factors described above and by delinquency buckets.

 

115


ORIENTAL FINANCIAL GROUP INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

 

Loan loss ratios and credit risk categories are updated at least quarterly and are applied in the context of GAAP as prescribed by ASC and the importance of depository institutions having prudent, conservative, but not excessive loan allowances that fall within an acceptable range of estimated losses. While management uses current available information in estimating possible loan and lease losses, factors beyond the Group’s control, such as those affecting general economic conditions, may require future changes to the allowance.

Covered Loans

Covered loans acquired in the FDIC-assisted acquisition are accounted under the provisions of ASC 310-30, “Loans and Debt Securities Acquired with Deteriorated Credit Quality,” which is applicable when (a) the Group acquires loans deemed to be impaired when there is evidence of credit deterioration and it is probable, at the date of acquisition, that the Group would be unable to collect all contractually required payments and (b) as a general policy election for non-impaired loans that the Group acquired with some discount attributable to credit.

The acquired covered loans were recorded at their estimated fair value at the time of acquisition. Fair value of acquired loans is determined using a discounted cash flow model based on assumptions about the amount and timing of principal and interest payments, estimated prepayments, estimated default rates, estimated loss severity in the event of defaults, and current market rates. Estimated credit losses are included in the determination of fair value; therefore, an allowance for loan and lease losses is not recorded on the acquisition date.

In accordance with ASC 310-30 and in estimating the fair value of covered loans at the acquisition date, the Group (a) calculated the contractual amount and timing of undiscounted principal and interest payments (the “undiscounted contractual cash flows”) and (b) estimated the amount and timing of undiscounted expected principal and interest payments (the “undiscounted expected cash flows”). The difference between the undiscounted contractual cash flows and the undiscounted expected cash flows is the non-accretable discount. The non-accretable discount represents an estimate of the loss exposure in the covered loan portfolio, and such amount is subject to change over time based on the performance of the covered loans. The carrying value of covered loans is reduced by payments received and increased by the portion of the accretable yield recognized as interest income.

The excess of undiscounted expected cash flows at acquisition over the initial fair value of acquired loans is referred to as the “accretable yield” and is recorded as interest income over the estimated life of the loans using the effective yield method if the timing and amount of the future cash flows is reasonably estimable. Subsequent to acquisition, the Group aggregates loans into pools of loans with common risk characteristics to account for the acquired loans. Increases in expected cash flows over those originally estimated increase the accretable yield and are recognized as interest income prospectively or reverse previously recognized allowance for loan and lease losses. Decreases in expected cash flows compared to those originally estimated decrease the accretable yield and are recognized by recording a provision for covered loan and lease losses and establishing an allowance for loan and lease losses.

ASC 310-30-40-1 states that, once a pool of loans is assembled, the integrity of the pool shall be maintained. A loan shall be removed from a pool of loans only if (a) the investor sells, forecloses, or otherwise receives assets in satisfaction of the loan or (b) the loan is written off. A refinancing or restructuring of a loan shall not result in the removal of a loan from a pool. Events that result in a loan being removed from a pool are often referred to as “confirming events.” When a confirming event occurs and a loan is removed from a pool, ASC 310-30 indicates that the loan should be removed at its carrying amount. ASC 310-30-35-15 states that, if a loan is removed from a pool of loans, the difference between the loan’s carrying amount and the fair value of the collateral or other assets received shall not affect the percentage yield calculation used to recognize accretable yield on the pool of

 

116


ORIENTAL FINANCIAL GROUP INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

 

loans. That is, the pool’s yield should be unaffected by the removal. The Group removes such loans on an “as expected” basis, which assumes cash or other assets received are equal to the original expectation of cash flows.

Under the accounting guidance of ASC 310-30 for acquired loans, the allowance for loan and lease losses on covered loans is measured at each financial reporting period, or measurement date, based on expected cash flows. Accordingly, decreases in expected cash flows on the acquired covered loans as of the measurement date compared to those initially estimated are recognized by recording a provision for credit losses on covered loans. The portion of the loss on covered loans reimbursable from the FDIC is recorded as an offset to the provision for credit losses and increases the FDIC shared-loss indemnification asset.

Lease Financing

The Group leases vehicles for personal and commercial use to individual and corporate customers. The direct finance lease method of accounting is used to recognize revenue on leasing contracts that meet the criteria specified in the guidance for leases in ASC Topic 840. Aggregate rentals due over the term of the leases less unearned income are included in lease financing contracts receivable. Unearned income is amortized using a method over the average life of the leases as an adjustment to the interest yield.

Troubled Debt Restructuring

A troubled debt restructuring (“TDR”) is the restructuring of a receivable in which the Group, as creditor, grants a concession for legal or economic reasons due to the debtor’s financial difficulties. A concession is granted when, as a result of the restructuring, the Group does not expect to collect all amounts due, including interest accrued at the original contract rate. These concessions may include a reduction of the interest rate, principal or accrued interest, extension of the maturity date or other actions intended to minimize potential losses.

For the assessment of whether the debtor is having financial difficulties, the Group evaluates whether it is probable that the debtor will default on any of its debt in the foreseeable future. If default is probable, then the debtor is considered to be experiencing financial difficulty even if there is no current default.

Receivables that are restructured in a TDR are presumed to be impaired and are subject to a specific impairment-measurement method. If the payment of principal at original maturity is primarily dependent on the value of collateral, the Group considers the current value of that collateral in determining whether the principal will be paid. For non-collateral dependent loans, the specific reserve is calculated based on the present value of expected cash flows discounted at the loan’s effective interest rate. Loans modified in TDRs are placed on non-accrual status until the Group determines that future collection of principal and interest is reasonably assured, which generally requires that the borrower demonstrate performance according to the restructured terms for a period of at least six months.

The Group adopted the ASU No. 2011-02 issued by FASB for the evaluation of loan modifications to determine if they qualify as troubled debt restructurings. Its adoption did not have a material effect on the Group’s consolidated financial statements.

Reserve for Unfunded Commitments

The reserve for unfunded commitments is maintained at a level believed by management to be sufficient to absorb estimated probable losses related to unfunded credit facilities and is included in other liabilities in the consolidated statements of condition. The determination of the adequacy of the reserve is based upon an evaluation of the unfunded credit facilities. Net adjustments to the reserve for unfunded commitments are included in other operating expenses in the consolidated statements of operations.

 

117


ORIENTAL FINANCIAL GROUP INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

 

FDIC Shared-Loss Indemnification Asset

The FDIC shared-loss indemnification asset is accounted for and measured separately from the covered loans acquired in the FDIC-assisted acquisition as it is not contractually embedded in any of the covered loans. The shared-loss indemnification asset related to estimated future loan and lease losses is not transferable should the Group sell a loan prior to foreclosure or maturity. The shared-loss indemnification asset was recorded at fair value at the acquisition date and represents the present value of the estimated cash payments expected to be received from the FDIC for future losses on covered assets, based on the credit adjustment estimated for each covered asset and the shared-loss percentages. This asset is presented net of any clawback liability due to the FDIC under the Purchase and Assumption Agreement. These cash flows are then discounted at a market-based rate to reflect the uncertainty of the timing and receipt of the shared-loss reimbursements from the FDIC. The amount ultimately collected for this asset is dependent upon the performance of the underlying covered assets, the passage of time, and claims submitted to the FDIC. The time value of money incorporated into the present value computation is accreted into earnings over the shorter of the life of the shared-loss agreements or the holding period of the covered assets.

The FDIC shared-loss indemnification asset is reduced as losses are recognized on covered loans and shared-loss payments are received from the FDIC. Realized credit losses in excess of acquisition-date estimates result in an increase in the FDIC shared-loss indemnification asset. Conversely, if realized credit losses are less than acquisition-date estimates, the FDIC shared-loss indemnification asset is amortized through the term of the shared-loss agreements.

Core Deposit Intangible

Core deposit intangible (“CDI”) is a measure of the value of checking and savings deposits acquired in a business combination. The fair value of the CDI stemming from any given business combination is based on the present value of the expected cost savings attributable to the core deposit funding, relative to an alternative source of funding. CDI is amortized straight-line over a 10-year period. The Group evaluates such identifiable intangible for impairment when an indication of impairment exists. No impairment charges were required to be recorded in the periods ended December 31, 2011 and 2010. If an impairment loss is determined to exist in the future, the loss would be reflected in the consolidated statement of operations for the period in which such impairment is identified.

Foreclosed Real Estate and Other Repossessed Property

Non-covered Foreclosed Real Estate

Foreclosed real estate is initially recorded at the lower of the related loan balance or the fair value less cost to sell of the real estate at the date of foreclosure. At the time properties are acquired in full or partial satisfaction of loans, any excess of the loan balance over the estimated fair value of the property is charged against the allowance for loan and lease losses on non-covered loans. After foreclosure, these properties are carried at the lower of cost or fair value less estimated cost to sell, based on recent appraised values or options to purchase the foreclosed property. Any excess of the carrying value over the estimated fair value, less estimated costs to sell, is charged to non-interest expenses. The costs and expenses associated to holding these properties in portfolio are expensed as incurred.

Covered Foreclosed Real Estate and Other Repossessed Property

Covered foreclosed real estate and other repossessed property is initially recorded at their estimated fair value on the acquisition date, based on appraisal value less estimated selling costs. Any subsequent write-downs due to

 

118


ORIENTAL FINANCIAL GROUP INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

 

declines in fair value and costs and expenses associated to holding these properties in portfolio are charged as incurred to non-interest expense with a partially offsetting non-interest income for the loss reimbursement under the FDIC shared-loss agreement. Any recoveries of previous write downs are credited to non-interest expenses with a corresponding charge to non-interest income for the portion of the recovery that is due to the FDIC.

Premises and Equipment

Premises and equipment are carried at cost less accumulated depreciation. Depreciation is provided using the straight-line method over the estimated useful life of each type of asset. Amortization of leasehold improvements is computed using the straight-line method over the terms of the leases or estimated useful lives of the improvements, whichever is shorter.

Income Taxes

In preparing the consolidated financial statements, the Group is required to estimate income taxes. This involves an estimate of current income tax expense together with an assessment of temporary differences resulting from differences between the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities for financial reporting purposes and the amounts used for income tax purposes. The determination of current income tax expense involves estimates and assumptions that require the Group to assume certain positions based on its interpretation of current tax laws and regulations. Changes in assumptions affecting estimates may be required in the future and estimated tax assets or liabilities may need to be increased or decreased accordingly. The accrual for tax contingencies is adjusted in light of changing facts and circumstances, such as the progress of tax audits, case law and emerging legislation. When particular matters arise, a number of years may elapse before such matters are audited and finally resolved. Favorable resolution of such matters could be recognized as a reduction to the Group’s effective tax rate in the year of resolution. Unfavorable settlement of any particular issue could increase the effective tax rate and may require the use of cash in the year of resolution.

The determination of deferred tax expense or benefit is based on changes in the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities that generate temporary differences. The carrying value of the Group’s net deferred tax assets assumes that the Group will be able to generate sufficient future taxable income based on estimates and assumptions. If these estimates and related assumptions change in the future, the Group may be required to record valuation allowances against its deferred tax assets resulting in additional income tax expense in the consolidated statements of operations.

Management evaluates on a regular basis whether the deferred tax assets can be realized, and assesses the need for a valuation allowance. A valuation allowance is established when management believes that it is more likely than not that some portion of its deferred tax assets will not be realized. Changes in valuation allowance from period to period are included in the Group’s tax provision in the period of change.

In addition to valuation allowances, the Group establishes accruals for uncertain tax positions when, despite the belief that the Group’s tax return positions are fully supported, the Group believes that certain positions are likely to be challenged. The accruals for uncertain tax positions are adjusted in light of changing facts and circumstances, such as the progress of tax audits, case law, and emerging legislation. The accruals for the Group’s uncertain tax positions are reflected as income tax payable as a component of accrued expenses and other liabilities. These accruals are reduced upon expiration of the applicable statute of limitations.

The Group follows a two-step approach for recognizing and measuring uncertain tax positions. The first step is to evaluate the tax position for recognition by determining if the weight of available evidence indicates that it is more likely than not that the position will be sustained on audit, including resolution of related appeals or

 

119


ORIENTAL FINANCIAL GROUP INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

 

litigation process, if any. The second step is to measure the tax benefit as the largest amount that is more than 50% likely to be realized upon ultimate settlement.

The Group’s policy is to include interest and penalties related to unrecognized income tax benefits within the provision for income taxes on the consolidated statements of operations.

On January 31, 2011, the Governor of Puerto Rico signed into law the second and last phase of the Administration’s tax reform bill. It creates the Internal Revenue Code for a New Puerto Rico, which has been subsequently amended several times (the “2011 Code”). The 2011 Code provides for the gradual repeal of the Puerto Rico Internal Revenue Code of 1994 (the “1994 Code”), as its provisions started to take effect, with some exceptions, as of January 1, 2011. For corporate taxpayers, the 2011 Code retains the 20% flat rate on “normal-tax net income” but establishes significantly lower rates applicable to “surtax net income” which is the “normal-tax net income” less the allowed surtax deduction. The 2011 Code provides a surtax rate from 5% to 10% for taxable years commencing after December 31, 2010 and before January 1, 2014. For taxable years commencing after December 31, 2013, the surtax rate may be reduced to 5% if certain economic and budgetary control tests are met by the Government of Puerto Rico. If such economic tests are not met, the reduction of the surtax rate will be postponed until the year when such economic tests are met. In the case of a controlled group of corporations, the determination of which surtax rate applies will be made by adding the “normal-tax net income” of each of the entities that are members of the controlled group reduced by the surtax deduction. The 2011 Code also increased the surtax deduction to $750,000. In the case of a controlled group of corporations, the surtax deduction should be distributed among the members of the controlled group. The 2011 Code reduces the alternative minimum tax (“AMT”) from 22% to 20%. It also eliminates the 5% additional surtax which was established by Act No. 7 of March 9, 2009, and the 5% recapture of the benefit of the income tax tables, except for the income earned by international banking entities, which was fully exempt and is subject to a 5% income tax for the taxable years beginning after December 31, 2008 and ending before January 1, 2012. Under the 2011 Code, a corporate taxpayer has a one-time option of determining its income tax liability and filing its income tax return pursuant to the 1994 Code. This election must be made with the filing of the 2011 income tax return and, once made, is irrevocable for the taxable year when the election is made and for each of the next four taxable years. The Group decided to implement the 2011 Code. Under the 2011 Code, all companies are treated as separate taxable entities and are not entitled to file consolidated returns. The Group and its subsidiaries are subject to Puerto Rico regular income tax or AMT on income earned from all sources. The AMT is payable if it exceeds regular income tax. The excess of AMT over regular income tax paid in any one year may be used to offset regular income tax in future years, subject to certain limitations.

Equity-Based Compensation Plan

The Group’s Amended and Restated 2007 Omnibus Performance Incentive Plan (the “Omnibus Plan”) provides for equity-based compensation incentives through the grant of stock options, stock appreciation rights, restricted stock, restricted units and dividend equivalents, as well as equity-based performance awards. The Omnibus Plan was adopted in 2007, amended and restated in 2008, and further amended in 2010.

The purpose of the Omnibus Plan is to provide flexibility to the Group to attract, retain and motivate directors, officers, and key employees through the grant of awards based on performance and to adjust its compensation practices to the best compensation practice and corporate governance trends as they develop from time to time. The Omnibus Plan is further intended to motivate high levels of individual performance coupled with increased shareholder returns. Therefore, awards under the Omnibus Plan (each, an “Award”) are intended to be based upon the recipient’s individual performance, level of responsibility and potential to make significant contributions to the Group. Generally, the Omnibus Plan will terminate as of (a) the date when no more of the Group’s shares of common stock are available for issuance under the Omnibus Plan, or, if earlier, (b) the date the Omnibus Plan is terminated by the Group’s Board of Directors.

 

120


ORIENTAL FINANCIAL GROUP INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

 

The Board’s Compensation Committee (the “Committee”), or such other committee as the Board may designate, has full authority to interpret and administer the Omnibus Plan in order to carry out its provisions and purposes. The Committee has the authority to determine those persons eligible to receive an Award and to establish the terms and conditions of any Award. The Committee may delegate, subject to such terms or conditions or guidelines as it shall determine, to any employee or group of employees any portion of its authority and powers under the Omnibus Plan with respect to participants who are not directors or executive officers subject to the reporting requirements under Section 16(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”). Only the Committee may exercise authority in respect of Awards granted to such participants.

The Omnibus Plan replaced and superseded the Group’s 1996, 1998 and 2000 Incentive Stock Option Plans (the “Stock Option Plans”). All outstanding stock options under the Stock Option Plans continue in full force and effect, subject to their original terms and conditions.

The expected term of stock options granted represents the period of time that such options are expected to be outstanding. Expected volatilities are based on historical volatility of the Group’s shares of common stock over the most recent period equal to the expected term of the stock options.

The Group follows the fair value method of recording stock-based compensation. The Group uses the modified prospective transition method, which requires measurement of the cost of employee services received in exchange for an award of equity instruments based on the grant date fair value of the award with the cost to be recognized over the service period. It applies to all awards unvested and granted after this effective date and awards modified, repurchased, or cancelled after that date.

Comprehensive Income

Comprehensive income is defined as the change in equity of a business enterprise during a period from transactions and other events and circumstances, except for those resulting from investments by owners and distributions to owners. GAAP requires that recognized revenue, expenses, gains and losses be included in net income. Although certain changes in assets and liabilities, such as unrealized gains and losses on available-for-sale securities and on derivative activities that qualify and are designated for cash flows hedge accounting, net of taxes, are reported as a separate component of the stockholders’ equity section of the consolidated statements of financial condition, such items, along with net income, are components of comprehensive income.

Commitments and Contingencies

Liabilities for loss contingencies, arising from claims, assessments, litigation, fines, and penalties and other sources are recorded when it is probable that a liability has been incurred and the amount of the assessment can be reasonably estimated. Legal costs incurred in connection with loss contingencies are expensed as incurred.

Subsequent Events

The Group has evaluated events subsequent to the balance sheet date and prior to filing this annual report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2011, and has adjusted and disclosed those events that have occurred that would require adjustment or disclosure in the consolidated financial statements.

Reclassifications

Certain amounts in prior years have been reclassified to conform to the presentation adopted in the current year.

 

121


ORIENTAL FINANCIAL GROUP INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

 

Recent Accounting Developments

Intangibles — Goodwill and Other — FASB Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) 2011-08, “Intangibles — Goodwill and Other (Topic 350) — Testing Goodwill for Impairment” was issued in September 2011. This update allows an entity to first assess qualitative factors to determine whether it is more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying amount as a basis for determining whether it is necessary to perform the two-step goodwill impairment test described in Topic 350. The more-likely-than-not threshold is defined as having a likelihood of more than 50 percent. Previous guidance under Topic 350 required an entity to test goodwill for impairment, on at least an annual basis, by comparing the fair value of a reporting unit with its carrying amount, including goodwill (step one). If the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying amount, then the second step of the test must be performed to measure the amount of the impairment loss, if any. Under the amendments in this update, an entity is not required to calculate the fair value of a reporting unit unless the entity determines that it is more likely than not that its fair value is less than its carrying amount. The amendments are effective for annual and interim goodwill impairment tests performed for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2011. Early adoption is permitted, including for annual and interim goodwill impairment tests performed as of a date before September 15, 2011, if an entity’s financial statements for the most recent annual or interim period have not yet been issued or, for nonpublic entities, have not yet been made available for issuance. The Group believes that the implementation of this guidance will not have a material impact in the Group’s consolidated financial statements.

Fair Value Measurements — FASB ASU 2011-04, “Fair Value Measurement (FASB ASC Topic 820) — Amendments to Achieve Common Fair Value Measurement and Disclosure Requirements in U.S. GAAP and IFRSs,” issued in May 2011, changes the wording used to describe many of the requirements in U.S. GAAP for measuring fair value and for disclosing information about fair value measurements. For many of the requirements, FASB does not expect the amendments in this update to result in a change in the application of the requirements in Topic 820. Some of the amendments clarify FASB’s intent about the application of existing fair value measurement requirements. Other amendments change a particular principle or requirement for measuring fair value or for disclosing information about fair value measurements. This update is effective for interim and annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2011. Early application by public entities is not permitted. The Group believes that the implementation of this guidance will not have a material impact on the Group’s consolidated financial statements.

Troubled Debt Restructuring — In April 2011, FASB issued ASU No. 2011-02, “A Creditor’s Determination of Whether a Restructuring Is a Troubled Debt Restructuring.” ASU No. 2011-02 requires that when evaluating whether a restructuring constitutes a troubled debt restructuring, a creditor must separately conclude that both of the following exist: (a) the restructuring constitutes a concession and (b) the debtor is experiencing financial difficulties. Also, the ASU sets the effective date when an entity should disclose the information deferred by ASU No. 2011-01 for interim and annual periods beginning on or after June 15, 2011. The Group adopted this guidance for the evaluation of loan modifications to determine if they qualify as troubled debt restructurings. Its adoption did not have a material effect on the Group’s consolidated financial statements.

Other accounting standards that have been issued by FASB or other standards-setting bodies are not expected to have a material impact on the Group’s financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

2.    FDIC-ASSISTED ACQUISITION AND FDIC SHARED-LOSS INDEMNIFICATION ASSET

On April 30, 2010, the Bank acquired certain assets and assumed certain deposits and other liabilities of Eurobank from the FDIC as receiver of Eurobank, San Juan, Puerto Rico. As part of the Purchase and Assumption Agreement between the Bank and the FDIC (the “Purchase and Assumption Agreement”), the Bank

 

122


ORIENTAL FINANCIAL GROUP INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

 

and the FDIC entered into shared-loss agreements (each, a “shared-loss agreement” and collectively, the “shared-loss agreements”), whereby the FDIC covers a substantial portion of any losses on loans (and related unfunded loan commitments), foreclosed real estate and other repossessed properties.

The acquired loans, foreclosed real estate, and other repossessed property subject to the shared-loss agreements are collectively referred to as “covered assets.” Under the terms of the shared-loss agreements, the FDIC absorbs 80% of losses and shares in 80% of loss recoveries on covered assets. The term of the shared-loss agreement covering single family residential mortgage loans is ten years with respect to losses and loss recoveries, while the term of the shared-loss agreement covering commercial loans is five years with respect to losses and eight years with respect to loss recoveries, from the April 30, 2010 acquisition date. The shared-loss agreements also provide for certain costs directly related to the collection and preservation of covered assets to be reimbursed at an 80% level.

The assets acquired and liabilities assumed as of April 30, 2010 were presented at their fair value. In many cases, the determination of these fair values required management to make estimates about discount rates, expected cash flows, market conditions and other future events that are highly subjective in nature and were subject to change. The fair values initially assigned to the assets acquired and liabilities assumed are preliminary and subject to refinement for up to one year after the closing date of the acquisition as new information relative to closing date fair values became available. The process was completed on April 29, 2011.

The Bank and the FDIC engaged in ongoing discussions and preliminary settlements that impacted certain assets acquired and certain liabilities assumed by the Bank on April 30, 2010, and that were included as measurement period adjustments in the table below. On April 29, 2011, the Bank and the FDIC reached a final settlement as part of the Purchase and Assumption Agreement. The final settlement did not have a material effect on the Bank’s financial statements.

The Bank has agreed to make a true-up payment, also known as clawback liability, to the FDIC on the date that is 45 days following the last day (such day, the “True-Up Measurement Date”) of the final shared-loss month, or upon the final disposition of all covered assets under the shared-loss agreements in the event losses thereunder fail to reach expected levels. Under the shared-loss agreements, the Bank will pay to the FDIC 50% of the excess, if any, of: (i) 20% of the Intrinsic Loss Estimate of $906.0 million (or $181.2 million) (as determined by the FDIC) less (ii) the sum of: (A) 25% of the asset discount (per bid) (or $227.5 million); plus (B) 25% of the cumulative shared-loss payments (defined as the aggregate of all of the payments made or payable to the Bank minus the aggregate of all of the payments made or payable to the FDIC); plus (C) the sum of the period servicing amounts for every consecutive twelve-month period prior to and ending on the True-Up Measurement Date in respect of each of the shared-loss agreements during which the shared-loss provisions of the applicable shared-loss agreement is in effect (defined as the product of the simple average of the principal amount of shared-loss loans and shared-loss assets at the beginning and end of such period times 1%). The true-up payment represents an estimated liability of $13.3 million and $10.7 million, net of discount, as of December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively. This estimated liability is accounted for as a reduction of the indemnification asset. The indemnification asset represents the portion of estimated losses covered by the shared-loss agreements between the Bank and the FDIC.

The operating results of the Group for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010 include the operating results produced by the acquired assets and liabilities assumed since May 1, 2010. The Group believes that given the nature of assets and liabilities assumed, the significant amount of fair value adjustments, the nature of additional consideration provided to the FDIC (note payable and equity appreciation instrument) and the FDIC shared-loss agreements now in place, historical results of Eurobank are not meaningful to the Group’s results, and thus no pro forma information is presented.

 

123


ORIENTAL FINANCIAL GROUP INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

 

Net-assets acquired and the respective measurement period adjustments are reflected in the table below:

 

     Book value
April 30, 2010
     Fair Value
Adjustments
    April 30, 2010
(As initially
reported)
     Measurement
Period
Adjustments
    April 30 ,2010
(As remeasured)
 
     (In thousands)  

Assets

            

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 89,777       $      $ 89,777       $      $ 89,777   

Federal Home Loan Bank (FHLB) stock

     10,077                10,077                10,077   

Loans covered under shared-loss agreements with the FDIC

     1,536,416         (699,942     836,474         (53,568     782,906   

Loans not covered under shared-loss agreements with the FDIC

     4,275         (1,266     3,009         7        3,016   

Foreclosed real estate covered under shared-loss agreements with the FDIC

     26,082         (8,555     17,527         (4,032     13,495   

Other repossessed assets covered under shared-loss agreements with the FDIC

     3,401         (339     3,062                3,062   

FDIC shared-loss indemnification asset

             516,250        516,250         28,961        545,211   

Core deposit intangible

             1,423        1,423                1,423   

Deferred tax asset, net

                            1,441        1,441   

Goodwill

                            695        695   

Other assets

     20,168         (14,867     5,301         949        6,250   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total assets acquired

   $ 1,690,196       $ (207,296   $ 1,482,900       $ (25,547   $ 1,457,353   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Liabilities

            

Deposits

   $ 722,442       $ 7,104      $ 729,546       $      $ 729,546   

Deferred tax liability, net

             6,419        6,419         (6,419       

Other liabilities

     9,426                9,426                9,426   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities assumed

   $ 731,868       $ 13,523      $ 745,391       $ (6,419   $ 738,972   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net assets acquired

   $ 958,328       $ (220,819   $ 737,509       $ (19,128   $ 718,381   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Consideration

            

Note payable to the FDIC

   $ 715,536       $ 434      $ 715,970       $      $ 715,970   

FDIC settlement payable

     15,244         (4,654     10,590         (9,088     1,502   

FDIC equity appreciation instrument

             909        909                909   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 
   $ 730,780       $ (3,311   $ 727,469       $ (9,088   $ 718,381   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Bargain purchase gain from the FDIC-assisted acquisition

        $ 10,040       $ (10,040   $   
       

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

124


ORIENTAL FINANCIAL GROUP INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

 

The FDIC shared-loss indemnification asset activity for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010 is as follows:

 

     December 31,  
     2011     2010  
     (In thousands)  

Balance at beginning of year

   $ 473,629      $   

Additions

            545,213   

Shared-loss agreements reimbursements from the FDIC

     (75,819     (120,675

Recoveries on (reduction of) expected credit impairment losses to be covered under shared-loss agreements, net

     (10,643     43,004   

Accretion (amortization) of FDIC shared-loss indemnification asset, net

     (3,379     4,330   

Incurred expenses to be reimbursed under shared-loss agreements

     8,579        1,757   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at end of year

   $ 392,367      $ 473,629   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

3.    INVESTMENTS

Money Market Investments

The Group considers as cash equivalents all money market instruments that are not pledged and that have maturities of three months or less at the date of acquisition. At December 31, 2011 and 2010, money market instruments included as part of cash and cash equivalents amounted to $3.9 million and $104.9 million, respectively.

Investment Securities

The amortized cost, gross unrealized gains and losses, fair value, and weighted average yield of the securities owned by the Group at December 31, 2011 and 2010 were as follows:

 

     December 31, 2011  
     Amortized
Cost
     Gross
Unrealized
Gains
     Gross
Unrealized
Losses
     Fair
Value
     Weighted
Average
Yield
 
     (In thousands)  

Available-for-sale

              

FNMA and FHLMC certificates

   $ 2,583,881       $ 92,899       $       $ 2,676,780         3.61

GNMA certificates

     26,186         2,151                 28,337         5.94

CMOs issued by US Government sponsored agencies

     128,505         1,739         199         130,045         2.33
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total mortgage-backed securities

     2,738,572         96,789         199         2,835,162         3.57   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Obligations of Puerto Rico Government and political subdivisions

     82,437         249         1,204         81,482         5.14

Structured credit investments

     46,904                 9,616         37,288         2.92

Other debt securities

     5,769         211                 5,980         3.28
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total investment securities

     135,110         460         10,820         124,750         4.29
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total securities available-for-sale

     2,873,682         97,249         11,019         2,959,912         3.60
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Held-to-maturity

              

Mortgage-backed securities

              

FNMA and FHLMC certificates

     884,026         20,530                 904,556         3.34
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 3,757,708       $ 117,778       $ 11,019       $ 3,864,468         3.54
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

125


ORIENTAL FINANCIAL GROUP INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

 

     December 31, 2010  
     Amortized
Cost
     Gross
Unrealized
Gains
     Gross
Unrealized
Losses
     Fair
Value
     Weighted
Average
Yield
 
     (In thousands)  

Available-for-sale

              

FNMA and FHLMC certificates

   $ 3,238,802       $ 45,446       $ 2,058       $ 3,282,190         3.70

GNMA certificates

     118,191         9,523                 127,714         5.19

CMOs issued by US Government sponsored agencies

     168,301         9,524         21         177,804         5.01
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

Total mortgage-backed securities

     3,525,294         64,493         2,079         3,587,708      
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

Obligations of Puerto Rico Government and political subdivisions

     71,128         160         3,625         67,663         5.37

Structured credit investments

     61,724                 20,031         41,693         3.68

Obligations of US Government sponsored agencies

     3,000                         3,000         0.01
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

Total investment securities

     135,852         160         23,656         112,356      
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

Total securities available-for-sale

     3,661,146         64,653         25,735         3,700,064         3.84
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

Held-to-maturity

              

Mortgage-backed securities

              

FNMA and FHLMC certificates

     689,917                 14,196         675,721         3.74
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

Total

   $ 4,351,063       $ 64,653       $ 39,931       $ 4,375,785         3.82
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

126


ORIENTAL FINANCIAL GROUP INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

 

     December 31, 2011  
     Available-for-sale      Held-to-maturity  
     Amortized Cost      Fair Value      Amortized Cost      Fair Value  
     (In thousands)      (In thousands)  

Mortgage-backed securities

           

Due after 5 to 10 years

           

FNMA and FHLMC certificates

   $ 59,118       $ 59,986       $       $   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total due after 5 to 10 years

     59,118         59,986                   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Due after 10 years

           

FNMA and FHLMC certificates

     2,524,763         2,616,794         884,026         904,556   

GNMA certificates

     26,186         28,337                   

CMOs issued by US Government sponsored agencies

     128,505         130,045                   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total due after 10 years

     2,679,454         2,775,176         884,026         904,556   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total mortgage-backed securities

     2,738,572         2,835,162         884,026         904,556   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Investment securities

           

Due from 1 to 5 years

           

Obligations of Puerto Rico Government and political subdivisions

     10,254         10,279                   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total due from 1 to 5 years

     10,254         10,279                   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Due after 5 to 10 years

           

Obligations of Puerto Rico Government and political subdivisions

     23,735         22,952                   

Structured credit investments

     46,904         37,288                   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total due after 5 to 10 years

     70,639         60,240                   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Due after 10 years

           

Obligations of Puerto Rico Government and political subdivisions

     48,448         48,251                   

Other debt securities

     5,769         5,980         
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total due after 10 years

     54,217         54,231                   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total investment securities

     135,110         124,750                   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 2,873,682       $ 2,959,912       $ 884,026       $ 904,556   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Keeping with the Group’s investment strategy, during the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010, there were certain sales of available-for sale securities because the Group felt at the time of such sales that gains could be realized while at the same time having good opportunities to invest the proceeds in other investment securities with attractive yields and terms that would allow the Group to continue to protect its net interest margin. Also, the Group, as part of its asset/liability management, purchases US government sponsored agencies discount notes close to their maturities as a short term vehicle to reinvest the proceeds of sale transactions until investment securities with attractive yields can be purchased. During the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010, the Group sold approximately $5.1 million and $282.5 million, respectively, of discount notes with minimal aggregate gross gains which amounted to less than $1 thousand; and sold approximately $9.0 million and $387.9 million, respectively, of discount notes with minimal aggregate gross losses which amounted to less than $1 thousand.

 

127


ORIENTAL FINANCIAL GROUP INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

 

The tables below present the gross realized gains and losses by category for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009:

 

     December 31, 2011  

Description

   Sale Price      Book Value at
Sale
     Gross Gains      Gross
Losses
 
     (In thousands)  

Sale of Securities Available-for-Sale

           

Mortgage-backed securities

           

FNMA and FHLMC certificates

   $ 309,112       $ 293,580       $ 15,532       $   

GNMA certificates

     214,948         207,378         7,572         2   

CMOs issued by US Government sponsored agencies

     82,144         77,250         4,894      
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total mortgage-backed securities

     606,204         578,208         27,998         2   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Investment securities

           

Obligations of US Government sponsored agencies

     14,100         14,100                   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total investment securities

     14,100         14,100                   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 620,304       $ 592,308       $ 27,998       $ 2   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
     December 31, 2010  

Description

   Sale Price      Book Value at
Sale
     Gross Gains      Gross
Losses
 
     (In thousands)  

Sale of Securities Available-for-Sale

           

Mortgage-backed securities and CMOs

           

FNMA and FHLMC certificates

   $ 1,783,631       $ 1,755,808       $ 27,823       $   

GNMA certificates

     293,997         288,726         5,271           

Non-agency collateralized mortgage obligations

     430,926         453,702                 22,776   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total mortgage-backed securities and CMOs

     2,508,554         2,498,236         33,094         22,776   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Investment securities

           

Obligations of US Government sponsored agencies

     1,196,123         1,191,408         4,716         1   

Obligations of Puerto Rico Government and political subdivisions

     2,394         2,395                 1   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total investment securities

     1,198,517         1,193,803         4,716         2   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 3,707,071       $ 3,692,039       $ 37,810       $ 22,778   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

128


ORIENTAL FINANCIAL GROUP INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

 

     December 31, 2009  

Description

   Sale Price      Book Value
at Sale
     Gross
Gains
     Gross
Losses
 
     (In thousands)  

Sale of Securities Available-for-Sale

           

Mortgage-backed securities and CMOs

           

FNMA and FHLMC certificates

   $ 5,088,807       $ 5,018,408       $ 71,549       $ 1,150   

GNMA certificates

     353,801         353,176         625           

CMOs issued by US Government sponsored agencies

     336,994         330,585         6,409           
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total mortgage-backed securities and CMOs

     5,779,602         5,702,169         78,583         1,150   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Investment securities

           

Obligations of US Government sponsored agencies

     3,189,827         3,188,991         856         20   

Obligations of Puerto Rico Government and political subdivisions

     90,000         90,000                   

Structured credit investments

     42,210         116,094                 73,884   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total investment securities

     3,322,037         3,395,085         856         73,904   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 9,101,639       $ 9,097,254       $ 79,439       $ 75,054   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

The following table shows the Group’s gross unrealized losses and fair value of investment securities available-for-sale and held-to-maturity, aggregated by investment category and length of time that individual securities have been in a continuous unrealized loss position at December 31, 2011 and 2010:

 

     December 31, 2011  
     12 months or more  
     Amortized
Cost
     (In thousands)
Unrealized
Loss
     Fair
Value
 
     (In thousands)  

Securities Available-for-Sale

        

Structured credit investments

   $ 36,374       $ 9,616       $ 26,758   

Obligations of Puerto Rico Government and political subdivisions

     24,697         1,204         23,493   

CMOs issued by US Government sponsored agencies

     2,384         199         2,185   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
     63,455         11,019         52,436   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

At December 31, 2011, there were no available for sale securities in a continuous unrealized loss position for less than 12 months. In addition, at December 31, 2011, there were no individual held-to-maturity securities in an unrealized loss position.

 

129


ORIENTAL FINANCIAL GROUP INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

 

     December 31, 2010  
     Less than 12 months  
     Amortized
Cost
     Unrealized
Loss
     Fair
Value
 
     (In thousands)  

Securities Available-for-Sale

        

FNMA and FHLMC certificates

   $ 245,533       $ 2,058       $ 243,475   

CMOs issued by US Government sponsored agencies

     2,591         21         2,570   

Obligations of US Government sponsored agencies

     1,000                 1,000   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
     249,124         2,079         247,045   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
     12 months or more  
     Amortized
Cost
     Unrealized
Loss
     Fair Value  

Structured credit investments

     61,724         20,031         41,693   

Obligations of Puerto Rico Government and political subdivisions

     50,773         3,625         47,148   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
     112,497         23,656         88,841   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
     Total  
     Amortized
Cost
     Unrealized
Loss
     Fair
Value
 

FNMA and FHLMC certificates

     245,533         2,058         243,475   

Structured credit investments

     61,724         20,031         41,693   

Obligations of Puerto Rico Government and political subdivisions

     50,773         3,625         47,148   

CMOs issued by US Government sponsored agencies

     2,591         21         2,570   

Obligations of US Government sponsored agencies

     1,000                 1,000   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 361,621       $ 25,735       $ 335,886   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
     December 31, 2010  
     Less than 12 months  
     (In thousands)  
     Amortized
Cost
     Unrealized
Loss
     Fair
Value
 

Held-to-maturity

        

FNMA and FHLMC certificates

   $ 689,917       $ 14,196       $ 675,721   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

The Group conducts quarterly reviews to identify and evaluate each investment in an unrealized loss position for other-than-temporary impairment. ASC 320-10-65-1 requires the Group to consider various factors during its review, which include, but are not limited to:

 

 

the identification and evaluation of investments that have indications of possible other-than-temporary impairment;

 

 

the analysis of individual investments that have fair values less than amortized cost, including consideration of the length of time the investment has been in an unrealized loss position, and the expected recovery period;

 

 

the financial condition of the issuer or issuers;

 

130


ORIENTAL FINANCIAL GROUP INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

 

 

the creditworthiness of the obligor of the security;

 

 

actual collateral attributes;

 

 

any rating changes by a rating agency;

 

 

current analysts’ evaluations;

 

 

the payment structure of the debt security and the likelihood of the issuer being able to make payments;

 

 

current market conditions;

 

 

adverse conditions specifically related to the security, industry, or a geographic area;

 

 

the Group’s intent to sell the debt security;

 

 

whether it is more-likely-than-not that the Group will be required to sell the debt security before its anticipated recovery;

 

 

and other qualitative factors that could support or not an other-than-temporary impairment.

Any portion of a decline in value associated with credit loss is recognized in income with the remaining noncredit-related component recognized in other comprehensive income. A credit loss is determined by assessing whether the amortized cost basis of the security will be recovered, by comparing the present value of cash flows expected to be collected from the security, discounted at the rate equal to the yield used to accrete current and prospective beneficial interest for the security. The shortfall of the present value of the cash flows expected to be collected in relation to the amortized cost basis is considered to be the “credit loss.”

Other-than-temporary impairment analysis is based on estimates that depend on market conditions, and are subject to further change over time. In addition, while the Group believes that the methodology used to value these exposures is reasonable, the methodology is subject to continuing refinement, including those made as a result of market developments. Consequently, it is reasonably possible that changes in estimates or conditions could result in the need to recognize additional other-than-temporary impairment charges in the future.

At December 31, 2011, the Group’s portfolio of structured credit investments amounted to $46.9 million (amortized cost) in the available-for-sale portfolio, with net unrealized losses of approximately $9.6 million. The Group’s structured credit investments portfolio consist of two types of instruments: synthetic collateralized debt obligations (CDOs) and collateralized loan obligations (CLOs).

On January 12, 2012, the Group made the strategic decision to sell its $25.5 million investment in a corporate bond that was partially invested in a synthetic CDO at a loss of $15.0 million. This loss was accounted for as an other-than-temporary impairment in the fourth quarter of 2011, and no additional gain or loss was realized on the sale in January 2012, since this asset was sold at the same value reflected at December 31, 2011. The main considerations underlying the Group’s decision to sell the security included the continued deteriorating credit conditions surrounding the underlying reference portfolio of the CDO, including an event of default that occurred during the fourth quarter of 2011, and the projected analysis prepared by a third-party specialist that showed defaults in excess of the deal’s subordination level in more than 50% of the scenarios modeled. The corporate bond sold was a unique and completely distinguishable investment from the rest of the Group’s portfolio, including the remaining structured credit investments. As a result of this transaction, the Group continued to reduce its exposure to non-agency securities, as well as to credit risk in the U.S. economy, and also was able to improve its risk-based capital position.

 

131


ORIENTAL FINANCIAL GROUP INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

 

The CLOs are collateralized mostly by senior secured (via first liens) “middle market” commercial and industrial loans, which are securitized in the form of obligations. The Group invested in three of such instruments in 2007, and as of December 31, 2011, such instruments have an aggregate amortized cost of $36.4 million and unrealized losses of $9.6 million. These investments are all floating rate notes, which reset quarterly based on the three-month LIBOR rate.

The determination of the credit loss assumption in the discounted cash flow analysis related to the Group’s structured credit investments is based on the underlying data for each type of security. In the case of the CLOs, the determination of the future cash flows is based on the following factors:

 

 

Identification of the estimated fair value of the contractual coupon of the loans underlying the CLO. Such fair values are calculated based on information that is obtained directly from the trustee’s reports for each CLO security.

 

 

Calculation of the yield-to-maturity for each loan in the CLO, and determination of the interest rate spread (yield less the risk-free rate).

 

 

Estimated default probabilities for each loan in the CLO. These are based on the credit ratings for each company in the structure, and this information also is obtained directly from the trustee’s reports for each CLO security. The default probabilities are adjusted based on the credit rating assuming the highest default probabilities for the loans of those entities with the lowest credit ratings. In addition to determining the current default probabilities, estimates are developed to calculate the cumulative default probabilities in successive years. To establish the reasonability of the default estimates, market-implied default rates are compared to historical credit ratings-based default rates.

 

 

Once the default probabilities are estimated, the average numbers of defaults is calculated for the loans underlying each CLO security. In those cases where defaults are deemed to occur, a recovery rate is applied to the cash flow determination at the time in which the default is expected to occur. The recovery rate is based on average historical information for similar securities, as well as the actual recovery rates for defaults that have occurred within the pool of loans underlying the securities owned by the Group.

 

 

One hundred simulations are carried out and run through a cash flow engine for the underlying pool of loans in each CLO security. Each one of the simulations uses different default estimates and forward yield curve assumptions.

The three CLOs held by the Group have face values of $12 million, $10 million and $15 million. In light of the other-than-temporary impairment analyses described below, the Group has determined that it will recover all interest and principal invested in the CLOs.

The cash flow analysis performed by the Group for the $12 million CLO did not reflect any scenario where there was a principal impairment. Moreover, on November 23, 2011 S&P increased its rating to “AA” from “A”, and on November 6. 2011 Moody’s increased its rating to “A2” from “Baa1”. In addition, the CLO’s subordination level is 26.18%.

With respect to the $10 million CLO, the cash flow analysis performed by the Group also did not reflect any scenario where there was a principal impairment. On November 2, 2011, Moody’s increased its rating to “A2” from “A3”, and S&P has maintained its “A” rating. Also, the CLO’s subordination level is 20.64%.

The cash flow analysis performed by the Group for the $15 million CLO detected that there was a principal impairment in 30 out of 100 scenarios, with average losses of 14.18% and three scenarios where the impairment amount is 100% of the Group’s investment. The level of projected losses can be explained by the deterioration of macro-economic factors during the year ended December 31, 2011, as evidenced by the Euro-zone sovereign

 

132


ORIENTAL FINANCIAL GROUP INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

 

debt crisis and relatively high unemployment in the United States. There has also been a widening in the credit spreads used in the valuations of securities similar to CLOs held by the Group mainly as a result of the type of loans that constitute the collateral of the CLOs. On August 3, 2011, Moody’s upgraded its rating to “Baa2” from “Baa3”. There have been no other credit actions by S&P since March 4, 2010, when they lowered its rating from “A-” to “BBB+,” which is still investment grade. Also, the CLO’s subordination level is 7.54%.

The Group estimates that it will recover all interest and principal for the Group’s specific tranches of these securities. This assessment is based on the cash flow analysis mentioned above in which the credit quality of the Group’s positions was evaluated through a determination of the expected losses on the underlying collateral. The model results show that the estimated future collateral losses, if any, are lower than the Group’s subordination levels for each one of these securities. Therefore, these securities are deemed to have sufficient credit support to absorb the estimated collateral losses.

Other securities in an unrealized loss position at December 31, 2011 are mainly composed of highly liquid securities that in most cases have a large and efficient secondary market. Valuations are performed on a monthly basis. The Group’s management believes that the unrealized losses of such other securities at December 31, 2011, are temporary and are substantially related to market interest rate fluctuations and not to deterioration in the creditworthiness of the issuer or guarantor. At December 31, 2011, the Group does not have the intent to sell these investments in an unrealized loss position.

In December 2010, the Group made the strategic decision to sell the BALTA private label non-agency CMO at a loss of $22.8 million.

The following table summarizes other-than-temporary impairment losses on securities for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009:

 

     December 31,  
     2011     2010     2009  
     (In thousands)  

Total loss other-than-temporarily impaired securities

   $ (15,018   $ (39,674   $ (101,472

Portion of loss on securities recognized in other comprehensive income

            22,508        41,398   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net impairment losses recognized in earnings

   $ (15,018   $ (17,166   $ (60,074
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

133


ORIENTAL FINANCIAL GROUP INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

 

4.    PLEDGED ASSETS

At December 31, 2011, residential mortgage loans, commercial loans and leases amounting to $548.8 million, $40.9 million and $7.8 million, respectively, were pledged to secure advances and borrowings from the Federal Home Loan Bank (“FHLB”) and Federal Reserve Bank (“FRB”). Investment securities with fair values totaling $3.4 billion, $71.9 million and $62.7 million at December 31, 2011, were pledged to secure securities sold under agreements to repurchase, Puerto Rico public fund deposits and deposits of the Puerto Rico Cash & Money Market Fund, respectively. Also, at December 31, 2011, investment securities with fair values totaling $56.2 million were pledged against interest rate swaps contracts, while others with fair values of $126 thousand were pledged as a bond for the Bank’s trust operations to the OCFI. At December 31, 2010, residential mortgage loans amounting to $512.0 million were pledged to secure advances and borrowings from the FHLB. Investment securities with fair values totaling $3.8 billion, $73.4 million, $19.1 million, and $47.5 million at December 31, 2010, were pledged to secure securities sold under agreements to repurchase, Puerto Rico public fund deposits, Federal Reserve Bank of New York advances, and deposits of the Puerto Rico Cash & Money Market Fund, respectively. Also, at December 31, 2010, investment securities with fair values totaling $9.9 million were pledged against interest rate swaps contracts, while others with fair values of $124 thousand were pledged as a bond for the Bank’s trust operations to the OCFI.

As of December 31, 2011, and December 31, 2010, investment securities available-for-sale not pledged amounted to $258.8 million and $422.1 million, respectively. As of December 31, 2011, and December 31, 2010, mortgage loans not pledged amounted to $435.7 million and $394.4 million, respectively. As of December 31, 2011, commercial loans not pledged amounted to $586.5 million; there were no commercial loans pledged as of December 31, 2010. As of December 31, 2011, leases not pledged amounted to $54.1 million. There were no leases pledged as of December 31, 2010.

 

134


ORIENTAL FINANCIAL GROUP INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

 

5.    LOANS RECEIVABLE AND ALLOWANCE FOR LOAN AND LEASE LOSSES

Loans Receivable Composition

The composition of the Group’s loan portfolio at December 31, 2011 and 2010 was as follows:

 

     December 31,  
     2011     2010  
     (In thousands)  

Loans not covered under shared-loss agreements with FDIC:

    

Loans secured by real estate:

    

Residential

   $ 819,651      $ 872,427   

Home equity loans and others

     1,411        1,505   

Commercial

     218,261        178,232   

Deferred loan fees, net

     (4,300     (3,931
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
     1,035,023        1,048,233   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other loans:

    

Commercial

     83,312        56,760   

Personal consumer loans and credit lines

     39,890        34,492   

Leasing

     25,768        10,257   

Deferred loan fees, net

     (245     (423
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
     148,725        101,086   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loans receivable

     1,183,748        1,149,319   

Allowance for loan and lease losses on non covered loans

     (37,010     (31,430
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loans receivable, net

     1,146,738        1,117,889   

Mortgage loans held-for-sale

     26,939        33,979   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total loans not-covered under shared-loss agreements with FDIC, net

     1,173,677        1,151,868   

Loans covered under shared-loss agreements with FDIC:

    

Loans secured by 1-4 family residential properties

     140,824        166,865   

Construction and development secured by 1-4 family residential properties

     16,976        17,232   

Commercial and other construction

     325,832        388,261   

Leasing

     36,122        79,093   

Consumer

     13,778        18,546   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total loans covered under shared-loss agreements with FDIC

     533,532        669,997   

Allowance for loan and lease losses on covered loans

     (37,256     (49,286
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total loans covered under shared-loss agreements with FDIC, net

     496,276        620,711   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total loans, net

   $ 1,669,953      $ 1,772,579   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

135


ORIENTAL FINANCIAL GROUP INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

 

Non-covered Loans

The Group’s credit activities are mainly with customers located in Puerto Rico. The Group’s loan transactions are encompassed within four portfolio segments: mortgage, commercial, consumer and leasing.

The following table presents the aging of the recorded investment in gross loans not covered under shared-loss agreements with the FDIC, excluding mortgage loans held for sale, as of December 31, 2011 and 2010 by class of loans:

 

    December 31, 2011  
    30-59 Days
Past Due
    60-89 Days
Past Due
    90+ Days
Past Due
    Total Past
Due
    Current     Total Loans     Loans 90+
Days Past
Due and
Still
Accruing
 
    (In thousands)  

Mortgage

             

Residential

             

Traditional

  $ 18,931      $ 9,434      $ 72,837      $ 101,202      $ 584,600      $ 685,802      $   

Non-traditional

    1,109        819        10,857        12,785        57,240        70,025          

Loss mitigation program

    4,887        2,113        13,323        20,323        43,501        63,824          
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
    24,927        12,366        97,017        134,310        685,341        819,651          

Home equity loans, secured personal loans

    142               323        465        946        1,411          
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
    25,069        12,366        97,340        134,775        686,287        821,062          

Commercial

             

Commercial secured by real estate

    1,205        1,697        27,741        30,643        187,618        218,261          

Other commercial and industrial

    1,536        99        616        2,251        81,061        83,312          
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
    2,741        1,796        28,357        32,894        268,679        301,573          

Consumer

             

Personal consumer loans and credit lines — secured

    36        61        19        116        8,974        9,090          

Personal consumer loans and credit lines — unsecured

    383        113        122        618        21,558        22,176          

Credit cards

    119        43        191        353        4,202        4,555          

Overdrafts

    19        9        2        30        4,039        4,069          
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
    557        226        334        1,117        38,773        39,890          

Leasing

    339               102        441        25,327        25,768          
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total loans not covered under shared-loss agreements with the FDIC

  $ 28,706      $ 14,388      $ 126,133      $ 169,227      $ 1,019,066      $ 1,188,293      $   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

136


ORIENTAL FINANCIAL GROUP INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

 

    December 31, 2010  
    30-59 Days
Past Due
    60-89 Days
Past Due
    90+ Days
Past Due
    Total Past
Due
    Current     Total Loans     Loans 90+
Days Past
Due and
Still
Accruing
 
    (In thousands)  

Mortgage

             

Residential

             

Traditional

  $ 22,093      $ 9,414      $ 76,604      $ 108,111      $ 638,158      $ 746,269      $ 37,850   

Non-traditional

    837        845        12,016        13,698        66,056        79,754        4,953   

Loss mitigation program

    2,528        1,043        9,336        12,907        33,497        46,404        6,060   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
    25,458        11,302        97,956        134,716        737,711        872,427        48,863   

Home equity loans

    149               340        489        961        1,450          

Other

                  55        55               55          
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
    25,607        11,302        98,351        135,260        738,672        873,932        48,863   

Commercial

             

Commercial secured by real estate

    1,090        9,326        13,132        23,548        154,684        178,232          

Other commercial and industrial

    33        41        258        332        56,428        56,760          
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
    1,123        9,367        13,390        23,880        211,112        234,992          

Consumer

             

Personal consumer loans and credit lines — secured

    23                      23        4,853        4,876          

Personal consumer loans and credit lines — unsecured

    419        207        136        762        17,576        18,338          

Credit cards

    262        173        285        720        3,650        4,370          

Overdrafts

                                6,908        6,908          
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
    704        380        421        1,505        32,987        34,492          

Leasing

           79        35        114        10,143        10,257          
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total loans not covered under shared-loss agreements with the FDIC

  $ 27,434      $ 21,128      $ 112,197      $ 160,759      $ 992,914      $ 1,153,673      $ 48,863   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

137


ORIENTAL FINANCIAL GROUP INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

 

The following table presents the recorded investment in non-covered loans on non-accrual status by class of loans as of December 31, 2011 and 2010:

 

     December 31,  
     2011      2010  
     (In thousands)  

Non-accrual loans

  

Mortgage

     

Residential

     

Traditional

   $ 72,837       $ 38,754   

Non-traditional

     10,857         7,063   

Loss mitigation program

     13,323         3,276   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
     97,017         49,093   

Home equity loans, secured personal loans

     323         340   

Other

             55   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
     97,340         49,488   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Commercial

     

Commercial secured by real estate

     34,789         23,338   

Other commercial and industrial

     2,199         281   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
     36,988         23,619   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Consumer

     

Personal consumer loans and credit lines — unsecured

     143         136   

Credit cards

     191         285   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
     334         421   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Leasing

     102         35   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total non-accrual loans

   $ 134,764       $ 73,563   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

At December 31, 2011 and 2010, the Group had $134.8 million and $73.6 million, respectively, of non-accrual non-covered loans including credit cards accounted under ASC 310-20. At December 31, 2011 and 2010, loans of which terms have been extended and which are classified as troubled debt restructuring that are not included in non-accrual loans amounted to $41.3 million and $35.0 million, respectively.

Up to March 31, 2011, residential mortgage loans, well collateralized and in process of collection, were placed on non-accrual status when reaching 365 days past due. On April 1, 2011, the Bank changed on a prospective basis its policy to place on non-accrual status residential mortgage loans well collateralized and in process of collection when reaching 90 days past due. All loans that were between 90 and 365 days past due when the policy was changed were also placed on non-accrual status, and the interest receivable on such loans was evaluated on a periodic basis against the collateral underlying the loans, and written-down, if necessary. On December 31, 2011, the Bank further revised its policy to reverse against income all interest recorded on residential mortgage loans reaching 90 days past due including the remaining interest on loans that were between 90 and 365 days past due as of April 1, 2011. On December 31, 2011, the Bank also charged-off this remaining accrued interest on residential mortgage loans over 90 days past due. This change in estimate was considered necessary to comply with guidance received from the Group’s regulators.

The Group recorded a $1.8 million negative adjustment to interest income from non-covered residential mortgage loans in June 2011 as certain interest receivable accrued in prior years was deemed to be uncollectible. Additionally, in December 2011 the Group recorded a $2.4 million loss on the write-down of interest receivable on delinquent non-covered residential mortgage loans.

 

138


ORIENTAL FINANCIAL GROUP INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

 

Credit Quality Indicators

The Group categorizes non-covered loans into risk categories based on relevant information about the ability of borrowers to service their debt such as: economic conditions, portfolio risk characteristics, prior loss experience, and results of periodic credit reviews of individual loans.

Larger commercial loans that exhibit potential or observed credit weaknesses are subject to individual review and grading. Where appropriate, allowances are allocated to individual loans based on management’s estimate of the borrower’s ability to repay the loan given the availability of collateral, other sources of cash flow, and legal options available to the Group.

Included in the review of individual loans are those that are impaired. A loan is considered impaired when, based on current information and events, it is probable that the Group will be unable to collect the scheduled payments of principal or interest when due according to the contractual terms of the loan agreement. Impaired loans are measured based on the present value of expected future cash flows discounted at the loan’s effective interest rate, or as a practical expedient, at the observable market price of the loan or the fair value of the collateral, if the loan is collateral dependent. Loans are individually evaluated for impairment, except large groups of small balance homogeneous loans that are collectively evaluated for impairment, and loans that are recorded at fair value or at the lower of cost or fair value. The Group measures for impairment all commercial loans over $250 thousand that are either over 90 days past due or adversely classified, or when deemed necessary by management. The portfolios of loans secured by residential properties, leases and consumer loans are considered homogeneous, and are evaluated collectively for impairment.

The Group uses the following definitions for risk ratings:

Special Mention:    Loans classified as special mention have a potential weakness that deserves management’s close attention. If left uncorrected, these potential weaknesses may result in deterioration of the repayment prospects for the loan or of the institution’s credit position at some future date.

Substandard:    Loans classified as substandard are inadequately protected by the current net worth and paying capacity of the obligor or of the collateral pledged, if any. Loans so classified have a well-defined weakness or weaknesses that jeopardize the liquidation of the debt. They are characterized by the distinct possibility that the institution will sustain some loss if the deficiencies are not corrected.

Doubtful:    Loans classified as doubtful have all the weaknesses inherent in those classified as substandard, with the added characteristic that the weaknesses make collection or liquidation in full, on the basis of currently existing facts, conditions, and values, questionable and improbable.

Loss:    Loans classified loss are considered uncollectible and of such little value that their continuance as bankable assets is not warranted. This classification does not mean that the asset has absolutely no recovery or salvage value, but rather that it is not practical or desirable to defer writing off this worthless loan even though partial recovery may be affected in the future.

Loans not meeting the criteria above that are analyzed individually as part of the above described process are considered to be pass rated loans.

 

139


ORIENTAL FINANCIAL GROUP INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

 

As of December 31, 2011 and 2010, and based on the most recent analysis performed, the risk category of gross non-covered loans subject to risk rating, by class of loans, is as follows:

 

     December 31, 2011  
     Risk Ratings  
     Balance Outstanding      Pass      Special Mention      Substandard      Doubtful      Individually
Measured for
Impairment
 
     (In thousands)  

Commercial

                 

Commercial secured by real estate

   $ 218,261       $ 148,894       $ 25,185       $ 1,957       $ 13       $ 42,212   

Other commercial and industrial

     83,312         74,714         3,517         929                 4,152   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 301,573       $ 223,608       $ 28,702       $ 2,886       $ 13       $ 46,364   
     December 31, 2010  
     Risk Ratings  
     Balance Outstanding      Pass      Special Mention      Substandard      Doubtful      Individually
Measured for
Impairment
 
    

(In thousands)

 

Commercial

                 

Commercial secured by real estate

   $ 178,232       $ 136,201       $ 4,536       $ 13,603       $ 143       $ 23,749   

Other commercial and industrial

     56,760         52,796         1,372         443                 2,149   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 234,992       $ 188,997       $ 5,908       $ 14,046       $ 143       $ 25,898   

The increase in the “Special Mention” risk rating reflects the addition of two commercial loan relationships that amounted to $23.2 million, mainly collateralized by existing commercial real estate properties, for which management identified potential weaknesses that deserve close attention.

For residential and consumer loan classes, the Group also evaluates credit quality based on the delinquency status of the loan, which was previously presented. As of December 31, 2011 and 2010, and based on the most recent analysis performed, the risk category of gross non-covered loans not subject to risk rating, by class of loans, is as follows:

 

    December 31, 2011  
    Delinquency  
    Balance
Outstanding
    0-29 days     30-59 days     60-89 days     90-119 days     120-364 days     365+ days     Individually
Measured for
Impairment
 
    (In thousands)  

Mortgage

               

Traditional

  $ 685,802      $ 584,600      $ 18,931      $ 9,434      $ 3,775      $ 26,457      $ 42,605      $   

Non-traditional

    70,025        57,240        1,109        819        849        2,725        7,283          

Loss mitigation program

    63,824        7,928        601        757               1,002        2,054        51,482   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
    819,651        649,768        20,641        11,010        4,624        30,184        51,942        51,482   

Home equity loans

    1,411        946        142                             323          
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
    821,062        650,714        20,783        11,010        4,624        30,184        52,265        51,482   

Consumer

    39,890        38,773        557        226        202        132                 

Leasing

    25,768        25,327        339               21        81                 
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

  $ 886,720      $ 714,814      $ 21,679      $ 11,236      $ 4,847      $ 30,397      $ 52,265      $ 51,482   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

140


ORIENTAL FINANCIAL GROUP INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

 

    December 31, 2010  
    Delinquency  
    Balance
Outstanding
    0-29 days     30-59 days     60-89 days     90-119 days     120-364 days     365+ days     Individually
Measured for
Impairment
 
    (In thousands)  

Mortgage

               

Traditional

  $ 746,269      $ 638,158      $ 22,093      $ 9,414      $ 5,560      $ 32,291      $ 38,753      $   

Non-traditional

    79,754        66,056        837        845        1,012        3,941        7,063          

Loss mitigation program

    46,404        4,167        2,528        1,043               2,064        2,553        34,049   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
    872,427        708,381        25,458        11,302        6,572        38,296        48,369        34,049   

Home equity loans

    1,450        961        149                             340          

Other

    55                                           55          
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
    873,932        709,342        25,607        11,302        6,572        38,296        48,764        34,049   

Consumer

    34,492        32,987        704        380        189        232                 

Leasing

    10,257        10,143               79        8        27                 
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

  $ 918,681      $ 752,472      $ 26,311      $ 11,761      $ 6,769      $ 38,555      $ 48,764      $ 34,049   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The following tables present the troubled debt restructurings modified during the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009:

 

    December 31, 2011  
    Number of
Contracts
    Pre
Modification
Outstanding
Recorded
Investment
    Pre-
Modification
Weighted
Average
Rate
    Pre-
Modification
Weighted
Average
Term (in
Months)
    Post-
Modification
Outstanding
Recorded
Investment
    Post-
Modification
Weighted
Average
Rate
    Post-
Modification
Weighted
Average
Term
(in Months)
 
    (Dollars in Thousands)  

Mortgage loans

    187      $ 24,722        6.74     319      $ 26,620        5.52     385   

Commercial loans

    17        15,642        4.03     68        12,413        3.59     75   
    December 31, 2010  
    Number of
Contracts
    Pre
Modification
Outstanding
Recorded
Investment
    Pre-
Modification
Weighted
Average
Rate
    Pre-
Modification
Weighted
Average
Term (in
Months)
    Post-
Modification
Outstanding
Recorded
Investment
    Post-
Modification
Weighted
Average
Rate
    Post-
Modification
Weighted
Average
Term
(in Months)
 
    (Dollars in Thousands)  

Mortgage loans

    238      $ 32,649        6.70     294      $ 34,842        5.55     370   

Commercial loans

    20        5,906        5.77     70        6,361        5.80     82   
    December 31, 2009  
    Number of
Contracts
    Pre
Modification
Outstanding
Recorded
Investment
    Pre-
Modification
Weighted
Average
Rate
    Pre-
Modification
Weighted
Average
Term (in
Months)
    Post-
Modification
Outstanding
Recorded
Investment
    Post-
Modification
Weighted
Average
Rate
    Post-
Modification
Weighted
Average
Term
(in Months)
 
    (Dollars in Thousands)  

Mortgage loans

    101      $ 16,511        6.65     262      $ 17,095        6.13     353   

Commercial loans

    2        45        5.25     59        37        6.80     53   

 

141


ORIENTAL FINANCIAL GROUP INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

 

The following table presents troubled debt restructurings that defaulted subsequent to their modification during the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009:

 

     December 31,  
     2011      2010      2009  
     Number of
Contracts
     Recorded
Investment
     Number of
contracts
     Recorded
Investment
     Number of
contracts
     Recorded
Investment
 
     (Dollars in Thousands)  

Mortgage loans

     34       $ 3,993         20       $ 3,444         8       $ 1,203   

Commercial loans

     6       $ 9,224         14         3,611                   

Allowance for Loan and Lease Losses

Non-Covered Loans

The Group maintains an allowance for loan and lease losses at a level that management considers adequate to provide for probable losses based upon an evaluation of known and inherent risks. The Group’s allowance for loan and lease losses policy provides for a detailed quarterly analysis of probable losses. The analysis includes a review of historical loan loss experience, value of underlying collateral, current economic conditions, financial condition of borrowers and other pertinent factors. While management uses available information in estimating probable loan losses, future additions to the allowance may be required based on factors beyond the Group’s control.

The following table presents the changes and the balance in the allowance for loan and lease losses and the recorded investment in gross loans by portfolio segment and based on impairment method for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009:

 

     December 31, 2011  
     Mortgage     Commercial     Consumer     Leasing     Unallocated     Total  
     (In thousands)  

Allowance for loan and lease losses for non-covered loans:

            

Balance at beginning of year

   $ 16,179      $ 11,153      $ 2,286      $ 860      $ 952      $ 31,430   

Charge-offs

     (5,836     (2,506     (1,587     (197            (10,126

Recoveries

     101        161        234        10               506   

Provision for (recapture of) non-covered loan and lease losses

     11,208        3,740        490        172        (410     15,200   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at end of year

   $ 21,652      $ 12,548      $ 1,423      $ 845      $ 542      $ 37,010   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Ending allowance balance attributable to loans:

            

Individually evaluated for impairment

   $ 3,355      $ 3,518      $      $      $      $ 6,873   

Collectively evaluated for impairment

     18,244        9,030        1,476        845        542        30,137   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total ending allowance balance

   $ 21,599      $ 12,548      $ 1,476      $ 845      $ 542      $ 37,010   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loans:

            

Individually evaluated for impairment

   $ 51,482      $ 46,364      $      $      $      $ 97,846   

Collectively evaluated for impairment

     769,580        255,209        39,890        25,768               1,090,447   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total ending non-covered loans balance

   $ 821,062      $ 301,573      $ 39,890      $ 25,768      $      $ 1,188,293   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

142


ORIENTAL FINANCIAL GROUP INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

 

     December 31, 2010  
     Mortgage     Commercial     Consumer     Leasing      Unallocated      Total  
     (In thousands)  

Allowance for loan and lease losses for non-covered loans:

              

Balance at beginning of year

   $ 15,044      $ 7,112      $ 864      $       $ 252       $ 23,272   

Charge-offs

     (3,867     (2,913     (1,455                     (8,235

Recoveries

     93        160        226                        479   

Provision for non-covered loan and lease losses

     4,909        6,794        2,651        860         700         15,914   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Balance at end of year

   $ 16,179      $ 11,153      $ 2,286      $ 860       $ 952       $ 31,430   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Ending allowance balance attributable to loans:

              

Individually evaluated for impairment

   $ 2,387      $ 823      $      $       $       $ 3,210   

Collectively evaluated for impairment

     13,792        10,330        2,286        860         952         28,220   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total ending allowance balance

   $ 16,179      $ 11,153      $ 2,286      $ 860       $ 952       $ 31,430   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Loans:

              

Individually evaluated for impairment

   $ 36,067      $ 25,898      $      $       $       $ 61,965   

Collectively evaluated for impairment

     837,865        209,094        34,492        10,257                 1,091,708   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total ending non-covered loans balance

   $ 873,932      $ 234,992      $ 34,492      $ 10,257       $       $ 1,153,673   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

143


ORIENTAL FINANCIAL GROUP INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

 

     December 31, 2009  
     Mortgage     Commercial     Consumer     Leasing      Unallocated      Total  
     (In thousands)  

Allowance for loan and lease losses for non-covered loans:

              

Balance at beginning of year

   $ 8,567      $ 4,013      $ 1,660      $       $ 53       $ 14,293   

Charge-offs

     (3,493     (2,223     (1,312                     (7,028

Recoveries

     70        56        231                        357   

Provision for non-covered loan and lease losses

     9,900        5,266        285                199         15,650   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Balance at end of year

   $ 15,044      $ 7,112      $ 864      $       $ 252       $ 23,272   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Ending allowance balance attributable to loans:

              

Individually evaluated for impairment

   $ 683      $ 709      $      $       $       $ 1,392   

Collectively evaluated for impairment

     14,361        6,403        864                252         21,880   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total ending allowance balance

   $ 15,044      $ 7,112      $ 864      $       $ 252       $ 23,272   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Loans:

              

Individually evaluated for impairment

   $ 10,717      $ 15,582      $      $       $       $ 26,299   

Collectively evaluated for impairment

     909,591        182,147        21,539                        1,113,277   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total ending non-covered loans balance

   $ 920,308      $ 197,729      $ 21,539      $       $       $ 1,139,576   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

The Group evaluates all loans, some individually and others as homogeneous groups, for purposes of determining impairment. The total investment in impaired commercial loans was $46.4 million and $25.9 million at December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively. The impaired commercial loans were measured based on the fair value of collateral or the present value of cash flows method, including those identified as troubled-debt restructurings. The valuation allowance for impaired commercial loans amounted to approximately $3.5 million and $823 thousand at December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively. At December 31, 2011, the total investment in impaired mortgage loans was $51.5 million (December 31, 2010 — $36.1 million). Impairment on mortgage loans assessed as troubled debt restructurings was measured using the present value of cash flows. The valuation allowance for impaired mortgage loans amounted to approximately $3.4 million and $2.3 million at December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively.

 

144


ORIENTAL FINANCIAL GROUP INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

 

The Group’s recorded investment in commercial and mortgage loans that were individually evaluated for impairment, excluding FDIC covered loans, and the related allowance for loan and lease losses at December 31, 2011 and 2010 are as follows:

 

     December 31, 2011  
     Unpaid
Principal
     Recorded
Investment
     Specific
Allowance
     Coverage     Average
Recorded
Investment
 
     (In thousands)  

Impaired loans with specific allowance

             

Commercial

   $ 25,974       $ 23,368       $ 3,518         15   $ 17,949   

Residential troubled debt restructuring

     52,480         51,482         3,355         7     42,699   

Impaired loans with no specific allowance

             

Commercial

     23,780         22,996                 0     16,480   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total investment in impaired loans

   $ 102,234       $ 97,846       $ 6,873         7   $ 77,128   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

     December 31, 2010  
     Unpaid
Principal
     Recorded
Investment
     Specific
Allowance
     Coverage     Average
Recorded
Investment
 
     (In thousands)  

Impaired loans with specific allowance

             

Commercial

   $ 11,948       $ 10,070       $ 823         8   $ 10,622   

Residential troubled debt restructuring

     34,049         34,049         2,250         7     16,977   

Impaired loans with no specific allowance

             

Commercial

     15,828         15,828                 0     11,472   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total investment in impaired loans

   $ 61,825       $ 59,947       $ 3,073         5   $ 39,071   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

The following table presents the interest recognized in commercial and mortgage loans that were individually evaluated for impairment, excluding FDIC covered loans for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009:

 

     December 31,  
     2011      2010      2009  
     (In thousands)  

Impaired loans with specific allowance

        

Commercial

   $ 418       $ 158       $ 86   

Residential troubled debt restructuring

     1,146         743         226   

Impaired loans with no specific allowance

        

Commercial

     611         651         241   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total interest income from impaired loans

   $ 2,175       $ 1,552       $ 553   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Covered Loans

The Group’s acquired loans under the FDIC-assisted acquisition of Eurobank were initially recorded at fair value, and no separate valuation allowance was recorded at the date of acquisition. The Group reviewed each loan at acquisition to determine if it should be accounted for under ASC 310-30 and, if so, determine whether each loan is to be accounted for individually or whether loans will be aggregated into pools of loans based on

 

145


ORIENTAL FINANCIAL GROUP INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

 

common risk characteristics. During the evaluation of whether a loan was considered impaired under ASC 310-30, the Group considered a number of factors, including the delinquency status of the loan, payment options and other loan features (i.e. reduced documentation, interest only, or negative amortization features), the geographic location of the borrower or collateral and the risk rating assigned to the loans. In instances where it was determined that for some of the loans in the acquired loan pool that it is probable that all the contractual payments would be received (therefore the loans meet the first criteria of ASC 310-30-15-2 but not the second), the Group applied the discount accretion guidance as ASC 310-30, instead of the standard loan discount accretion guidance of ASC 310-20 to those loans (the loans under SOP 03-3). As documented in a letter from the AICPA Depository Institution Expert Panel to the Office of Chief Accountant of the SEC, on December 5, 2009, the SEC addressed the recognition of discount accretion for loans acquired under these circumstances. As referred to in the AICPA’s letter, when loans are acquired with a significant discount for credit (e.g., at a fair value lower than the contractual amounts due) and such loans are not within the scope of ASC 310-30, the AICPA believed that the SEC—would not object to an accounting policy based on contractual cash flows or an accounting policy based on expected cash flows, meaning that an entity could either apply the accretion guidance of ASC 310-20 or that of the ASC 310-30 to such loans. Consistent with the AICPA’s views, the Group applied the guidance of ASC 310-30 to all loans acquired in the transaction including loans that do not meet the scope of ASC 310-30. Based on the criteria, the Group considered the entire Eurobank portfolio, except for credit cards, to be impaired and accounted for under ASC 310-30. Credit cards were accounted under ASC 310-20.

To the extent credit deterioration occurs in covered loans after the date of acquisition, the Group will record an allowance for loan and lease losses and an increase in the FDIC loss-share indemnification asset for the expected reimbursement from the FDIC under the shared-loss agreements. There have been differences, both positive and negative, between actual and expected cash flows in several pools of loans acquired in the FDIC-assisted acquisition. At December 31, 2011, the Group concluded that certain pools reflect higher projected cash flows, resulting in reversals of previous impairments recorded as well as additions to accretable discount of $110.7 million.

The covered loans carrying amounts included in the balance sheet at December 31, 2011 and 2010 are as follows:

 

     December 31,  
     2011     2010  
     (In thousands)  

Contractual required payments receivable

   $ 1,134,524      $ 1,421,849   

Non-accretable discount

     (412,170     (603,296
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash expected to be collected

     722,354        818,553   

Accretable yield

     (188,822     (148,556
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Carrying amount, gross

     533,532        669,997   

Allowance for loan and lease losses

     (37,256     (49,286
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Carrying amount, net

   $ 496,276      $ 620,711   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

The following tables describe the accretable yield and non-accretable discount activity for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010:

 

     December 31,  
     2011     2010  
     (In thousands)  

Accretable Yield Activity

  

Balance at beginning of Year

   $ 148,556      $   

Additions

            200,523   

Accretion

     (67,666     (44,158

Transfer from (to) non-accretable discount

     107,932        (7,809
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at end of year

   $ 188,822      $ 148,556   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

146


ORIENTAL FINANCIAL GROUP INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

 

     December 31,  
     2011     2010  
     (In thousands)  

Non-Accretable Discount Activity

  

Balance at beginning of Year

   $ 603,296      $   

Additions

            782,887   

Principal losses

     (83,194     (187,400

Transfer (to) from accretable yield

     (107,932     7,809   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at end of year

   $ 412,170      $ 603,296   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

For covered loans, the Group evaluates credit quality based on the delinquency status of the loan, severity factors and risk ratings on certain commercial loans. Migration and credit quality trends are assessed by comparing information from acquisition date through December 31, 2011.

There have been positive changes in the credit quality of various pools of covered loans than those originally estimated that caused improvements to the initial loss severity factors and credit default probabilities estimated by the group. These changes have resulted in the re-yielding of various pools as the cash flows are higher than the Group originally expected.

The Group’s recorded investment in covered loan pools that were evaluated for impairment and the related allowance for covered loan and lease losses as of December 31, 2011 and 2010 are as follows:

 

     December 31, 2011  
     Unpaid
Principal
     Recorded
Investment
     Specific
Allowance
     Coverage     Average
Recorded
Investment
 
     (In thousands)  

Impaired covered loans with specific allowance

             

Loans secured by 1-4 family residential properties

   $ 55,901       $ 32,130       $ 1,657         5   $ 36,197   

Construction and development secured by 1-4 residential properties

     80,821         16,976         2,042         12     16,903   

Commercial and other construction

     357,596         146,924         31,665         22     161,562   

Consumer

     19,619         13,778         1,892         14     15,981   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total investment in impaired covered loans

   $ 513,937       $ 209,808       $ 37,256         18   $ 230,643   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

     December 31, 2010  
     Unpaid
Principal
     Recorded
Investment
     Specific
Allowance
     Coverage     Average
Recorded
Investment
 
     (In thousands)  

Impaired covered loans with specific allowance

             

Loans secured by 1-4 family residential properties

   $ 64,366       $ 38,885       $ 3,582         9   $ 38,667   

Construction and development secured by 1-4 family residential properties

     55,524         11,828         1,939         16     12,541   

Commercial and other construction

     637,044         318,404         43,765         14     324,946   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total investment in impaired covered loans

   $ 756,934       $ 369,117       $ 49,286         13   $ 376,154   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

147


ORIENTAL FINANCIAL GROUP INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

 

As a result of the Group’s quarterly assessment of actual versus expected cash flows for pools of covered loans, the changes in the allowance for loan and lease losses on covered loans for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010 was as follows:

 

     December 31,  
     2011     2010  
     (In thousands)  

Balance at beginning of year

   $ 49,286      $   

Provision for (recapture of) covered loan and lease losses, net

     (1,387     6,282   

FDIC shared-loss portion of provision for (recapture of) covered loan and lease losses, net

     (10,643     43,004   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at end of year

   $ 37,256      $ 49,286   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

As part of the Group’s assessment of actual versus expected cash flows on covered loans, higher cash flows are expected for various pools of loans for which impairment has been previously recorded as an allowance for covered loan and lease losses. The resulting higher expected cash flows are recorded as a reduction in such previously recorded allowance and a recapture of covered loan and lease losses.

6.    SERVICING ASSETS

The Group periodically sells or securitizes mortgage loans while retaining the obligation to perform the servicing of such loans. In addition, the Group may purchase or assume the right to service mortgage loans originated by others. Whenever the Group undertakes an obligation to service a loan, management assesses whether a servicing asset and/or liability should be recognized. A servicing asset is recognized whenever the compensation for servicing is expected to more than adequately compensate the Group for servicing the loans and leases. Likewise, a servicing liability would be recognized in the event that servicing fees to be received are not expected to adequately compensate the Group for its expected cost.

All separately recognized servicing assets are recognized at fair value using the fair value measurement method. Under the fair value measurement method, the Group measures servicing rights at fair value at each reporting date and reports changes in fair value of servicing assets in earnings in the period in which the changes occur, and includes these changes, if any, with mortgage banking activities in the consolidated statements of operations. The fair value of servicing rights is subject to fluctuations as a result of changes in estimated and actual prepayment speeds and default rates and losses.

The fair value of servicing rights is estimated by using a cash flow valuation model which calculates the present value of estimated future net servicing cash flows, taking into consideration actual and expected loan prepayment rates, discount rates, servicing costs, and other economic factors, which are determined based on current market conditions.

At December 31, 2011, servicing assets are composed of $10.2 million ($8.9 million — December 31, 2010) related to residential mortgage loans and $221 thousand ($770 thousand — December 31, 2010) of leasing servicing assets acquired in the FDIC-assisted acquisition on April 30, 2010.

 

148


ORIENTAL FINANCIAL GROUP INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

 

The following table presents the changes in servicing rights measured using the fair value method for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010:

 

     December 31,  
     2011     2010  
     (In thousands)  

Fair value at beginning of year

   $ 9,695      $ 7,120   

Acquisition of leasing servicing assets from FDIC-assisted acquisition

            1,190   

Servicing from mortgage securitizations or assets transfers

     2,458        2,933   

Changes due to payments on loans

     (976     (869

Changes in fair value due to changes in valuation model inputs or assumptions

     (723     (679
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Fair value at end of year

   $ 10,454      $ 9,695   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

The following table presents key economic assumptions ranges used in measuring the mortgage related servicing asset fair value for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010:

 

     December 31,
     2011    2010

Constant prepayment rate

   7.87% - 40.38%    9.50% - 37.57%

Discount rate

   10.50% - 14.00%    11.00% - 14.00%

The following table presents key economic assumptions ranges used in measuring the leasing related servicing asset fair value for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010:

 

     December 31,  
     2011      2010  

Discount rate

     13.22% - 17.38%         13.13% - 17.89%   

The sensitivity of the current fair value of servicing assets to immediate 10 percent and 20 percent adverse changes in the above key assumptions were as follow:

 

     December 31, 2011  
     (In thousands)  

Mortgage related servicing asset

  

Carrying value of mortgage servicing asset

   $ 10,233   
  

 

 

 

Constant prepayment rate

  

Decrease in fair value due to 10% adverse change

   $ (408

Decrease in fair value due to 20% adverse change

   $ (790

Discount rate

  

Decrease in fair value due to 10% adverse change

   $ (434

Decrease in fair value due to 20% adverse change

   $ (835

Leasing servicing asset

  

Carrying value of leasing servicing asset

   $ 221   
  

 

 

 

Discount rate

  

Decrease in fair value due to 10% adverse change

   $ (2

Decrease in fair value due to 20% adverse change

   $ (4

 

149


ORIENTAL FINANCIAL GROUP INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

 

These sensitivities are hypothetical and should be used with caution. As the figures indicate, changes in fair value based on a 10 percent variation in assumptions generally cannot be extrapolated because the relationship of the change in assumption to the change in fair value may not be linear. Also, in this table, the effect of a variation in a particular assumption on the fair value of the retained interest is calculated without changing any other assumption.

In reality, changes in one factor may result in changes in another (for example, increases in market interest rates may result in lower prepayments), which may magnify or offset the sensitivities.

Mortgage banking activities, a component of total banking and wealth management revenues in the consolidated statements of operations, include the changes from period to period in the fair value of the mortgage loan servicing rights, which may result from changes in the valuation model inputs or assumptions (principally reflecting changes in discount rates and prepayment speed assumptions) and other changes, including changes due to collection/realization of expected cash flows.

Servicing fee income is based on a contractual percentage of the outstanding principal and is recorded as income when earned. Servicing fees on mortgage loans totaled $3.1 million, $2.4 million and $1.6 million for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively. There were no late fees and ancillary fees recorded in such periods because these fees belong to the third party with which the Group is engaged in a subservicing agreement. Servicing fees on leases amounted to $625 thousand and $404 thousand for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively. There were no fees during 2009.

7.    PREMISES AND EQUIPMENT

Premises and equipment at December 31, 2011 and 2010 are stated at cost less accumulated depreciation and amortization as follows:

 

     Useful Life
(Years)
   December 31,  
        2011     2010  
     (In thousands)  

Land

      $ 2,254      $ 2,328   

Buildings and improvements

   40      5,890        6,301   

Leasehold improvements

   5 — 10      18,182        20,564   

Furniture and fixtures

   3 — 7      9,718        10,099   

Information technology and other

   3 — 7      20,008        19,074   
     

 

 

   

 

 

 
        56,052        58,366   

Less: accumulated depreciation and amortization

        (34,532     (34,425
     

 

 

   

 

 

 
      $ 21,520      $ 23,941   
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Depreciation and amortization of premises and equipment for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, totaled $5.5 million, $5.8 million and $6.0 million, respectively. These are included in the consolidated statements of operations as part of occupancy and equipment expenses.

8.    DERIVATIVE ACTIVITIES

During the year ended December 31, 2011, losses of $13.2 million were recognized and reflected as “Derivative Activities” in the consolidated statements of operations. These losses were mainly due to realized losses of $4.3 million from terminations of forward-settlement swaps with a notional amount of $1.25 billion, and to realized

 

150


ORIENTAL FINANCIAL GROUP INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

 

losses of $2.2 million from terminations of options to enter into interest rate swaps that were purchased in November 2010 with a notional amount of $250 million. These terminations allowed the Group to enter into new forward-settlement swap contracts with a notional amount of $1.2 billion, all of which were designated as hedging instruments. In May 2011, the Group entered into forward-settlement swap contracts with a notional amount of $475 million, all of which were also designated as hedging instruments. Prior to the acquisition of the new forward-settlement swap contracts, these derivatives were not being designated for hedge accounting. In December 2011, $600 million in repurchase agreement funding with an average cost of 4.23% matured. Utilizing cash on hand and proceeds from the sale of approximately $77 million of mortgage backed securities, the Group paid off $300 million of these repurchase agreements. The remaining balance of $300 million was renewed for an average period of approximately three and a half years at an effective fixed rate of 2.36%. During the year ended December 31, 2010, losses of $36.8 million were recognized and reflected as “Derivative Activities” in the consolidated statements of operations. These losses included realized losses of $42.0 million due to the terminations of forward settlement swaps with a notional amount of $900.0 million. These terminations allowed the Group to enter into new forward-settlement swap contracts with the same notional amount and maturity, and effectively reduce the interest rate of the pay-fixed side of such deals.

The following table details “Derivative Assets” and “Derivative Liabilities” as reflected in the consolidated statements of financial condition at December 31, 2011 and 2010:

 

     December 31,  
     2011      2010  
     (In thousands)  

Derivative assets:

     

Forward settlement swaps

   $       $ 11,023   

Options tied to Standard & Poor’s 500 Stock Market Index

     9,317         9,870   

Swap options

             7,422   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 9,317       $ 28,315   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Derivative liabilities:

     

Forward settlement swaps

   $ 47,425       $   

Other

             64   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 47,425       $ 64   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Forward-Settlement Swaps

The Group enters into forward-settlement swaps to hedge the variability of future interest cash flows of forecasted wholesale borrowings, attributable to changes in the one-month LIBOR rate. Once the forecasted wholesale borrowings transactions occur, the interest rate swap will effectively fix the Group’s interest payments on an amount of forecasted interest expense attributable to the one-month LIBOR rate corresponding to the swap notional stated rate. These forward-settlement swaps are designated as cash flow hedges for the forecasted wholesale borrowings transactions and properly documented as such, therefore, qualifying for cash flow hedge accounting. Changes in the fair value of these derivatives are recorded in accumulated other comprehensive income to the extent there is no significant ineffectiveness in the cash flow hedging relationships. Currently, the Group does not expect to reclassify any amount included in other comprehensive income related to these forward-settlement swaps to earnings in the next twelve months. There were no forward-settlement swaps designated for hedge accounting at December 31, 2010.

 

151


ORIENTAL FINANCIAL GROUP INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

 

The following table shows a summary of these swaps and their terms, at December 31, 2011:

 

Notional Amount

     Fixed Rate     Trade Date      Settlement Date      Maturity Date  
(In thousands)                             
$ 125,000         1.6550     03/18/11         05/09/12         02/09/14   
  125,000         1.7700     03/18/11         05/09/12         05/09/14   
  100,000         1.8975     03/18/11         05/09/12         08/09/14   
  100,000         1.9275     03/18/11         12/28/11         01/28/15   
  100,000         2.0000     03/18/11         12/28/11         03/28/15   
  100,000         2.2225     05/05/11         08/14/12         05/14/15   
  100,000         2.1100     03/18/11         12/28/11         06/28/15   
  25,000         2.4365     05/05/11         05/04/12         05/04/16   
  150,000         2.7795     05/05/11         12/06/12         06/06/16   
  25,000         2.6200     05/05/11         07/24/12         07/24/16   
  25,000         2.6350     05/05/11         07/30/12         07/30/16   
  50,000         2.6590     05/05/11         08/10/12         08/10/16   
  100,000         2.6750     05/05/11         08/16/12         08/16/16   

 

 

            
$ 1,125,000              

 

 

            

An unrealized loss of $47.4 million was recognized in accumulated other comprehensive income related to the valuation of these swaps at December 31, 2011, and the related derivative liability is being reflected in the accompanying consolidated statements of financial condition.

Swap Options

In May 2011, the Group sold all options to enter into interest rate swaps, not designated as cash flow hedges, with an aggregate notional amount of $250 million, recording a loss of $2.2 million.

Options Tied to Standard & Poor’s 500 Stock Market Index

The Group has offered its customers certificates of deposit with an option tied to the performance of the Standard & Poor’s 500 stock market index (“S&P Index”). The Group uses option agreements with major broker-dealer companies to manage its exposure to changes in this index. Under the terms of the option agreements, the Group receives the average increase in the month-end value of the index in exchange for a fixed premium. The changes in fair value of the option agreements used to manage the exposure in the stock market in the certificates of deposit are recorded in earnings. At December 31, 2011 and 2010, the purchased options used to manage the exposure to the stock market on stock indexed deposits represented an asset of $9.3 million (notional amount of $130.9 million) and $9.9 million (notional amount of $149.0 million), respectively; the options sold to customers embedded in the certificates of deposit and recorded as deposits in the consolidated statements of financial condition represented a liability of $9.4 million (notional amount of $125.8 million) and $12.8 million (notional amount of $143.4 million), respectively.

 

152


ORIENTAL FINANCIAL GROUP INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

 

At December 31, 2011, the yearly contractual maturities of options tied to the S&P Index were as follows:

 

Year Ending
December 31,

   Derivative asset
(S&P
purchased
options)
     Derivative liability
(S&P embedded
options)
 
     (In thousands)  

2012

   $ 64,285       $ 63,060   

2013

     38,590         35,487   

2014

     17,340         16,674   

2015

     7,330         7,425   

2016

     3,375         3,195   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 130,920       $ 125,841   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

9.    ACCRUED INTEREST RECEIVABLE AND OTHER ASSETS

Accrued interest receivable at December 31, 2011 and 2010 consists of the following:

 

     December 31,  
     2011      2010  
     (In thousands)  

Non-covered loans

   $ 5,519       $ 11,068   

Investments

     14,663         17,648   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 20,182       $ 28,716   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Other assets at December 31, 2011 and 2010 consist of the following:

 

     December 31,  
     2011      2010  
     (In thousands)  

Prepaid FDIC insurance

   $ 11,599       $ 16,796   

Servicing assets

     10,454         9,695   

Other prepaid expenses

     6,498         7,858   

Goodwill

     2,701         2,701   

Mortgage tax credits

     1,303         3,432   

Core deposit intangible

     1,185         1,328   

Investment in Statutory Trust

     1,086         1,086   

Debt issuance costs

     1,067         2,299   

Other repossessed assets (covered by FDIC shared-loss agreements)

     708         2,350   

Accounts receivable and other assets

     10,577         15,816   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 47,178       $ 63,361   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

On November 12, 2009, the FDIC adopted a final rule requiring insured depository institutions to prepay their estimated quarterly risk-based assessments for the fourth quarter of 2009, and for all of 2010, 2011, and 2012, on December 31, 2009, along with each institution’s risk-based deposit insurance assessment for the third quarter of 2009. The prepayment balance of the assessment covering fiscal years 2010, 2011 and 2012 amounted to $11.6 million and $16.8 million at December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively.

 

153


ORIENTAL FINANCIAL GROUP INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

 

Other prepaid expenses amounting to $10.5 million and $9.7 million at December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively, include prepaid municipal, property and income taxes aggregating to $3.2 million and $4.5 million, respectively.

In December 2007, the Commonwealth of Puerto Rico established mortgage loan tax credits for financial institutions that provided financing for the acquisition of new homes. Under an agreement reached during the second quarter of 2011 with the Puerto Rico Treasury Department, the Group may use half of these credits to reduce taxable income in taxable year 2011, and the remaining half of the credits in taxable year 2012. At December 31, 2011 and 2010, tax credits for the Group amounted to $1.3 million and $3.4 million, respectively.

In March 2009, the Group’s banking subsidiary issued $105 million in notes guaranteed under the FDIC Temporary Liquidity Guarantee Program. Shortly after issuance of the notes, the Group paid $3.2 million (equivalent to an annual fee of 100 basis points) to the FDIC to maintain the FDIC guarantee coverage until the maturity of the notes. These costs have been deferred and are being amortized over the term of the notes. At December 31, 2011 and 2010, this deferred issue cost was $1.1 million and $2.3 million, respectively.

Other repossessed assets amounting to $708 thousand and $2.4 million at December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively, represent covered assets under the FDIC shared-loss agreements and are related to the Eurobank leasing portfolio acquired in the FDIC-assisted acquisition.

10.    DEPOSITS AND RELATED INTEREST

Total deposits as of December 31, 2011 and 2010 consist of the following:

 

     December 31,  
     2011      2010  
     (In thousands)  

Non-interest bearing demand deposits

   $ 190,001       $ 170,705   

Interest-bearing savings and demand deposits

     1,041,529         1,019,539   

Individual retirement accounts

     361,411         361,972   

Retail certificates of deposit

     378,146         477,180   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total retail deposits

     1,971,087         2,029,396   

Institutional deposits

     168,301         280,617   

Brokered deposits

     255,879         278,875   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 2,395,267       $ 2,588,888   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

At December 31, 2011 and 2010, the weighted average interest rate of the Group’s deposits was 1.87% and 2.12%, respectively, including non-interest bearing deposits of $190.0 million and $170.7 million, respectively. Interest expense for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009 is set forth below:

 

     December 31,  
     2011      2010      2009  
     (In thousands)  

Demand and savings deposits

   $ 16,009       $ 17,881       $ 18,115   

Certificates of deposit

     29,636         30,722         36,832   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 45,645       $ 48,603       $ 54,947   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

154


ORIENTAL FINANCIAL GROUP INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

 

At December 31, 2011 and 2010, time deposits in denominations of $100 thousand or higher, excluding unamortized discounts, amounted to $456.1 million and $590.0 million, including public fund deposits from various Puerto Rico government agencies of $65.2 million and $65.3 million at a weighted average rate of 0.05% in both periods, which were collateralized with investment securities with fair value of $71.9 million and $73.4 million, respectively.

Excluding equity indexed options in the amount of $9.4 million, which are used by the Group to manage its exposure to the Standard & Poor’s 500 stock market index, and also excluding accrued interest of $4.5 million and unamortized deposit discounts in the amount of $5.2 million, the scheduled maturities of certificates of deposit at December 31, 2011 are as follows:

 

     December 31, 2011  
     (In thousands)  

Within one year:

  

Three (3) months or less

   $ 252,297   

Over 3 months through 1 year

     420,727   
  

 

 

 
     673,024   

Over 1 through 2 years

     271,066   

Over 2 through 3 years

     108,369   

Over 3 through 4 years

     24,832   

Over 4 through 5 years

     77,843   
  

 

 

 
   $ 1,155,134   
  

 

 

 

The aggregate amount of overdraft in demand deposit accounts that were reclassified to loans amounted to $4.2 million as of December 31, 2011 ($7.6 million — December 31, 2010).

11.    BORROWINGS

Short Term Borrowings

At December 31, 2011, short term borrowings amounted to $39.9 million (December 31, 2010 — $42.5 million) which mainly consist of deposits of the Puerto Rico Cash & Money Market Fund with a weighted average rate of 0.80% (December 31, 2010 — 0.60%), which were collateralized with investment securities with fair value of $62.7 million (December 31, 2010 — $47.5 million).

Securities Sold under Agreements to Repurchase

At December 31, 2011, securities underlying agreements to repurchase were delivered to, and are being held by, the counterparties with whom the repurchase agreements were transacted. The counterparties have agreed to resell to the Group the same or similar securities at the maturity of the agreements.

 

155


ORIENTAL FINANCIAL GROUP INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

 

At December 31, 2011 and 2010, securities sold under agreements to repurchase (classified by counterparty), excluding accrued interest in the amount of $6.2 million and $6.3 million, respectively, were as follows:

 

     December 31,  
     2011      2010  
     Borrowing
Balance
     Fair Value of
Underlying
Collateral
     Borrowing
Balance
     Fair Value of
Underlying
Collateral
 
     (In thousands)  

Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC

   $ 1,250,000       $ 1,337,394       $ 1,250,000       $ 1,325,392   

Citigroup Global Markets Inc.

     900,000         974,286         1,600,000         1,752,619   

UBS Financial Services Inc.

     500,000         620,888         500,000         605,706   

JP Morgan Chase Bank NA

     300,000         357,400         100,000         119,997   

Deutsche Bank

     100,000         109,177                   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 3,050,000       $ 3,399,145       $ 3,450,000       $ 3,803,714   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

The original terms of the Group’s structured repurchase agreements range between three and ten years, and except for four repurchase agreements totaling $600 million (as described below), the counterparties have the right to exercise put options at par on a quarterly basis before their contractual maturities from one to three years after the agreements’ settlement dates. The Group’s $500 million repurchase agreement also provides for an optional early termination by either party upon no less than two business days’ prior written notice to the other party. In the event of any such optional early termination, the amounts owed by or to the terminating party by the other party on the optional early termination date must take account of the termination value of the transaction, as determined by the calculation agent in the manner described in the repurchase agreement. The following table shows a summary of these agreements and their terms, excluding accrued interest in the amount of $6.2 million, at December 31, 2011:

 

Year of Maturity

   Borrowing
Balance
     Weighted-Average
Coupon
    Settlement Date      Maturity Date      Next Put Date  
     (In thousands)                             

2012

             
     350,000         4.26     5/9/2007         5/9/2012         2/9/2012   
     100,000         4.50     8/14/2007         8/14/2012         2/16/2012   
     150,000         4.31     3/6/2007         12/6/2012         3/6/2012   
  

 

 

            
     600,000              
  

 

 

            

2014

             
     100,000         4.72     7/27/2007         7/27/2014         1/27/2012   
     300,000         2.86     3/28/2011         9/28/2014         N/A   
  

 

 

            
     400,000              
  

 

 

            

2015

             
     100,000         0.60     12/28/2011         3/30/2015         N/A   
     100,000         0.68     12/29/2011         1/28/2015         N/A   
     100,000         0.65     12/28/2011         6/28/2015         N/A   
  

 

 

            
     300,000              
  

 

 

            

2017

             
     500,000         4.67     3/2/2007         3/2/2017         3/2/2012   
     250,000         0.25     3/2/2007         3/2/2017         3/2/2012   
     100,000         0.00     6/6/2007         3/6/2017         3/6/2012   
     900,000         0.00     3/6/2007         6/6/2017         3/6/2012   
  

 

 

            
     1,750,000              
  

 

 

    

 

 

         
   $ 3,050,000         2.13        
  

 

 

    

 

 

         

 

156


ORIENTAL FINANCIAL GROUP INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

 

None of the structured repurchase agreements referred to above with put dates up to the date of this filing were put by the counterparties. Such repurchase agreements include $1.25 billion, which reset at each put date at a formula which is based on the three-month LIBOR rate less fifteen times the difference between the ten-year SWAP rate and the two-year SWAP rate, with a minimum of 0.00% on $1.0 billion and 0.25% on $250 million, and a maximum of 10.6%. These repurchase agreements bear the respective minimum rates of 0.0% and 0.25% until at least their next put dates scheduled for March 2012.

The following table presents the borrowings organized by type acting as collateral under repurchase agreements, excluding accrued interest in the amount of $6.2 million and $6.3 million at December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively:

 

     December 31,  
     2011      2010  
     Borrowing Balance      Fair Value of
Underlying
Collateral
     Borrowing Balance      Fair Value of
Underlying
Collateral
 
     (In thousands)  

GNMA certificates

           

Within 30 days

   $       $ 7,588       $       $ 38,877   

Less than 1 year

     3,901         4,048         5,275         5,221   

1 — 3 years

                     16,090         16,537   

3 — 5 years

     500         552                   

over 5 years

     6,492         2,248         45,783         21,303   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
     10,893         14,436         67,148         81,938   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

FNMA certificates

           

Within 30 days

             654,436                 509,914   

Less than 1 year

     650,825         664,774         572,590         547,108   

1 — 3 years

     254,141         231,450         769,645         787,326   

3 to 5 years

     269,500         291,051         100,000         78,689   

over 5 years

     1,515,940         1,127,921         1,421,948         1,230,407   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
     2,690,406         2,969,632         2,864,183         3,153,444   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

FHLMC certificates

           

Within 30 days

             51,364                 87,823   

Less than 1 year

     63,846         66,213         38,160         39,269   

1 — 3 years

     1,270         1,313         26,060         21,327   

3 to 5 years

                               

over 5 years

     227,568         230,375         282,269         240,570   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
     292,684         349,265         346,489         388,989   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

CMOs

           

Within 30 days

             7,528                 2,739   

Less than 1 year

     6,335         6,319         169,305         171,021   

1 — 3 years

     19,682         19,657         2,875         2,983   

3 to 5 years

     30,000         32,308                   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
     56,017         65,812         172,180         176,743   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

US Agency securities

           

1 — 3 years

                             2,600   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
                             2,600   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 3,050,000       $ 3,399,145       $ 3,450,000       $ 3,803,714   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

157


ORIENTAL FINANCIAL GROUP INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

 

The collateral of the repurchase agreements is not limited to the maturity buckets outlined above, and is generally available for any borrowing as governed by existing master repurchase agreements in place with each counter party.

At December 31, 2011 and 2010, the weighted average interest rate of the Group’s repurchase agreements was 2.13% and 2.81%, respectively, and included agreements with interest ranging from 0.00% to 4.72%. The following summarizes significant data on securities sold under agreements to repurchase as of December 31, 2011 and 2010, excluding accrued interest:

 

     December 31,  
     2011     2010  
     (In thousands)  

Average daily aggregate balance outstanding

   $ 3,417,892      $ 3,545,926   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Maximum outstanding balance at any month-end

   $ 3,466,450      $ 3,566,588   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Weighted average interest rate during the year

     2.73     2.84
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Weighted average interest rate at year end

     2.13     2.81
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Advances from the Federal Home Loan Bank

Advances are received from the FHLB under an agreement whereby the Group is required to maintain a minimum amount of qualifying collateral with a fair value of at least 110% of the outstanding advances. At December 31, 2011, these advances were secured by mortgage and commercial loans amounting to $548.8 million and $40.9 million, respectively. Also, at December 31, 2011, the Group had an additional borrowing capacity with the FHLB of $149.6 million. At December 31, 2011, the weighted average remaining maturity of FHLB’s advances was 11.2 months (December 31, 2010 — 23.15 months).

In 2007, the Group restructured most of its FHLB advances portfolio into longer-term, structured advances. The original terms of these advances range between five and seven years, and the FHLB has the right to exercise put options at par on a quarterly basis before the contractual maturity of the advances from nine months to one year after the advances’ settlement dates. The following table shows a summary of these advances and their terms, excluding accrued interest in the amount of $1.8 million, at December 31, 2011:

 

Year of Maturity

   Borrowing Balance      Weighted-Average
Coupon
    Settlement Date      Maturity Date      Next Put Date  
     (In thousands)                             

2012

             
   $ 25,000         4.37     5/4/2007         5/4/2012         2/4/2012   
     25,000         4.57     7/24/2007         7/24/2012         1/24/2012   
     25,000         4.26     7/30/2007         7/30/2012         1/31/2012   
     50,000         4.33     8/10/2007         8/10/2012         2/11/2012   
     100,000         4.09     8/16/2007         8/16/2012         2/16/2012   
  

 

 

            
     225,000              
  

 

 

            

2014

             
     25,000         4.20     5/8/2007         5/8/2014         2/8/2012   
     30,000         4.22     5/11/2007         5/11/2014         2/10/2012   
  

 

 

    

 

 

         
     55,000              
  

 

 

            
   $ 280,000         4.24        
  

 

 

    

 

 

         

 

158


ORIENTAL FINANCIAL GROUP INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

 

None of the advances referred to in the previous table with put dates up to the date of this filing were put by the FHLB at their corresponding put dates.

FDIC-Guaranteed Term Notes — Temporary Liquidity Guarantee Program

In March 2009, the Group’s banking subsidiary issued $105 million in notes guaranteed under the FDIC Temporary Liquidity Guarantee Program. These notes are due on March 16, 2012, bear interest at a 2.75% fixed rate, and are backed by the full faith and credit of the United States. Interest on the notes is payable on the 16th of each March and September, beginning September 16, 2009. Shortly after issuance of the notes, the Group paid $3.2 million (equivalent to an annual fee of 100 basis points) to the FDIC to maintain the FDIC guarantee coverage until the maturity of the notes. This cost has been deferred and is being amortized over the term of the notes.

Subordinated Capital Notes

Subordinated capital notes amounted to $36.1 million at December 31, 2011 and 2010.

In August 2003, the Statutory Trust II, a special purpose entity of the Group, was formed for the purpose of issuing trust redeemable preferred securities. In September 2003, $35.0 million of trust redeemable preferred securities were issued by the Statutory Trust II as part of pooled underwriting transactions. Pooled underwriting involves participating with other bank holding companies in issuing the securities through a special purpose pooling vehicle created by the underwriters.

The proceeds from this issuance were used by the Statutory Trust II to purchase a like amount of floating rate junior subordinated deferrable interest debentures (“subordinated capital note”) issued by the Group. The subordinated capital note has a par value of $36.1 million, bears interest based on 3-month LIBOR plus 295 basis points (3.30% at December 31, 2011; 3.25% at December 31, 2010), is payable quarterly, and matures on September 17, 2033. The subordinated capital note purchased by the Statutory Trust II may be called at par after five years and quarterly thereafter (next call date March 2012). The trust redeemable preferred securities have the same maturity and call provisions as the subordinated capital notes. The subordinated deferrable interest debentures issued by the Group are accounted for as a liability denominated as subordinated capital note on the unaudited consolidated statements of financial condition.

The subordinated capital note is treated as Tier 1 capital for regulatory purposes. Under Federal Reserve Board rules, restricted core capital elements, which are qualifying trust preferred securities, qualifying cumulative perpetual preferred stock (and related surplus) and certain minority interests in consolidated subsidiaries, are limited in the aggregate to no more than 25% of a bank holding company’s core capital elements (including restricted core capital elements), net of goodwill less any associated deferred tax liability. However, under the Dodd-Frank Act, bank holding companies are prohibited from including in their Tier 1 capital hybrid debt and equity securities, including trust preferred securities, issued on or after May 19, 2010. Any such instruments issued before May 19, 2010 by a bank holding company, such as the Group, with total consolidated assets of less than $15 billion as of December 31, 2009, may continue to be included as Tier 1 capital. Therefore, the Group is permitted to continue to include its existing trust preferred securities as Tier 1 capital.

12.    EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLAN

The Group has a profit sharing plan containing a cash or deferred arrangement qualified under Sections 1081.01(a) and 1081.01(d) of the 2011 Code, and Sections 401(a) and 401(k) of the United States Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “U.S. Code”). This plan is subject to the provisions of Title I of the

 

159


ORIENTAL FINANCIAL GROUP INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

 

Employee Retirement Security Act of 1976, as amended (“ERISA”). This plan covers all full-time employees of the Group who are age twenty-one or older. Under this plan, participants may contribute each year from 2% to 10% of their compensation, as defined in the plan, up to a specified amount. The Group currently contributes 80 cents for each dollar contributed by an employee, up to $832 per employee. The Group’s matching contribution is invested in shares of its common stock. This plan is entitled to acquire and hold qualified employer securities as part of its investment of the trust assets pursuant to ERISA Section 407. For the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, the Group contributed 24,128 shares, 15,242 shares, and 37,956 shares, respectively, of its common stock at a cost of approximately $42,789, $29,267, and $148,700 at the time of contribution. The Group’s contribution becomes 100% vested once the employee completes three years of service.

Also, the Group offers to its senior management a non-qualified deferred compensation plan, where executives can defer taxable income. Both the employer and the employee have flexibility because non-qualified plans are not subject to ERISA contribution limits nor are they subject to discrimination tests in terms of who must be included in the plan. Under this plan, the employee’s current taxable income is reduced by the amount being deferred. Funds deposited in a deferred compensation plan can accumulate without current income tax to the individual. Income taxes are due when the funds are withdrawn.

13.    RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

The Bank grants loans to its directors, executive officers and to certain related individuals or organizations in the ordinary course of business. These loans are offered at the same terms as loans to unrelated third parties. The activity and balance of these loans for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010 were as follows:

 

     December 31,  
     2011     2010  
     (In thousands)  

Balance at the beginning of year

   $ 3,452      $ 3,889   

New loans

     615        187   

Repayments

     (108     (617

Credits of persons no longer considered related parties

     (187     (7
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at the end of year

   $ 3,772      $ 3,452   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

14.    INCOME TAX

Under Puerto Rico law, all companies are treated as separate taxable entities and are not entitled to file consolidated returns. The Group and its subsidiaries are subject to Puerto Rico regular income tax or AMT on income earned from all sources. The AMT is payable if it exceeds regular income tax. The excess of AMT over regular income tax paid in any one year may be used to offset regular income tax in future years, subject to certain limitations.

The components of income tax expense (benefit) for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010, and 2009 are as follows:

 

     December 31,  
     2011     2010     2009  
     (In thousands)  

Current income tax expense

   $ 2,229      $ 5,794      $ 8,754   

Deferred income tax benefit

     (1,363     (10,092     (1,782
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income tax expense (benefit)

   $ 866      $ (4,298   $ 6,972   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

160


ORIENTAL FINANCIAL GROUP INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

 

The Group maintained an effective tax rate lower than the maximum marginal statutory rate of 30.00%, 40.95%, and 40.95% as of December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively, mainly due to income generated by the IBE taxed at 5% and to the interest income arising from investments exempt from Puerto Rico income taxes, net of expenses attributable to the exempt income. For 2011, 2010 and 2009 the Bank’s investment securities portfolio and loans portfolio generated tax-exempt interest income of $9.8 million, $28.6 million, and $39.8 million, respectively. For 2011, 2010, and 2009 the IBE generated $36.9 million, $15.5 million, and $49.1 million in income taxable at a 5% income tax rate.

Pursuant to the Declaration of Fiscal Emergency and Plan for Economic Stabilization and Restoration of the Puerto Rico Credit Act of March 9, 2009, for the 2009 and 2010 taxable years every taxable corporation engaged in trade or business in Puerto Rico, including banks and insurance companies, was subject to an additional 5% surcharge on corporate income tax, increasing the maximum tax rate from 39% to 40.95%. Also, income earned by international banking entities, which was previously fully exempt, is subject to a 5% income tax for tax years beginning after December 31, 2008, and ending before January 1, 2012. These taxes were imposed on a temporary basis as a measure to generate additional revenues to address the fiscal crisis that the government of Puerto Rico is currently facing.

The Group’s income tax expense differs from amounts computed by applying the applicable statutory rate to income before income taxes as follows:

 

     December 31,  
     2011     2010     2009  
     Amount     Rate     Amount     Rate     Amount     Rate  
     (Dollars in thousands)  

Tax at statutory rates

   $ 10,595        30.00   $ 2,267        40.95   $ 12,251        40.95

Tax effect of exempt income, net

     (10,512     –29.77     (5,569     –100.60     (22,081     –73.81

Effect of tax rate on capital loss carryforwards

     (1,535     –4.34     (6,012     –108.60     16,481        55.09

Change in valuation allowance

     (1,292     –3.66     2,929        52.91     81        0.27

Income tax contingencies provision (credit)

     (2,807     –7.95     53        0.96     671        2.24

Effect in deferred taxes due to reduction in tax rates from 40.95% to 30%

     5,179        14.66                            

Effect of change in tax status of IBE

     499        1.41                            

Other items, net

     739        2.10     2,034        36.74     (431     -1.44
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income tax expense (benefit)

   $ 866        2.45   $ (4,298     -77.64   $ 6,972        23.30
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The tax effect of the income earned by the IBE is included in the “tax effect of exempt income, net” caption on the table above, and amounted to $9.2 million, $5.6 million and $17.7 million for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively.

The determination of deferred tax expense or benefit is based on changes in the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities that generate temporary differences. The carrying value of the Group’s net deferred tax assets assumes that the Group will be able to generate sufficient future taxable income based on estimates and assumptions. If these estimates and related assumptions change in the future, the Group may be required to record valuation allowances against its deferred tax assets resulting in additional income tax expense in the consolidated statements of operations.

 

161


ORIENTAL FINANCIAL GROUP INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

 

The components of the Group’s deferred tax asset, net, at December 31, 2011 and 2010 are as follows:

 

     December 31,  
     2011     2010  
     (In thousands)  

Deferred tax asset:

    

Allowance for loan losses and other reserves

   $ 22,281      $ 31,479   

FDIC-assisted acquisition

     11,967        10,782   

Deferred loan origination fees, net

     1,417        2,139   

Derivative unrealized net loss

     5,312        142   

S&P option contracts

     4,670        6,731   

Net capital and operating loss carryforwards

     7,368        13,547   

Other deferred tax assets

     2,605        2,582   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total gross deferred tax asset

     55,620        67,402   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Deferred tax liability:

    

FDIC shared-loss indemnification asset

     (12,072     (20,696

Derivative unrealized net gain

            (5,267

Unrealized net gain on available-for-sale securities

     (4,273     (1,910

Servicing Asset

     (3,070     (3,480

Other deferred tax liabilities

     (1,211     (1,054
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total deferred tax liabilities

     (20,626     (32,407
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Less: Valuation allowance

     (2,971     (4,263
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net deferred tax asset

   $ 32,023      $ 30,732   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

In assessing the realizability of the deferred tax asset, management considers whether it is more likely than not that some portion or the entire deferred tax asset will not be realized. The ultimate realization of the deferred tax asset is dependent upon the generation of future taxable income during the periods in which those temporary differences become deductible. Management considers the scheduled reversal of deferred tax liabilities, projected future taxable income, and tax planning strategies in making this assessment. Based upon the level of historical taxable income and projections for future taxable income over the periods in which the deferred tax asset are deductible, management believes it is more likely than not that the Group will realize the benefits of these deductible differences, net of the existing valuation allowances at December 31, 2011. The amount of the deferred tax asset considered realizable, however, could be reduced in the near term if estimates of future taxable income during the carry-forward period are reduced.

The holding company and its subsidiaries have operating and capital loss carry-forwards for income tax purposes which are available to offset future taxable income and capital gains. Operating loss carry-forwards are available until December 2019 and capital loss carry-forwards are available until December 2016. The majority of these operating and capital loss carry-forwards are at the Bank amounting to approximately $36.0 million and $48.4 million as of December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively.

For purposes of income taxes associated with the FDIC-assisted acquisition, the Group assumed some tax positions, which are being evaluated by the Puerto Rico Treasury Department and are supported by the corresponding technical merits.

The Group follows a two-step approach for recognizing and measuring uncertain tax positions. The first step is to evaluate the tax position for recognition by determining if the weight of available evidence indicates that it is

 

162


ORIENTAL FINANCIAL GROUP INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

 

more likely than not that the position will be sustained on audit, including resolution of related appeals or litigation process, if any. The second step is to measure the tax benefit as the largest amount that is more than 50% likely to be realized upon ultimate settlement.

The Group classifies unrecognized tax benefits in income taxes payable. These gross unrecognized tax benefits would affect the effective tax rate if realized. The balance of unrecognized tax benefits at December 31, 2011 and 2010 was $1.4 million and $6.3 million, respectively. The variance is attributed to various contingencies settled with the Puerto Rico Treasury Department on June 30, 2011 in which the Group paid $2.0 million, approximately $3.0 million less than what the Group had accrued for this purpose. Following such settlements, only the 2010 tax period remains subject to examination by the Puerto Rico Treasury Department. It is the Group’s policy to include interest and penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits within the provision for taxes on the consolidated statements of operations. The Group had accrued $342 thousand at December 31, 2011 (December 31, 2010 — $1.5 million) for the payment of interest and penalties relating to unrecognized tax benefits.

15.    STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY

Preferred Stock

On May 28, 1999, the Group issued 1,340,000 shares of 7.125% Noncumulative Monthly Income Preferred Stock, Series A, at $25 per share. Proceeds from issuance of the Series A Preferred Stock, were $32.4 million, net of $1.1 million of issuance costs. The Series A Preferred Stock has the following characteristics: (i) annual dividends of $1.78 per share, payable monthly if declared by the Board of Directors; (ii) missed dividends are not cumulative; (iii) redeemable at the Group’s option beginning on May 30, 2004; (iv) no mandatory redemption or stated maturity date; and (v) liquidation value of $25 per share.

On September 30, 2003, the Group issued 1,380,000 shares of 7.0% Noncumulative Monthly Income Preferred Stock, Series B, at $25 per share. Proceeds from issuance of the Series B Preferred Stock, were $33.1 million, net of $1.4 million of issuance costs and expenses. The Series B Preferred Stock has the following characteristics: (i) annual dividends of $1.75 per share, payable monthly if declared by the Board of Directors; (ii) missed dividends are not cumulative; (iii) redeemable at the Group’s option beginning on October 31, 2008; (iv) no mandatory redemption or stated maturity date; and (v) liquidation value of $25 per share.

At the annual meeting of shareholders held on April 30, 2010, the shareholders approved an increase of the number of authorized shares of preferred stock, par value $1.00 per share, from 5,000,000 to 10,000,000.

On April 30, 2010, the Group issued 200,000 shares of Mandatorily Convertible Non-Cumulative Non-Voting Perpetual Preferred Stock, Series C (the “Series C Preferred Stock”), through a private placement. The Series C Preferred Stock had a liquidation preference of $1,000 per share and was converted to common stock on July 8, 2010 at a conversion price of $15.015 per share. The offering resulted in net proceeds of $189.4 million after deducting offering costs. On May 13, 2010, the Group made a capital contribution of $179.0 million to its banking subsidiary.

The difference between the conversion price of $15.015 per share and the market price of the common stock on April 30, 2010 ($16.72) was considered a contingent beneficial conversion feature on June 30, 2010, when the conversion was approved by the majority of the shareholders. Such feature amounted to $22.7 million at June 30, 2010 and was recorded as a deemed dividend on preferred stock upon conversion to common stock.

 

163


ORIENTAL FINANCIAL GROUP INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

 

Common Stock

On March 19, 2010, the Group completed the public offering of 8,740,000 shares of its common stock. The offering resulted in net proceeds of $94.6 million after deducting offering costs. On March 25, 2010, the Group made a capital contribution of $93.0 million to its banking subsidiary.

At the annual meeting of shareholders held on April 30, 2010, the shareholders approved an increase of the number of authorized shares of common stock, par value $1.00 per share, from 40,000,000 to 100,000,000.

At a special meeting of shareholders of the Group held on June 30, 2010, the majority of the shareholders approved the issuance of 13,320,000 shares of the Group’s common stock upon the conversion of the Series C Preferred Stock, which was converted on July 8, 2010 at a conversion price of $15.015 per share.

Regulatory Capital Requirements

The Group (on a consolidated basis) and the Bank are subject to various regulatory capital requirements administered by the federal banking agencies. Failure to meet minimum capital requirements can initiate certain mandatory and possibly additional discretionary actions by regulators that, if undertaken, could have a direct material effect on the Group’s and the Bank’s financial statements. Under capital adequacy guidelines and the regulatory framework for prompt corrective action, the Group and the Bank must meet specific capital guidelines that involve quantitative measures of their assets, liabilities and certain off-balance sheet items as calculated under regulatory accounting practices. The capital amounts and classification are also subject to qualitative judgments by the regulators about components, risk weightings, and other factors. This has changed under the Dodd-Frank Act, which requires federal banking regulators to establish minimum leverage and risk-based capital requirements, on a consolidated basis, for insured institutions, depository institutions, depository institution holding companies, and non-bank financial companies supervised by the Federal Reserve Board. The minimum leverage and risk-based capital requirements are to be determined based on the minimum ratios established for insured depository institutions under prompt corrective action regulations.

Quantitative measures established by regulation to ensure capital adequacy require the Group and the Bank to maintain minimum amounts and ratios (set forth in the following table) of total and Tier 1 capital (as defined in the regulations) to risk-weighted assets (as defined in the regulations) and of Tier 1 capital to average assets (as defined in the regulations). As of December 31, 2011 and 2010, the Group and the Bank met all capital adequacy requirements to which they are subject. As of December 31, 2011 and 2010, the FDIC categorized the Bank as “well capitalized” under the regulatory framework for prompt corrective action. To be categorized as “well capitalized,” an institution must maintain minimum total risk-based, Tier 1 risk-based and Tier 1 leverage ratios as set forth in the following tables.

 

 

164


ORIENTAL FINANCIAL GROUP INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

 

The Group’s and the Bank’s actual capital amounts and ratios as of December 31, 2011 and 2010 are as follows:

 

     Actual     Minimum Capital
Requirement
 
     Amount      Ratio     Amount      Ratio  
     (Dollars in thousands)  

Group Ratios

          

As of December 31, 2011

          

Total Capital to Risk-Weighted Assets

   $ 688,415         32.84   $ 167,690         8.00

Tier 1 Capital to Risk-Weighted Assets

   $ 661,614         31.56   $ 83,845         4.00

Tier 1 Capital to Total Assets

   $ 661,614         9.65   $ 274,231         4.00

As of December 31, 2010

          

Total Capital to Risk-Weighted Assets

   $ 728,241         32.32   $ 180,279         8.00

Tier 1 Capital to Risk-Weighted Assets

   $ 699,415         31.04   $ 90,139         4.00

Tier 1 Capital to Total Assets

   $ 699,415         9.50   $ 294,472         4.00

 

     Actual     Minimum Capital
Requirement
    Minimum to be Well
Capitalized Under
Prompt Corrective
Action Provisions
 
     Amount      Ratio     Amount      Ratio     Amount      Ratio  
     (Dollars in thousands)  

Bank Ratios

               

As of December 31, 2011

               

Total Capital to Risk-Weighted Assets

   $ 643,237         30.87   $ 166,687         8.00   $ 208,359         10.00

Tier 1 Capital to Risk-Weighted Assets

   $ 616,590         29.59   $ 83,344         4.00   $ 125,015         6.00

Tier 1 Capital to Total Assets

   $ 616,590         9.06   $ 272,178         4.00   $ 340,222         5.00

As of December 31, 2010

               

Total Capital to Risk-Weighted Assets

   $ 695,013         31.23   $ 178,049         8.00   $ 222,562         10.00

Tier 1 Capital to Risk-Weighted Assets

   $ 666,531         29.95   $ 89,025         4.00   $ 133,537         6.00

Tier 1 Capital to Total Assets

   $ 666,531         9.22   $ 289,083         4.00   $ 361,354         5.00

The Group’s ability to pay dividends to its shareholders and other activities can be restricted if its capital falls below levels established by the Federal Reserve Board’s guidelines. In addition, any bank holding company whose capital falls below levels specified in the guidelines can be required to implement a plan to increase capital.

Equity-Based Compensation Plan

The Omnibus Plan provides for equity-based compensation incentives through the grant of stock options, stock appreciation rights, restricted stock, restricted stock units, and dividend equivalents, as well as equity-based performance awards. The Omnibus Plan replaced and superseded the Stock Option Plans. All outstanding stock options under the Stock Option Plans continue in full force and effect, subject to their original terms.

 

 

165


ORIENTAL FINANCIAL GROUP INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

 

The activity in outstanding options for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009 is set forth below:

 

     December 31,  
     2011      2010      2009  
     Number of
Options
    Weighted
Average
Exercise Price
     Number of
Options
    Weighted
Average
Exercise Price
     Number of
Options
    Weighted
Average
Exercise Price
 

Beginning of year

     765,989      $ 15.25         514,376      $ 16.86         500,200      $ 17.14   

Options granted

     85,000        11.90         262,700        11.97         15,676        8.28   

Options exercised

     (923     8.82         (8,337     8.60                  

Options forfeited

     (63,362     13.69         (2,750     23.29         (1,500     21.86   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

End of year

     786,704      $ 15.02         765,989      $ 15.25         514,376      $ 16.86   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

The following table summarizes the range of exercise prices and the weighted average remaining contractual life of the options outstanding at December 31, 2011:

 

     Outstanding      Exercisable  

Range of Exercise Prices

   Number of
Options
     Weighted
Average
Exercise Price
     Weighted Average
Contract  Life
Remaining
(Years)
     Number of
Options
     Weighted
Average
Exercise Price
 

$ 5.63   to $ 8.45

     12,792       $ 8.28         7.32         2,970       $ 8.28   

   8.46   to    11.27

     2,000         10.29         5.64         1,000         10.29   

   11.28 to    14.09

     542,427         12.14         6.41         193,452         12.35   

   14.10 to    16.90

     62,035         15.60         2.60         62,035         15.60   

   19.72 to    22.54

     25,050         20.68         3.18         20,800         20.44   

   22.55 to    25.35

     83,350         23.99         2.28         83,350         23.99   

   25.36 to    28.17

     59,050         27.46         2.82         59,050         27.46   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
     786,704       $ 15.02         5.32         422,657       $ 17.60   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Aggregate Intrinsic Value

   $ 167,219             $ 23,909      
  

 

 

          

 

 

    

The average fair value of each option granted during 2011, 2010, and 2009 was $6.48, $6.66, and $4.49, respectively. The average fair value of each option granted was estimated at the date of the grant using the Black-Scholes option pricing model. The Black-Scholes option-pricing model was developed for use in estimating the fair value of traded options that have no restrictions and are fully transferable and negotiable in a free trading market. Black-Scholes does not consider the employment, transfer or vesting restrictions that are inherent in the Group’s stock options. Use of an option valuation model, as required by GAAP, includes highly subjective assumptions based on long-term predictions, including the expected stock price volatility and average life of each option grant.

 

 

166


ORIENTAL FINANCIAL GROUP INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

 

The following assumptions were used in estimating the fair value of the options granted during the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009:

 

     December 31,  
     2011     2010     2009  

Weighted Average Assumptions:

      

Dividend yield

     1.62     1.47     4.55

Expected volatility

     58.99     60.00     36.00

Risk-free interest rate

     3.11     3.07     4.40

Expected life (in years)

     8.0        8.0        8.5   

The following table summarizes the restricted units’ activity under the Omnibus Plan for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009:

 

     December 31,  
     2011      2010      2009  
     Restricted
Units
    Weighted
Average
Grant Date
Fair Value
     Restricted
Units
    Weighted
Average
Grant Date
Fair Value
     Restricted
Units
    Weighted
Average
Grant Date
Fair Value
 

Beginning of year

     243,525      $ 13.43         147,625      $ 14.64         99,916      $ 18.54   

Restricted units granted

     39,500        11.88         131,000        11.88         53,609        8.18   

Restricted units lapsed

     (59,916     20.65         (30,000     12.49                  

Restricted units forfeited

     (17,960     11.67         (5,100     14.12         (5,900     21.86   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

End of year

     205,149      $ 11.27         243,525      $ 13.43         147,625      $ 14.64   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Legal Surplus

The Banking Act requires that a minimum of 10% of the Bank’s net income for the year be transferred to a reserve fund until such fund (legal surplus) equals the total paid in capital on common and preferred stock. At December 31, 2011, legal surplus amounted to $50.2 million (December 31, 2010 — $46.3 million). The amount transferred to the legal surplus account is not available for the payment of dividends to shareholders.

 

 

167


ORIENTAL FINANCIAL GROUP INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

 

Earnings per Common Share

The calculation of earnings per common share for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009 is as follows:

 

     December 31,  
     2011     2010     2009  
     (In thousands, except per share data)  

Net income

   $ 34,450      $ 9,834      $ 22,945   

Less: Dividends on preferred stock

     (4,802     (5,335     (4,802

Less: Deemed dividend on preferred stock beneficial conversion feature

            (22,711       
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income available (loss) to common shareholders

   $ 29,648      $ (18,212   $ 18,143   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Average common shares outstanding and equivalents

     44,524        36,810        24,306   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Earnings (loss) per common share — basic

     0.67        (0.50     (0.75
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Earnings (loss) per common share — diluted

   $ 0.67      $ (0.50   $ (0.75
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

For the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010, and 2009, weighted-average stock options with an anti-dilutive effect on earnings per share not included in the calculation amounted to 529,093, 214,256, and 355,720, respectively. The conversion of the Group’s mandatorily convertible non-cumulative non-voting perpetual preferred stock, Series C, into shares of the Group’s common stock during the year ended December 31, 2010, resulted in a non-cash beneficial conversion feature of $22.7 million, representing the intrinsic value between the conversion rate of $15.015 and the common stock closing price of $16.72 on April 30, 2010, the date the preferred shares were offered. Upon conversion, the beneficial conversion feature was recorded as a deemed dividend to the preferred stockholders reducing retained earnings, with a corresponding offset to surplus (paid in capital), and thus did not affect total stockholders’ equity or the book value of the common stock. However, the deemed dividend increased the net loss applicable to common stock and affected the calculation of basic and diluted EPS for the year ended December 31, 2010. Moreover, in computing diluted EPS, dilutive convertible securities that remained outstanding for the period prior to actual conversion were not included as average potential common shares because the effect would have been antidilutive. In computing both basic and diluted EPS, the common shares issued upon actual conversion were included in the weighted average calculation of common shares after the date of conversion.

Treasury Stock

On February 3, 2011, the Group announced that its Board of Directors had approved a stock repurchase program pursuant to which the Group was authorized to purchase in the open market up to $30 million of its outstanding shares of common stock. On June 29, 2011, the Group announced the completion of this $30 million stock repurchase program and the approval by the Board of Directors of a new program to purchase an additional $70 million of common stock in the open market.

Any shares of common stock repurchased are held by the Group as treasury shares. The Group records treasury stock purchases under the cost method whereby the entire cost of the acquired stock is recorded as treasury stock. Under the $30 million program, initiated in February 2011, the Group purchased a total of 2,406,303 shares at an average price of $12.10 per share. As of December 31, 2011, the Group had purchased approximately 2,783,000 shares under the $70 million program for a total of $29.4 million, at an average price of $10.57 per share. After December 31, 2011, the Group purchased approximately 469,000 additional shares under this program for a total of $5.4 million as of March 9, 2012, at an average price of $11.61 per share. These subsequent purchases will reduce the 2012 share count.

 

168


ORIENTAL FINANCIAL GROUP INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

 

The following table presents the shares repurchased for each month in the year ended December 31, 2011:

 

Period

   Total number of
shares purchased
as part of stock
repurchase
programs
     Average price paid
per share
     Dollar amount of
shares
repurchased
(excluding
commissions paid)
 
     (In thousands, except shares and per share data)  

January 2011

           $       $   

February 2011

     356,354         12.11         4,317   

March 2011

     671,225         12.14         8,149   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Quarter ended March 31, 2011

     1,027,579         12.13         12,466   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

April 2011

     104,392         12.48         1,303   

May 2011

     134,100         11.56         1,550   

June 2011

     1,140,232         12.10         13,802   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Quarter ended June 30, 2011

     1,378,724         12.08         16,655   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

July 2011

                       

August 2011

                       

September 2011

                       
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Quarter ended September 30, 2011

                       
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

October 2011

     934,313         10.25         9,579   

November 2011

     1,087,650         10.41         11,318   

December 2011

     760,835         11.21         8,530   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Quarter ended December 31, 2011

     2,782,798         10.57         29,427   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31, 2011

     5,189,101       $ 11.28       $ 58,548   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

The number of shares that may yet be purchased under the new $70 million program is estimated at 3,350,368, and was calculated by dividing the remaining balance of $40.6 million by $12.11 (closing price of the Group’s common stock at December 31, 2011). The Group did not purchase any shares of its common stock other than through its publicly announced stock repurchase program during the year ended December 31, 2011.

The activity in connection with common shares held in treasury by the Group for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009 is set forth below:

 

     December 31,  
     2011     2010     2009  
     Shares     Dollar
Amount
    Shares     Dollar
Amount
    Shares     Dollar
Amount
 
     (In thousands, except shares data)  

Beginning of year

     1,459,067      $ 16,732        1,504,309      $ 17,142        1,442,265      $ 17,109   

Common shares used upon lapsing of restricted stock units

     (59,916     (656     (30,000     (380              

Common shares repurchased as part of the stock repurchase program

     5,189,101        58,775                      100,000        182   

Common shares repurchased (used) to match defined contribution plan, net

     (24,128     (43     (15,242     (30     (37,956     (149
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

End of year

     6,564,124      $ 74,808        1,459,067      $ 16,732        1,504,309      $ 17,142   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

169


ORIENTAL FINANCIAL GROUP INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

 

Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income

Accumulated other comprehensive income, net of income tax, as of December 31, 2011 and 2010 consisted of:

 

     December 31,  
     2011     2010  
     (In thousands)  

Unrealized gain on securities available-for-sale which are not other-than-temporarily impaired

   $ 86,404      $ 39,095   

Unrealized loss on cash flow hedges

     (47,425       

Income tax effect

     (1,848     (2,108
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
   $ 37,131      $ 36,987   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

16.    COMMITMENTS

Loan Commitments

At December 31, 2011 and 2010, there were $106.1 million and $104.3 million in loan commitments, respectively, which represents unused lines of credit and letters of credit provided to customers. These lines of credit had a reserve of $518 thousand and $662 thousand at December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively. Commitments to extend credit are agreements to lend to customers as long as there is no violation of any condition established in the contract. Commitments generally have fixed expiration dates, bear variable interest and may require payment of a fee. Since the commitments may expire unexercised, the total commitment amounts do not necessarily represent future cash requirements. The Group evaluates each customer’s credit-worthiness on a case-by-case basis. The amount of collateral obtained, if deemed necessary by the Group upon the extension of credit, is based on management’s credit evaluation of the customer. Commitments for loans covered under the FDIC shared-loss agreements amounted to $31.1 million and $42.6 million at December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively.

At December 31, 2011, commitments to sell or securitize mortgage loans, expiring on or before December 31, 2012, amounted to approximately $66.1 million. At December 31, 2010, commitments to sell or securitize mortgage loans amounted to approximately $49.8 million.

Lease Commitments

The Group has entered into various operating lease agreements for branch facilities and administrative offices. Rent expense for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009 amounted to $6.1 million, $7.6 million, and $5.6 million, respectively, and is included in the “occupancy and equipment” caption in the consolidated statements of operations. Future rental commitments under terms of leases in effect at December 31, 2011, exclusive of taxes, insurance, and maintenance expenses payable by the Group, are summarized as follows:

 

Year Ending December 31,

   Minimum Rent  
     (In thousands)  

2012

   $ 4,588   

2013

     4,572   

2014

     4,569   

2015

     4,323   

2016

     3,741   

Thereafter

     17,259   
  

 

 

 
   $ 39,052   
  

 

 

 

 

 

170


ORIENTAL FINANCIAL GROUP INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

 

17.    CONTINGENCIES

The Group and its subsidiaries are defendants in a number of legal proceedings incidental to their business. In the ordinary course of business, the Group and its subsidiaries are also subject to governmental and regulatory examinations. Certain subsidiaries of the Group, including a bank, a registered broker-dealer, and an insurance agency, are subject to regulation by various U.S., Puerto Rico and other regulators.

The Group seeks to resolve all litigation and regulatory matters in the manner management believes is in the best interests of the Group and its shareholders, and contests liability, allegations of wrongdoing and, where applicable, the amount of damages or scope of any penalties or other relief sought as appropriate in each pending matter.

Accounting and Disclosure Framework

ASC 450 governs the disclosure and recognition of loss contingencies, including potential losses from litigation and regulatory matters. ASC 450 defines a “loss contingency” as “an existing condition, situation, or set of circumstances involving uncertainty as to possible loss to an entity that will ultimately be resolved when one or more future events occur or fail to occur.” It imposes different requirements for the recognition and disclosure of loss contingencies based on the likelihood of occurrence of the contingent future event or events. It distinguishes among degrees of likelihood using the following three terms: “probable,” meaning that “the future event or events are likely to occur” “remote,” meaning that “the chance of the future event or events occurring is slight” and “reasonably possible,” meaning that “the chance of the future event or events occurring is more than remote but less than likely.” These three terms are used below as defined in ASC 450.

Accruals.    ASC 450 requires accrual for a loss contingency when it is “probable that one or more future events will occur confirming the fact of loss” and “the amount of the loss can be reasonably estimated.” In accordance with ASC 450, the Group establishes accruals for all litigation and regulatory matters when the Group believes it is probable that a loss has been incurred and the amount of the loss can be reasonably estimated. When the reasonable estimate of the loss is within a range of amounts, the minimum amount of the range is accrued, unless some higher amount within the range is a better estimate than any other amount within the range. Once established, accruals are adjusted from time to time, as appropriate, in light of additional information. The amount of loss ultimately incurred in relation to those matters may be substantially higher or lower than the amounts accrued for those matters.

Disclosure.    ASC 450 requires disclosure of a loss contingency if “there is at least a reasonable possibility that a loss or an additional loss may have been incurred” and there is no accrual for the loss because the conditions described above are not met or an exposure to loss exists in excess of the amount accrued. In accordance with ASC 450, if the Group has not accrued for a matter because the Group believes that a loss is reasonably possible but not probable, or that a loss is probable but not reasonably estimable, and the matter therefore does not meet the criteria for accrual, it discloses the loss contingency. In addition, the Group discloses matters for which it has accrued if it believes an exposure to loss exists in excess of the amount accrued. In accordance with ASC 450, the Group’s disclosure includes an estimate of the reasonably possible loss or range of loss for those matters as to which an estimate can be made. ASC 450 does not require disclosure of an estimate of the reasonably possible loss or range of loss where an estimate cannot be made. Neither accrual nor disclosure is required for losses that are deemed remote.

Opinion of Management as to Eventual Outcome.    Subject to the foregoing, it is the opinion of the Group’s management, based on current knowledge and after taking into account its current legal accruals that the eventual

 

171


ORIENTAL FINANCIAL GROUP INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

 

outcome of all matters would not be likely to have a material adverse effect on the consolidated financial condition of the Group. Nonetheless, given the substantial or indeterminate amounts sought in certain of these matters, and the inherent unpredictability of such matters, an adverse outcome in certain of these matters could, from time to time, have a material adverse effect on the Group’s consolidated results of operations or cash flows in particular quarterly or annual periods. The Group has evaluated all litigation and regulatory matters where the likelihood of a potential loss is deemed reasonably possible. The Group has determined that the estimate of the reasonably possible loss is not significant.

18.    FAIR VALUE

As discussed in Note 1, the Group follows the fair value measurement framework under GAAP.

Fair Value Measurement

The fair value measurement framework defines fair value as the exchange price that would be received for an asset or paid to transfer a liability (an exit price) in the principal or most advantageous market for the asset or liability in an orderly transaction between market participants on the measurement date. This framework also establishes a fair value hierarchy which requires an entity to maximize the use of observable inputs and minimize the use of unobservable inputs when measuring fair value. The standard describes three levels of inputs that may be used to measure fair value.

Money market investments

The fair value of money market investments is based on the carrying amounts reflected in the consolidated statements of financial condition as these are reasonable estimates of fair value given the short-term nature of the instruments.

Securities purchased under agreements to resell

The fair value of securities purchased under agreements to resell is based on the carrying amounts reflected in the consolidated statements of financial condition as these are reasonable estimates of fair value given the short-term nature of the instruments.

Investment securities

The fair value of investment securities is based on quoted market prices, when available, or market prices provided by recognized broker-dealers. If listed prices or quotes are not available, fair value is based upon externally developed models that use both observable and unobservable inputs depending on the market activity of the instrument. Structured credit investments are classified as Level 3. The estimated fair values of the structured credit investments are determined by using a third party cash flow valuation model to calculate the present value of projected future cash flows. The assumptions, which are highly uncertain and require a high degree of judgment, include primarily market discount rates, current spreads, duration, leverage, default, home price depreciation, and loss rates. The assumptions used are drawn from a wide array of data sources, including the performance of the collateral underlying each deal. The external-based valuation, which is obtained at least on a quarterly basis, is analyzed and its assumptions are evaluated and incorporated in either an internal-based valuation model when deemed necessary or compared to counterparties’ prices, and agreed by management.

 

172


ORIENTAL FINANCIAL GROUP INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

 

Derivative instruments

The fair value of the forward-starting interest rate swaps is largely a function of the financial market’s expectations regarding the future direction of interest rates. Accordingly, current market values are not necessarily indicative of the future impact of derivative instruments on earnings. This will depend, for the most part, on the shape of the yield curve, the level of interest rates, as well as the expectations for rates in the future. The fair value of most of these derivative instruments is based on observable market parameters, which include discounting the instruments’ cash flows using the U.S. dollar LIBOR-based discount rates, and also applying yield curves that account for the industry sector and the credit rating of the counterparty and/or the Group.

Certain other derivative instruments with limited market activity are valued using externally developed models that consider unobservable market parameters. Based on their valuation methodology, derivative instruments are classified as Level 3. The Group has offered its customers certificates of deposit with an option tied to the performance of the S&P Index and uses equity indexed option agreements with major broker-dealer companies to manage its exposure to changes in this index. Their fair value is obtained through the use of an external based valuation that was thoroughly evaluated and adopted by management as its measurement tool for these options. The payoff of these options is linked to the average value of the S&P Index on a specific set of dates during the life of the option. The methodology uses an average rate option or a cash-settled option whose payoff is based on the difference between the expected average value of the S&P Index during the remaining life of the option and the strike price at inception. The assumptions, which are uncertain and require a degree of judgment, include primarily S&P Index volatility, forward interest rate projections, estimated index dividend payout, and leverage.

Servicing assets

Servicing assets do not trade in an active market with readily observable prices. Servicing assets are priced using a discounted cash flow model. The valuation model considers servicing fees, portfolio characteristics, prepayment assumptions, delinquency rates, late charges, other ancillary revenues, cost to service and other economic factors. Due to the unobservable nature of certain valuation inputs, the servicing rights are classified as Level 3.

Loans receivable considered impaired that are collateral dependent

The impairment is measured based on the fair value of the collateral, which is derived from appraisals that take into consideration prices in observed transactions involving similar assets in similar locations, in accordance with the provisions of ASC 310-10-35. Currently, the associated loans considered impaired are classified as Level 3.

Foreclosed real estate

Foreclosed real estate includes real estate properties securing residential mortgage and commercial loans. The fair value of foreclosed real estate may be determined using an external appraisal, broker price option or an internal valuation. These foreclosed assets are classified as Level 3 given certain internal adjustments that may be made to external appraisals.

 

 

173


ORIENTAL FINANCIAL GROUP INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

 

Assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis, including financial liabilities for which the Group has elected the fair value option, are summarized below:

 

     December 31, 2011  
     Fair Value Measurements  
     Level 1      Level 2     Level 3     Total  
     (In thousands)  

Investment securities available-for-sale

   $       $ 2,912,600      $ 47,312      $ 2,959,912   

Money market investments

     3,863                       3,863   

Derivative assets

                    9,317        9,317   

Derivative liabilities

             (47,425     (9,362     (56,787

Servicing assets

                    10,454        10,454   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
   $ 3,863       $ 2,865,175      $ 57,721      $ 2,926,759   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
     December 31, 2010  
     Fair Value Measurements  
     Level 1      Level 2     Level 3     Total  
     (In thousands)  

Investment securities available-for-sale

   $       $ 3,658,371      $ 41,693      $ 3,700,064   

Money market investments

     111,728                       111,728   

Derivative assets

             18,445        9,870        28,315   

Derivative liabilities

             (64     (12,830     (12,894

Servicing assets

                    9,695        9,695   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
   $ 111,728       $ 3,676,752      $ 48,428      $ 3,836,908   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

174


ORIENTAL FINANCIAL GROUP INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

 

The table below presents reconciliation for all assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis using significant unobservable inputs (Level 3) for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010:

 

     Total Fair Value Measurements
December 31, 2011
 
     Investment securities available-for-sale     Derivative
asset (S&P
Purchased
Options)
    Derivative
liability (S&P
Embedded
Options)
    Servicing
assets
 

Level 3 Instruments Only

   CDOs     CLOs      Obligations of
Puerto Rico
Government
and political
subdivisions
       
     (In thousands)  

Balance at beginning of year

   $ 16,143      $ 25,550       $      $ 9,870      $ (12,830   $ 9,695   

Gains (losses) included in earnings

     (15,018                    (977     1,935          

Changes in fair value of investment securities available for sale included in other comprehensive income

     9,405        1,011         23                        

New instruments acquired

                    10,005        424        (405     2,458   

Principal repayments

                                         (976

Amortization

            197         (4            1,938          

Changes in fair value of servicing assets

                                         (723
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at end of year

   $ 10,530      $ 26,758       $ 10,024      $ 9,317      $ (9,362   $ 10,454   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
     Total Fair Value Measurements
December 31, 2010
 
     Investment securities available-for-sale     Derivative
asset (S&P
Purchased
Options)
    Derivative
liability (S&P
Embedded
Options)
    Servicing
assets
 

Level 3 Instruments Only

   CDOs     CLOs      Non-Agency
CMOs
       
     (In thousands)  

Balance at beginning of year

   $ 15,148      $ 23,235       $ 71,723      $ 6,464      $ (9,543   $ 7,120   

Gains (losses) included in earnings

                    (39,942     2,587        1,869          

Changes in fair value of investment securities available for sale included in other comprehensive income

     995        2,314         41,398                        

New instruments acquired

                           1,147        (5,959     4,123   

Principal repayments

            1         (73,179     (328     803        (869

Changes in fair value of servicing assets

                                         (679
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at end of year

   $ 16,143      $ 25,550       $      $ 9,870      $ (12,830   $ 9,695   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

There were no transfers into and out of Level 1 and Level 2 fair value measurements during the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010.

 

 

175


ORIENTAL FINANCIAL GROUP INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

 

The table below presents a detail of investment securities available-for-sale classified as level 3 at December 31, 2011:

 

     December 31, 2011  

Type

   Amortized
Cost
     Unrealized
Gains
(Losses)
    Fair Value      Weighted Average
Yield
    Principal
Protection
 
     (In thousands)  

Obligations of Puerto Rico Government and political subdivisions

   $ 10,001       $ 23      $ 10,024         3.50     N/A   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

Structured credit investments

            

CDO

   $ 10,530       $      $ 10,530         5.80     5.74

CLO

     15,000         (4,581     10,419         2.61     7.54

CLO

     11,979         (2,942     9,037         1.97     26.18

CLO

     9,395         (2,093     7,302         1.40     20.64
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   
   $ 46,904       $ (9,616   $ 37,288         2.92  
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

Total

   $ 56,905       $ (9,593   $ 47,312         3.02  
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

Additionally, the Group may be required to measure certain assets at fair value in periods subsequent to initial recognition on a nonrecurring basis in accordance with GAAP. The adjustments to fair value usually result from the application of lower of cost or fair value accounting, identification of impaired loans requiring specific reserves under ASC 310-10-35 or write-downs of individual assets.

The following table presents financial and non-financial assets that were subject to a fair value measurement on a nonrecurring basis at December 31, 2011 and 2010, and which were still included in the consolidated statements of financial condition as of such dates. The amounts disclosed represent the aggregate of the fair value measurements of those assets as of the end of the reporting periods.

 

     Carrying value at  
     December 31, 2011      December 31, 2010  
     Level 3      Level 3  
    

(In thousands)

 

Impaired commercial loans

   $ 46,364       $ 25,898   

Foreclosed real estate

     27,679         26,840   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 74,043       $ 52,738   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Impaired commercial loans relate mostly to certain impaired collateral dependent loans. The impairment of commercial loans was measured based on the fair value of collateral, which is derived from appraisals that take into consideration prices on observed transactions involving similar assets in similar locations, in accordance with provisions of ASC 310-10-35. Foreclosed real estate represents the fair value of foreclosed real estate (including those covered under FDIC shared-loss agreements) that was measured at fair value less estimated cost to sell.

Impaired commercial loans, which are measured using the fair value of the collateral for collateral dependent loans, had a carrying amount of $46.4 million and $25.9 million at December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively, with a valuation allowance of $3.5 million and $823 thousand. Impaired commercial loans increased principally as a result of an increase of $10.9 million in commercial loans classified as troubled debt restructurings and $5.4 million in current loans adversely classified by management during its impairment analysis.

The assets acquired and liabilities assumed in the FDIC-assisted acquisition on April 30, 2010 were presented at their fair value, as discussed in Note 2.

 

176


ORIENTAL FINANCIAL GROUP INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

 

Fair Value of Financial Instruments

The information about the estimated fair value of financial instruments required by GAAP is presented hereunder. The aggregate fair value amounts presented do not necessarily represent management’s estimate of the underlying value of the Group.

The estimated fair value is subjective in nature and involves uncertainties and matters of significant judgment and, therefore, cannot be determined with precision. Changes in assumptions could affect these fair value estimates. The fair value estimates do not take into consideration the value of future business and the value of assets and liabilities that are not financial instruments. Other significant tangible and intangible assets that are not considered financial instruments are the value of long-term customer relationships of the retail deposits, and premises and equipment.

The estimated fair value and carrying value of the Group’s financial instruments at December 31, 2011 and 2010 is as follows:

 

     December 31,  
     2011      2010  
     Fair
Value
     Carrying
Value
     Fair
Value
     Carrying
Value
 
     (In thousands)  

Financial Assets:

           

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 605,477       $ 605,477       $ 448,936       $ 448,936   

Trading securities

     180         180         1,330         1,330   

Investment securities available-for-sale

     2,959,912         2,959,912         3,700,064         3,700,064   

Investment securities held-to-maturity

     904,556         884,026         675,721         689,917   

Federal Home Loan Bank (FHLB) stock

     23,779         23,779         22,496         22,496   

Total loans (including loans held-for-sale)

           

Non-covered loans, net

     1,211,539         1,173,677         1,150,945         1,151,868   

Covered loans, net

     584,110         496,276         600,421         620,711   

Derivative assets

     9,317         9,317         28,315         28,315   

FDIC shared-loss indemnification asset

     312,957         392,367         430,383         473,629   

Accrued interest receivable

     20,182         20,182         28,716         28,716   

Servicing assets

     10,454         10,454         9,695         9,695   

Financial Liabilities:

           

Deposits

     2,527,432         2,395,267         2,585,922         2,588,888   

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase

     3,092,122         3,056,238         3,701,669         3,456,781   

Advances from FHLB

     285,663         281,753         303,868         281,753   

FDIC-guaranteed term notes

     105,752         105,834         106,428         105,834   

Subordinated capital notes

     36,083         36,083         36,083         36,083   

Short term borrowings

     39,920         39,920         42,460         42,460   

Derivative liabilities

     47,425         47,425         64         64   

Accrued expenses and other liabilities

     35,476         35,476         43,858         43,858   

The following methods and assumptions were used to estimate the fair values of significant financial instruments at December 31, 2011 and 2010:

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents, money market investments, time deposits with other banks, securities purchased under agreements to resell, securities sold but not yet delivered, accrued interest receivable and payable, securities and loans purchased but not yet received, federal funds purchased, accrued expenses and other

 

177


ORIENTAL FINANCIAL GROUP INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

 

 

liabilities have been valued at the carrying amounts reflected in the consolidated statements of financial condition as these are reasonable estimates of fair value given the short-term nature of the instruments.

 

 

Investments in FHLB stock are valued at their redemption value.

 

 

The fair value of investment securities is based on quoted market prices, when available, or market prices provided by recognized broker-dealers. If listed prices or quotes are not available, fair value is based upon externally developed models that use both observable and unobservable inputs depending on the market activity of the instrument. The estimated fair value of the structured credit investments and the non-agency collateralized mortgage obligations are determined by using a third party cash flow valuation model to calculate the present value of projected future cash flows. The assumptions used, which are highly uncertain and require a high degree of judgment, include primarily market discount rates, current spreads, duration, leverage, default, home price depreciation, and loss rates. The assumptions used are drawn from a wide array of data sources, including the performance of the collateral underlying each deal. The external-based valuation, which is obtained at least on a quarterly basis, is analyzed and its assumptions are evaluated and incorporated in either an internal-based valuation model when deemed necessary or compared to counterparties’ prices, and agreed by management.

 

 

The FDIC shared-loss indemnification asset is measured separately from each of the covered asset categories as it is not contractually embedded in any of the covered asset categories. The fair value of the FDIC shared-loss indemnification asset represents the present value of the estimated cash payments (net of amount owed to the FDIC) expected to be received from the FDIC for future losses on covered assets based on the credit assumptions on estimated cash flows for each covered asset pool and the shared-loss percentages. The ultimate collectability of the FDIC shared-loss indemnification asset is dependent upon the performance of the underlying covered loans, the passage of time and claims paid by the FDIC which are impacted by the Bank’s adherence to certain guidelines established by the FDIC.

 

 

The fair values of the derivative instruments are provided by valuation experts and counterparties. Certain derivatives with limited market activity are valued using externally developed models that consider unobservable market parameters. The Group has offered its customers certificates of deposit with an option tied to the performance of the S&P Index, and uses equity indexed option agreements with major broker-dealer companies to manage its exposure to changes in this index. Their fair value is obtained through the use of an external based valuation that was thoroughly evaluated and adopted by management as its measurement tool for these options. The payoff of these options is linked to the average value of the S&P Index on a specific set of dates during the life of the option. The methodology uses an average rate option or a cash-settled option whose payoff is based on the difference between the expected average value of the S&P Index during the remaining life of the option and the strike price at inception. The assumptions, which are uncertain and require a degree of judgment, include primarily S&P Index volatility, forward interest rate projections, estimated index dividend payout, and leverage.

 

 

Fair value of interest rate swaps and options on interest rate swaps is based on the net discounted value of the contractual projected cash flows of both the pay-fixed receive-variable legs of the contracts. The projected cash flows are based on the forward yield curve, and discounted using current estimated market rates.

 

 

The fair value of the covered and non-covered loan portfolio (including loans held-for-sale) is estimated by segregating by type, such as mortgage, commercial, consumer, and leasing. Each loan segment is further segmented into fixed and adjustable interest rates and by performing and non-performing categories. The fair value of performing loans is calculated by discounting contractual cash flows, adjusted for prepayment estimates (voluntary and involuntary), if any, using estimated current market discount rates that reflect the credit and interest rate risk inherent in the loan. This fair value is not currently an indication of an exit price as that type of assumption could result in a different fair value estimate.

 

178


ORIENTAL FINANCIAL GROUP INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

 

 

The fair value of demand deposits and savings accounts is the amount payable on demand at the reporting date. The fair value of fixed-maturity certificates of deposit is based on the discounted value of the contractual cash flows, using estimated current market discount rates for deposits of similar remaining maturities.

 

 

For short-term borrowings, the carrying amount is considered a reasonable estimate of fair value. The subordinated capital notes have a par value of $36.1 million, and bear interest based on 3-month LIBOR plus 295 basis points (3.30% at December 31, 2011; 3.25% at December 31, 2010), payable quarterly. The fair value of long-term borrowings is based on the discounted value of the contractual cash flows, using current estimated market discount rates for borrowings with similar terms and remaining maturities and put dates.

 

 

The fair value of commitments to extend credit and unused lines of credit is based on fees currently charged to enter into similar agreements, taking into account the remaining terms of the agreements and the counterparties’ credit standings.

 

 

The fair value of servicing assets is estimated by using a cash flow valuation model which calculates the present value of estimated future net servicing cash flows, taking into consideration actual and expected loan prepayment rates, discount rates, servicing costs, and other economic factors, which are determined based on current market conditions.

19.    SEGMENT REPORTING

The Group segregates its businesses into the following major reportable segments: Banking, Wealth Management, and Treasury. Management established the reportable segments based on the internal reporting used to evaluate performance and to assess where to allocate resources. Other factors such as the Group’s organization, nature of its products, distribution channels and economic characteristics of the products were also considered in the determination of the reportable segments. The Group measures the performance of these reportable segments based on preestablished goals of different financial parameters such as net income, net interest income, loan production, and fees generated. Non-interest expenses allocations among segments were reviewed during the fourth quarter of 2010 to reallocate expenses from the Banking to the Wealth Management and Treasury segments for a suitable presentation. The Group’s methodology for allocating non-interest expenses among segments is based on several factors such as revenues, employee headcount, occupied space, dedicated services or time, among others. These factors are reviewed on a periodical basis and may change if the conditions so warrant.

Banking includes the Bank’s branches and mortgage banking, with traditional banking products such as deposits and mortgage, commercial and consumer loans. Mortgage banking activities are carried out by the Bank’s mortgage banking division, whose activities include the origination of mortgage loans for the Group’s own portfolio, and the sale of loans directly into the secondary market or the securitization of conforming loans into mortgage-backed securities.

Wealth Management is comprised of the Bank’s trust division (Oriental Trust), the broker-dealer subsidiary (Oriental Financial Services Corp.), the insurance agency subsidiary (Oriental Insurance, Inc.), and the pension plan administration subsidiary (Caribbean Pension Consultants, Inc.). The core operations of this segment are financial planning, money management and investment banking, brokerage services, insurance sales activity, corporate and individual trust and retirement services, as well as pension plan administration services.

The Treasury segment encompasses all of the Group’s asset/liability management activities such as: purchases and sales of investment securities, interest rate risk management, derivatives, and borrowings. Intersegment sales and transfers, if any, are accounted for as if the sales or transfers were to third parties, that is, at current market prices. The accounting policies of the segments are the same as those described in the “Summary of Significant Accounting Policies” included in the Group’s annual report on Form 10-K.

 

179


ORIENTAL FINANCIAL GROUP INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

 

Following are the results of operations and the selected financial information by operating segment as of and for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010, and 2009:

 

     December 31, 2011  
     Banking     Wealth
Management
    Treasury     Total Major
Segments
    Eliminations     Consolidated
Total
 
     (In thousands)  

Interest income

   $ 135,998      $ 29      $ 161,001      $ 297,028      $      $ 297,028   

Interest expense

     (33,334            (123,252     (156,586            (156,586
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net interest income

     102,664        29        37,749        140,442               140,442   

Provision for non-covered loan and lease losses

     (15,200                   (15,200            (15,200

Recapture of covered loan and lease losses

     1,387                      1,387               1,387   

Non-interest income (loss)

     15,210        20,888        (5,109     30,989               30,989   

Non-interest expenses

     (93,625     (18,113     (10,564     (122,302            (122,302

Intersegment revenues

     1,431                      1,431        (1,431       

Intersegment expenses

            (937     (494     (1,431     1,431          
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income before income taxes

   $ 11,867      $ 1,867      $ 21,582      $ 35,316      $      $ 35,316   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total assets

   $ 3,379,937      $ 14,557      $ 3,995,279      $ 7,389,773      $ (696,107   $ 6,693,666   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

     December 31, 2010  
     Banking     Wealth
Management
    Treasury     Total Major
Segments
    Eliminations     Consolidated
Total
 
     (In thousands)  

Interest income

   $ 115,468      $ 15      $ 188,318      $ 303,801      $      $ 303,801   

Interest expense

     (39,169            (129,500     (168,669            (168,669
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net interest income

     76,299        15        58,818        135,132               135,132   

Provision for non-covered loan and lease losses

     (15,914                   (15,914            (15,914

Provision for covered loan and lease losses

     (6,282                   (6,282            (6,282

Non-interest income (loss)

     26,150        17,883        (38,835     5,198               5,198   

Non-interest expenses

     (85,603     (15,569     (11,426     (112,598            (112,598

Intersegment revenues

     1,622        763               2,385        (2,385       

Intersegment expenses

            (2,156     (229     (2,385     2,385          
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income (loss) before income taxes

   $ (3,728   $ 936      $ 8,328      $ 5,536      $      $ 5,536   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total assets

   $ 3,367,628      $ 15,484      $ 4,670,547      $ 8,053,659      $ (742,653   $ 7,311,006   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

180


ORIENTAL FINANCIAL GROUP INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

 

     December 31, 2009  
     Banking     Wealth
Management
    Treasury     Total Major
Segments
    Eliminations     Consolidated
Total
 
     (In thousands)  

Interest income

   $ 73,155      $ 47      $ 246,278      $ 319,480      $      $ 319,480   

Interest expense

     (35,099            (153,623     (188,722            (188,722
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net interest income

     38,056        47        92,655        130,758               130,758   

Provision for non-covered loan losses

     (15,650                   (15,650            (15,650

Non-interest income (loss)

     15,190        14,496        (31,499     (1,813            (1,813

Non-interest expenses

     (57,204     (14,783     (11,391     (83,378            (83,378

Intersegment revenues

     1,297                      1,297        (1,297       

Intersegment expenses

            (1,172     (125     (1,297     1,297          
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income (loss) before income taxes

   $ (18,311   $ (1,412   $ 49,640      $ 29,917      $      $ 29,917   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total assets

   $ 1,655,515      $ 9,879      $ 5,223,969      $ 6,889,363      $ (338,530   $ 6,550,833   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

20.    ORIENTAL FINANCIAL GROUP INC. (HOLDING COMPANY ONLY) FINANCIAL INFORMATION

As a bank holding company subject to the regulations of the Federal Reserve Board, the Group must obtain approval from the Federal Reserve Board for any dividend if the total of all dividends declared by it in any calendar year would exceed the total of its consolidated net profits for the year, as defined by the Federal Reserve Board, combined with its retained net profits for the two preceding years. The payment of dividends by the Bank to the Group may also be affected by other regulatory requirements and policies, such as the maintenance of certain regulatory capital levels. For the year ended December 31, 2011, the Bank and Oriental Insurance paid $85 million and $2 million in dividends to the Group, respectively. No dividends were paid during the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009.

 

 

181


ORIENTAL FINANCIAL GROUP INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

 

The following condensed financial information presents the financial position of the holding company only as of December 31, 2011 and 2010, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009:

ORIENTAL FINANCIAL GROUP INC.

CONDENSED STATEMENTS OF FINANCIAL POSITION INFORMATION

(Holding Company Only)

 

     December 31,  
     2011      2010  
     (In thousands)  
ASSETS      

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 20,406       $ 16,402   

Investment securities held-to-maturity, at amortized cost

     18,876         8,175   

Investment securities available-for-sale, at fair value

             106,611   

Other investment securities

     73         150   

Investment in bank subsidiary, equity method

     683,064         727,878   

Investment in nonbank subsidiaries, equity method

     10,668         10,489   

Due from bank subsidiary, net

     192         319   

Deferred tax asset, net

             1,830   

Other assets

     2,217         1,939   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total assets

   $ 735,496       $ 873,793   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY      

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase

   $       $ 100,236   

Subordinated capital notes

     36,083         36,083   

Dividend payable

     2,476         2,320   

Accrued expenses and other liabilities

     1,382         2,823   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total liabilities

     39,941         141,462   

Stockholders’ equity

     695,555         732,331   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity

   $ 735,496       $ 873,793   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

182


ORIENTAL FINANCIAL GROUP INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

 

CONDENSED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS INFORMATION

(Holding Company Only)

 

     Year ended December 31,  
     2011     2010     2009  
     (In thousands)  

Income (loss):

      

Interest income

   $ 3,584      $ 3,563      $ 10,501   

Loss on early extinguishment of repurchase agreements

     (4,790            (17,551

Gain on sale of securities

     4,005               6,620   

Investment and trading activities, net and other

     5,372        4,083        18,023   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total income

     8,171        7,646        17,593   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Expenses:

      

Interest expense

     4,050        5,770        10,810   

Operating expenses

     7,766        5,884        4,817   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total expenses

     11,816        11,654        15,627   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income (loss) before income taxes

     (3,645     (4,008     1,966   

Income tax (expense) benefit

     (2,107     1,652        (1,400
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income (loss) before changes in undistributed earnings (losses) of subsidiaries

     (5,752     (2,356     566   

Equity in undistributed earnings (losses) from:

      

Bank subsidiary

     38,474        10,518        22,626   

Nonbank subsidiaries

     1,728        1,672        (247
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income

   $ 34,450      $ 9,834      $ 22,945   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

CONDENSED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME INFORMATION

(Holding Company Only)

 

     Year ended December 31,  
     2011     2010     2009  
     (In thousands)  

Net income

   $ 34,450      $ 9,834      $ 22,945   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other comprehensive income:

      

Unrealized gain (loss) on securities available-for-sale arising during the year

     (1,844     2,779        4,521   

Realized gain on securities available-for-sale included in net income

     (4,005            (6,620

Other comprehensive income from bank subsidiary

     5,716        117,364        55,929   

Income tax effect

     277        (417     (23
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total other comprehensive income for the year

     144        119,726        53,807   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total comprehensive income

   $ 34,594      $ 129,560      $ 76,752   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

183


ORIENTAL FINANCIAL GROUP INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

 

CONDENSED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS INFORMATION

(Holding Company Only)

 

     Year ended December 31,  
     2011     2010     2009  
     (In thousands)  

Cash flows from operating activities:

      

Net income

   $ 34,450      $ 9,834      $ 22,945   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided (used in) by operating activities:

      

Equity in undistributed earnings from banking subsidiary

     (38,474     (10,518     (22,626

Equity in undistributed (earnings) losses from nonbanking subsidiaries

     (1,728     (1,672     247   

Amortization of investment securities premiums, net of accretion discounts

     115        1,526        79   

Loss on early extinguishment of repurchase agreements

     4,790               17,551   

Realized gain on sale of securities

     (4,005            (6,620

Other impairments on securities

     77                 

Stock-based compensation

     1,310        1,194        742   

Deferred income tax, net

     2,107        (1,652     (190

(Increase) decrease in other assets

     (275     (161     2,294   

Increase (decrease) in accrued expenses, other liabilities, and dividend payable

     (1,244     3,607        (2,746
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities

     (2,877     2,158        11,676   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash flow from investing activities:

      

Purchase of investment securities available-for-sale

     (19,429     (264,696     (1,562,012

Purchase of investment securities held-to-maturity

     (12,702     (8,188       

Redemptions and maturities of investment securities available-for-sale

     31,493        152,408        337,600   

Redemptions of investment securities held-to-maturity

     1,920        12          

Proceeds from sale of investment securities available-for-sale

     96,221        119,497        1,463,149   

Net (increase) decrease in due from bank subsidiary, net

     127        (225     (49

Capital contribution to banking subsidiary

            (292,000     (15,000
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities

     97,630        (293,192     223,688   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash flow from financing activities:

      

Net decrease in securities sold under agreements to repurchase

     (105,026            (217,551

Proceeds from exercise of stock options, net

     8        72          

Proceeds from issuance of common stock, net

            94,386          

Proceeds from issuance of preferred stock, net

            189,075          

Purchase of treasury stock

     (58,775            (182

Dividends from subsidiaries

     87,000                 

Capital contribution

                   78   

Dividends paid

     (13,956     (12,153     (8,690
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities

     (90,749     271,380        (226,345
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net change in cash and cash equivalents

     4,004        (19,654     9,019   

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year

     16,402        36,056        27,037   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents at end of year

   $ 20,406      $ 16,402      $ 36,056   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

184


ORIENTAL FINANCIAL GROUP INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

 

21.    SUBSEQUENT EVENTS

In early January 2012, the Group made the strategic decision to sell a $26.0 million collateralized debt obligation at a loss of $15.0 million. This loss was accounted for as other-than-temporary impairment in the fourth quarter of 2011, and no additional gain or loss was realized on the sale in January 2012 since this asset was sold at the same value reflected at December 31, 2011.

 

185


ITEM 9. CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE

Not applicable.

ITEM 9A.    CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES

Disclosure Controls and Procedures

The Group’s management is responsible for establishing and maintaining effective disclosure controls and procedures, as defined in Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. As of December 31, 2011, an evaluation was carried out under the supervision and with the participation of the Group’s management, including the Chief Executive Officer (“CEO”) and the Chief Financial Officer (“CFO”), of the effectiveness of the design and operation of the Group’s disclosure controls and procedures. Based upon such evaluation, the CEO and CFO have concluded that, as of the end of the period covered by this annual report on Form 10-K, the Group’s disclosure controls and procedures provided reasonable assurance of effectiveness in recording, processing, summarizing and reporting, on a timely basis, information required to be disclosed by the Group in the reports that it files or submits under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. Notwithstanding the foregoing, a control system, no matter how well designed and operated, can provide only reasonable, not absolute assurance that it will detect or uncover failures within the Group to disclose material information otherwise required to be set forth in the Group’s periodic reports.

Management’s Annual Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting

The Management’s Annual Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting is included in Item 8 of this report.

Attestation Report of the Registered Public Accounting Firm

The registered public accounting firm’s attestation report on the Group’s internal control over financial reporting is included in Item 8 of this report.

Changes in Internal Control over Financial Reporting

There have not been any changes in the Group’s internal control over financial reporting (as such term is defined in Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d -15 (f) under the Exchange Act) during the last quarter of the year ended December 31, 2011, that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the Group’s internal control over financial reporting.

ITEM 9B.    OTHER INFORMATION

Julio Micheo resigned as Senior Executive Vice President and Chief Investment Strategist of the Group effective October 17, 2011.

PART III

Except as set forth below, Items 10 through 14 will be provided by incorporating herein the information required under such items by reference to the Group’s definitive proxy statement to be filed with the SEC no later than 120 days after the end of the fiscal year covered by this report.

 

186


ITEM 12. SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS

The Group’s Amended and Restated 2007 Omnibus Performance Incentive Plan (the “Omnibus Plan”) provides for equity-based compensation incentives through the grant of stock options, stock appreciation rights, restricted stock, restricted units and dividend equivalents, as well as equity-based performance awards. The Omnibus Plan was adopted in 2007, amended and restated in 2008, and further amended in 2010. It replaced and superseded the Group’s 1996, 1998 and 2000 Incentive Stock Option Plans (the “Stock Option Plans”). All outstanding stock options under the Stock Option Plans continue in full force and effect, subject to their original terms and conditions. The following table shows certain information pertaining to the awards under the Omnibus Plan and the Stock Option Plans as of December 31, 2011:

 

     (a)     (b)     (c)  

Plan Category

   Number of Securities to be
Issued Upon Exercise of
Outstanding Options,
warrants and rights
    Weighted-Average
Exercise Price of
Outstanding Options,
warrants and rights
    Number of Securities
Remaining Available for
Future Issuance Under Equity
Compensation Plans (excluding
those reflected in column (a))
 

Equity compensation plans approved by shareholders:

      

Omnibus Plan

     574,040 (1)    $ 12.12 (2)      275,968   

Other non-active stock option plans

     417,813      $ 17.58 (2)        
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
     991,853      $ 15.02        275,968   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1) Includes 368,891 stock options and 205,149 restricted stock units.

 

(2) Exercise price related to stock options.

Other information required by this Item is incorporated herein by reference to the Group’s definitive proxy statement to be filed with the SEC no later than 120 days after the end of the fiscal year covered by this report.

PART  IV

ITEM 15.    EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES

The following financial statements are filed as part of this report under Item 8 — Financial Statements and Supplementary Data.

 

Financial Statements:

  

Reports of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

  

Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

  

Attestation Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm on Internal Control over Financial Reporting

  

Consolidated Statements of Financial Condition as of December 31, 2011 and 2010

  

Consolidated Statements of Operations for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010, and 2009

  

Consolidated Statements of Changes in Stockholders’ Equity for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010, and 2009

  

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income (Loss) for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010, and 2009

  

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010, and 2009

  

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

  

 

187


Financial Statement Schedules

No schedules are presented because the information is not applicable or is included in the accompanying consolidated financial statements or in the notes thereto described above.

Exhibits

 

Exhibit No.:

  

Description Of Document:

  2.1    Purchase and Assumption Agreement — Whole Bank, All Deposits, dated as of April 30, 2010, among the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, Receiver of Eurobank, San Juan, Puerto Rico, the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, and Oriental Bank and Trust.(1)
  3.1    Certificate of Incorporation, as amended.(2)
  3.2    By-Laws.(3)
  4.1    Certificate of Designation of the 7.125% Noncumulative Monthly Income Preferred Stock, Series A.(4)
  4.2    Certificate of Designation of the 7.0% Noncumulative Monthly Income Preferred Stock, Series B.(5)
  4.3    Certificate of Designation of the Mandatory Convertible Noncumulative Non-Voting Perpetual Preferred Stock, Series C.(6)
  4.4    Registration Rights Agreement, dated April 23, 2010, between the Group and each of the purchasers of the Series C Preferred Stock.(7)
10.1    Securities Purchase Agreement, dated April 23, 2010, between the Group and each of the purchasers of the Series C Preferred Stock.(8)
10.2    Omnibus Asset Servicing Agreement, dated as of June 9, 2010, between Oriental Bank and Trust and Bayview Loan Servicing, LLC.(9)
10.3    Lease Agreement between Oriental Financial Group Inc. and Professional Office Park V, Inc.(10)
10.4    First Amendment to Lease Agreement Dated May 18, 2004, between Oriental Financial Group Inc. and Professional Office Park V, Inc.(11)
10.5    Change in Control Compensation Agreement between Oriental Financial Group Inc. and José R. Fernández(12)
10.6    Change in Control Compensation Agreement between Oriental Financial Group Inc. and Norberto González(13)
10.7    Change in Control Compensation Agreement between Oriental Financial Group Inc. and Ganesh Kumar(14)
10.8    Change in Control Compensation Agreement between Oriental Financial Group Inc. and Mari Evelyn Rodríguez(15)
10.9    Change in Control Compensation Agreement between Oriental Financial Group Inc. and José R. González(16)
10.10    Technology Outsourcing Agreement between Oriental Financial Group Inc. and Metavante Corporation(17)
10.11    Amended and Restated 2007 Omnibus Performance Incentive Plan(18)
10.12    Form of qualified stock option award and agreement(19)

 

188


Exhibit No.:

  

Description Of Document:

10.13    Form of restricted stock award and agreement(20)
10.14    Form of restricted unit award and agreement(21)
10.15    Agreement between Oriental Financial Group Inc. and José J. Gil de Lamadrid(22)
10.16    Employment Agreement between Oriental Financial Group Inc. and José R. Fernández(23)
12.1    Computation of Ratios of Earnings to Combined Fixed Charges and Preferred Stock Dividends (included in Item 6 hereof).
21.1    List of subsidiaries
23.1    Consent of KPMG LLP
31.1    Certification of Chief Executive Officer pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
31.2    Certification of Chief Financial Officer pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
32.1    Certification of Chief Executive Officer pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
32.2    Certification of Chief Financial Officer pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
101.1    The following materials from the Group’s annual report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2011, formatted in XBRL (eXtensible Business Reporting Language): (i) Consolidated Statements of Financial Condition, (ii) Consolidated Statements of Operations, (iii) Consolidated Statements of Changes in Stockholders’ Equity, (iv) Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income, and (v) Consolidated Statements of Cash Flow.

 

(1) Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 2.1 of the Group’s current report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on May 6, 2010.

 

(2) Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 3.1 of the Group’s quarterly report on form 10-Q filed with the SEC on August 10, 2010.

 

(3) Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 3(ii) of the Group’s current report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on June 23, 2008.

 

(4) Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 4.1 of the Group’s registration statement on Form 8-A filed with the SEC on April 30, 1999.

 

(5) Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 4.1 of the Group’s registration statement on Form 8-A filed with the SEC on September 26, 2003.

 

(6) Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 3.1 of the Group’s current report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on May 3, 2010.

 

(7) Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 4.1 of the Group’s quarterly report on Form 10-Q filed with the SEC on August 10, 2010.

 

(8) Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of the Group’s quarterly report on Form 10-Q filed with the SEC on November 4, 2010.

 

(9) Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of the Group’s current report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on June 14, 2010.

 

(10) Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.5 of the Group’s annual report on Form 10-K filed with the SEC on September 13, 2005.

 

(11) Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.6 of the Group’s annual report on Form 10-K filed with the SEC on September 13, 2005.

 

(12) Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.12 of the Group’s annual report on Form 10-K filed with the SEC on September 13, 2005.

 

(13) Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.13 of the Group’s annual report on Form 10-K filed with the SEC on September 13, 2005.

 

(14) Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.14 of the Group’s annual report on Form 10-K filed with the SEC on September 13, 2005.

 

(15) Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of the Group’s quarterly report on Form 10-Q filed with the SEC on October 17, 2006.

 

(16) Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.17 of the Group’s annual report on Form 10-K filed with the SEC on March 10, 2011.

 

(17) Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.23 of the Group’s annual report on Form 10-K filed with the SEC on March 28, 2007.

 

(18) Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 4.1 of the Group’s registration statement on Form S-8 filed with the SEC on October 21, 2010 (No. 333-170064).

 

189


(19) Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of the Group’s registration statement on Form S-8 filed with the SEC on November 30, 2007.

 

(20) Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.2 of the Group’s registration statement on Form S-8 filed with the SEC on November 30, 2007.

 

(21) Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.27 of the Group’s annual report on Form 10-K filed with the SEC on March 16, 2009.

 

(22) Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.28 of the Group’s quarterly report on Form 10-Q filed with the SEC on November 6, 2009.
(23) Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.16 of the Group’s annual report on Form 10-K filed with the SEC on March 1, 2011.

 

190


SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

ORIENTAL FINANCIAL GROUP INC.

 

By:   /s/    José Rafael Fernández       Dated: March 9, 2012
José Rafael Fernández      
President and Chief Executive Officer      
By:   /s/    Ganesh Kumar       Dated: March 9, 2012
Ganesh Kumar      
Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer      
By:   /s/    César A. Ortiz       Dated: March 9, 2012
César A. Ortiz      
Senior Vice President and Controller      

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the Registrant in the capacities and on the date indicated.

 

By:   /s/    José J. Gil de Lamadrid       Dated: March 9, 2012
José J. Gil de Lamadrid      
Chairman of the Board      
By:   /s/    José Rafael Fernández       Dated: March 9, 2012
José Rafael Fernández      
Vice Chairman of the Board      
By:   /s/    Juan Carlos Aguayo       Dated: March 9, 2012
Juan Carlos Aguayo      
Director      
By:   /s/    Pablo I. Altieri       Dated: March 9, 2012
Dr. Pablo I. Altieri      
Director      
By:   /s/    Francisco Arriví       Dated: March 9, 2012
Francisco Arriví      
Director      
By:   /s/    Julian Inclán       Dated: March 9, 2012
Julian Inclán      
Director      
By:   /s/    Rafael Machargo       Dated: March 9, 2012
Rafael Machargo      
Director      

 

191


By:   /s/    Pedro Morazzani       Dated: March 9, 2012
Pedro Morazzani      
Director      
By:   /s/    Josen Rossi       Dated: March 9, 2012
Josen Rossi      
Director      

 

192